ee eae elyayte eae bes ayy i TAPAS afer Se ach y et , Reale ‘ + Wate Habete en * at Cas vay BUST aN Te he i bates hk RUN atch NS BS SIS ~ Oat a eS SRG 6 9 0G 2G 86 G 50H 86 G 16G 05.8 26 O18 G80 HH H 00H 05H 10. 09H 5 G0 G 11 HH G65 HH | 16 O 6 HHH HG NG WG 1G ev | PG GAG GwGs HVS Gor, This Hymn Book was given to the First Baptist Church of Bergenfield +. in memory of Maud Florence Parker <2 Bn os Bs Hoe Hoe He< Seo Soo Goo Goo Gon Soe Gee Soe Geo Geo Gore Poe Gee Soo Ge+ Gor Gee Oe O20 Ooo Meee Mee Mee Mer Geo hes Gee Ges Gee Gee Sse Ser Geo Mee Ser Gee Goes: 228666 CBee Per Ger Ser Gee Peo Mes Gos Berwe O86 @ 00 Gre Ger Gor Gor Ber Ges Gor GoGo Hos Gor Gee Hv Gi GorGr Sse Ger Gre Gur Geod Yanan Ay Lae ee aoe Rev aby il dv \? ‘ hin! ue ne. Ey ry ag < ye i +29 NEW Barlis! HYMNAL Containing STANDARD AND GOSPEL HYMNS AND RESPONSIVE READINGS ieee PET ET. i ae Le Be a ere Ava) 4 Be Lh te besa THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY BOSTON CHICAGO LOS ANGELES KANSAS CITY SEATTLE TORONTO PRINTED In U. S. A, Copyright, 1926, by THE AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY - and THE SUNDAY SCHOOL BOARD of the SOUTHERN BAPTIST CONVENTION Published August, 1926 First printing, August, 1926 Second printing, November, 1926 Third printing, May, 1927 Fourth printing, May, 1929 Fifth printing, June, 1930 Sixth printing, May, 1931 Seventh printing, March, 1933 Eighth printing, July, 1934 Ninth printing, February, 1036 Tenth printing, December, 1936 Eleventh printing, March, 1938 PREFACE The Baptist Hymnal was issued in 1883 and has, therefore, served the Baptist churches of America for a period of over forty years. It was prepared by representative Baptists of the North and of the South. The service which it has rendered to our churches is beyond computa- tion. It must be manifest to all, however, that this period of nearly a half century has brought great changes in our church life and worship, and that these years have added to the rich treasures of hymnology. It was, therefore, a natural thing that a new hymn-book should be pre- pared, and it is equally fitting that it should be prepared for use by Baptist churches in all sections and be a representative Baptist hymnal. We present the New Baptist Hymnal, therefore, to meet the needs of our churches and with the hope that it will have general use through- out our own country and be the standard for our churches. It has been | prepared under the direct supervision of the two representative pub- lishing agencies of our two Conventions, The American Baptist Publica- tion Society, of Philadelphia, and The Sunday School Board of the Southern Baptist Convention, Nashville, Tenn. These agencies have called to their aid representative committees and for over a year have been carefully preparing this hymnal. Through these committees they have had direct touch with churches of varying character and needs, and the endeavor has been not to exploit any preferences on the part of those preparing the book but to discover the most acceptable and useful hymns for our churches. The endeavor has been to include hymns, songs, and responses which have proved themselves by being serviceable and helpful and actually usable by our churches. In our selections we have been governed by the following principles: (1) To include the standard hymns which through the years have proved their worth and are in general use in the ordinary worship of the churches; (2) to select from the very best of modern gospel songs those deserving a place in permanent hymnology. In this connection it may be said that we made our selections from the whole field of gospel music and selected those which, in our judgment, from the standpoint of melody, versification, and sentiment were worthy of a permanent place. We obtained permission to use practically all of the songs we asked for. This selection, therefore, is not simply of available music of this kind, but a selection for merit. (38) We have included some hymns for children’s services. ‘The number included in this section, however, is very small, for we discovered that modern Sunday-school workers are using the standard hymns for children. We have, therefore, by a system of cross-indexing tried to make available for this section the entire body of our hymnal. In addition to the hymns and songs, we have pro- vided responses and responsive readings, the latter being arranged in a somewhat unique manner for effectiveness. We present the New Baptist Hymnal to the Baptist churches of America with the hope that it may prove in actual use to be all that we have planned for, and become no small factor in the religious life of our people. Executive Secretary, The American Baptist Publication Society. i Executive Secretary, The Sunday School Board of the Southern Baptist Convention. CONTENTS STANDARD HYMNS HYMNS MORNING WORSHIP ....<....0. TP HOLY SPERET fe 3 curve hoes toate . EVENING WORSHIP ...........- 12-23 INVITATION AND ACCEPTANCE ... GENERAL WORSHIP ............ 24-72 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE ......... Gop THE FATHER ........... 24-86 THE CHURCH ................. PROVIDENCE AND GRACE ...... 37-72 THE ORDINANCES ..........--. TH ce re aiRes 73-81 MISSIONS. (an Sikeroraite cul Peshiok Tl A eae gi SOCIAL: BETTERMEN Tt «acters MRT Re Gere ee ciate sea? e! 6s lel dvelies Osa lore 82-144 TEAC EN ne ea ae TMT Tete Soe aii atee oles 82-99 OCCASION AT?) 2. Lee eC ad PPE FeO ey ale uaed nyt 8 100-104 Our COUNTRY .............. THE CROSS atauahets vets of o¥elieiis alate, ese 105-113 THANKSGIVING be eee ee UREA RS acto te, oe a he aS ee ee 114 DEDICATION, iii) se aa a Wie TIO IN 65. 71, 5 oid od clic 115-120 SBPIN TIME ahs 2 Ae eee, EN Ieee gis a) eles ei ge ahs’ s os 121, 122 INBW) WGA Ron ae pete he PRAISE AND ADORATION ...... 128-144 DIBA VHGA. eects ok Roe teeto alere' GOSPEL HYMNS HYMNS PUTAS TRO Ara eee e's bb ae. eta 9147328 a, ASSURANCEI., Ga ih actos. oreo aes PPEVETA TIO MN RON oe via vos spas se 329-3842 CONSECRATION .. ROR VOT ION te hetrneiteetioace sso é7sie sje lole B4As=5 0 aie’ FLSA VEN eee ce nee eh ain aee oe CHILDREN’S SECTION HYMNS Baa. BS S-G ode, Auk MEL BPR ates) ote eM el Re ae Be 400-407 Many other hymns in other parts of the book may be used in children’s services, and are listed as such at the opening of this section. HYMNS 145-152 153-173 174-240 241-249 250-257 258-271 272-276 277-299 300-315 300-306 307 308 309 310, 311 312, 318 HYMNS 353-367 . 368-386 387-399 HYMNS DOXOLOGIES, RESPONSES, GLORIAS, AND AMENS... .408-431 RESPONSIVE READINGS INDEXES METERS COMPOSERS TUNES TOPICS AUTHORS First LINES Oh, sing unta the Lord a new song: sing wnt the Lord, all the earth. Sing unto the Lord, bless His name; show forth Gis salvation from day to day. NEW BAPTIST HYMNAL 1. Holy, Holy, Holy, Lord God Almighty Reginald Heber, 1827 NICAA. P.M. Rev. J. B. Dykes, 1823-1876 1. Ho - ly, ho = ly, ho = ly, Lord God Al-might - y! 2. Ho.- ly, ho - ly, ho = ly! allthesaints a-dore thee, 3. Ho - ly, ho = ly, ho = ly, Lord God Al-might - yl Ven l— ~~» & — > fexeote4—f | — 7 oh ie rr Sailer: A ee i i alt D ‘ 7 oo ES ERE TPT DO ES HT ST —, ae BE ed es 4 Salil ‘a = iia DE es Srey pal = faa fie Gi Sore fea Ze _ pd 2 Sea | ~ re Ear - ly in the morn-ing our song shall rise to thee; Cast - ing down their gold-encrowns a - round the glass - y sea; All thy works shall praisethyname,in earth, and sky, and _ sea; a ae mer - ci=-ful and might - y! Che - ru - bim and Ser-a - phim fall - ing down be- fore thee, Ho - ly, ho = ly, ho = ly, Lord God Al-might - y! ~~ iia | va | A Var What SE La EE ES CA eG FE SRE EE PRINCI EEE: Soa ae ar, Ce ae Pe yt py tt — : cH aE ome 5 eee a casas oe ere Poort bee seems z 4 oO -o- a ao God in three per - sons, bless-ed Trin - i - ty! Which wert, and art, and ev - er - more Shalt _ be. God in three per - sons, bless-ed Trin - i - ty! A-men. I~ | a rs * pg hat #. MORNING WORSHIP 2 When Morning Gilds the Skies Tr. Edward Caswall, 1849 LAUDES DOMINI. 6s. 6]. Joseph Barnby, 1868 1. When morn-ing gilds the _ skies, My heart a - wak - ing cries 2. When-e’er the sweet church bell Peals o - ver hill and _ dell, 3. The night be-comes as day, When from the heart we _ say 4.In heav’n’s e- ter = nal bliss The love-liest strain is this, A - like « praised. at work and prayer - sus i praised. O, hark to what it sings, - sus Christ be praised; The pow’rs of dark-ness fear, Christ be praised: Let earth,and sea, and s et lites To Je-sus I re = pair; May Je - sus Christ be praised. As joy-ous-ly it rings, May Je - sus Christ be praised. When this sweet chant they hear, May Je - sus Christ be praised. From depth to height re - ply, - Christ be praised. A-men. 3 Awake, My Soul, and With the Sun MORNING HYMN. L. M. Thomas Ken, 1697 F. H. Bartholemon, 1741-1808 on 1. A - wake, my soul, and with the sun Thy dai-ly stageof du- ty run; 2. Wake and lift up thy - self, my heart, And with the an - gels bear thy part, 3. Glo - ry to thee who safe hast kept And hast re-freshed me whilst I slept! 4. Lord, I my vows to thee re-new; Dis-perse my sins as morn-ing dew; TPC. ca | Anes. Zs “415 A MORNING WORSHIP oo 7-4 carer Tie Sd BE Lad BR ee a "a fe gt ey Lg ed |__ 4 F—+-—|- | — gg} — 4S 4 Bil FORA ers a law ol ig Gl“ pos ty — yg — ge —- SFL et ee ASD. s “ ig -o |e 6 Te Behe Cah ASP" (Reread REST 8 Shake off dull sloth, and joy-ful rise To pay thy morn-ing sac-ri-fice. Who, allnight long, un-wea-ried sing High praise to the e - ter - nal King. Grant,Lord,whenI from death shall wake,I may of end - less life par-take! Guard my first springs of tho’tand will, And withthy-self my spi-rit fill, A-men. (@\ lh 4 piaes | I . ~R0 E ePAe - —o—_- we GET pg —_#§__ 99 —__o—_- 6 —_— Wika i> - Lee Bie Jeo. ey LUN Te [aa ~~ So 1. With joy we hail the sa- cred day Which God has called his own; 2. Spir- it of grace, O deign to dwell With - in thy church be - low! 3. Let peace with-in her walls be found; Let all her sons u - nite, 4, Great God, we hail the sa- cred day Which thou hast called thine own; eo - @- -o&- fe}:-4—|—__-# —--—_¢ ay Jaa oe ee RTL Bote! J ed ed LBOMS 2h A a SS ca WRG _ 1 2 (ea - @» be Sea el Ee ME 2 SESSIT AE | a SE A Oe A Ge a I” eT Ra “eal TELE TA a Ma TS Be-pe ey Be Rie ES gt Bey ite & ES ee es PLEO Se ee ee EY Bae Ee Pa ies er. | Aes {oy Cle Ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee AP ea ae 2d EE 1 Pa wae WPL hed! De het EE Ain, EE. YY AO Se Bee Ge J Ee See | ape With joy the sum-mons we o- bey To wor-ship at his throne. Make her in ho - li- ness ex-cel, With pure de- vo- tion glow. To spread with grate-ful zeal a-round Her clear and shin-ing light. With joy the sum-monswe o- bey To wor-ship at thy throne. A-men. eyo re eee eT Co rt ot ir ot eth 2 fae, Sake Te A eee ge ee toes bie | 7 This Is the Day the Lord Hath Made Isaac Watts, 1719 ARLINGTON. C. M. Dr. T. A. Arne, 1710-1778 SSS WR be LOS LL OS OE RR NC a i rar It a oe ae Sand GA LESION TOG SASS SOLES LSD Om Rh TT oe mars ea (9. > gg 4 A Bab gi = — ll a Et Gee a gan ee he oe ASP a ba Co Fil AC, = Nae a A am 1. This is the day the Lord hath made; He calls the hours his own; 2. To - day he rose and left the dead, And Sa~tan’sem-pire fell; 3. Ho- san- na to th’a-noint-ed King To Da-vid’s ho-ly Son: 4. Blest be the Lord, who comes to men With mes -sa-ges of grace; ° 2 o ss (2 pa (2 (2 2. L. = Ca) eae “EYE 7 EIES REE we SESS EGS eeeey of eC “oS REIT TR | S22) LL CS A Ra Te EGER, SORE Ea iat ig ao eet te ee le So a 2 Sa LR BEEN © Me VER DER SEL LES AERTS GBI w bt Son Poe oe ee Ue 7g BS TT) we eS TSG RL y a RN EO A By EN NS TS SAAN | RN NTT (\._ 2-1 SSS te oe ee tee 8 eee te tet Z Sabb Chan Maal A Ee = ZA TB e e Let heav’n re-joice, let earth be glad, And praise sur-round the throne. To - day the saints his tri-umphspread, And all his won-ders tell. Help us, O Lord! de-scend and bring Sal - va - tion from thy throne. Who comes, in God his Fa-ther’s name, To save our sin- ful race. A-men. —2- -—@-. (2 -- 2 ES PE ES o 2 G-. 7 es @ et ae en ee ee eee 0g ee SOP RG eS oy ao attres e e e ~ e e o USM ton «a a a LE A AO Sr REST | ee ee MORNING WORSHIP 8 O Day of Rest and Gladness C. Wordsworth, 1862 MENDEBRAS. 7s, 6s. 81. Arr. by L. Mason, 1839 day of rest a glad - bee O day of joy and light, . On thee, at the cre - a-tion, The light first had its birth; To - day on wea-ry na-tions The heav’n-ly man-na falls; From this our day of grac - es ev -er_ gain - ing rest, balm care and sad-ness, Most beau - ti - ful, most bright; On thee for our sal - va- tion Christ rose from depths of earth; To ho - ly con-vo-ca - tions The sil - ver trum-pet calls, reach the rest re - main- ing To spir-its of the blest. VCE CO a Pe ERLE el Ce (Eo Nea Pes Se VAS, RiP Es = J) (SEE Bes MY Meare Dorey key SY ey. rape De ae eee On thee, the high and low-ly, Bend-ing be - fore the throne, On thee our Lord vic - to-rious The Spir - it sent from heav’n; Where gos- pel-light is glow-ing, With pure and ra-diant beams; To Ho- ly Ghost be prais- es, To Fa- ther, and to Son; g o- -o- : era © fay \e ae ie. ia Gl - “CM id Rd a CE ea GRRL I Sa a ABA Jig gg yg $$ tg — ——_ a ae bai ~ Re AP La ee Ed Oo a a Pe eee — 5 —}- |__| | LATE I Be eT ren ST Wa ee 22. BEDE nas oe __ se | se GF Bae EE El A RS NE el fae 9s — 9 — woe | Ll a a: eee Og AS ere NUS SSO £0 0y Sy Porisg i SR Seay & oe 1 on ee I SF e- Sing, Ho - ly, Ho - ly, Ho - ly, To the Great Three in One. And thus on thee most glo-rious A _ trip - le light was giv’n. And liv - ing wat-er flow-ing With soul - re-fresh-ing streams. The Church her voice up-rais - es To thee, blest Three in One. A - men. eg © > A ZZ (eo) ef -—f— +f = er WES a H ‘gi iaca tana 9 aaaaenae es BAuMMuaue 1 cod Smee ei eee eee cer i 9 Safely Through Another Week John Newton, 1779 SABBATH. 7s. 61. L. Mason, 1824 1. Safe-ly thro’ an- oth-er week, God has brought us on our way; 2. While we seek sup-plies of grace, Thro’ the dear Re-deem-er’s name, 3. Here we come thy name to praise; Let us _ feel thy pres-ence near; 4. May thy gos - pel’s joy-ful sound Con-quer sin - ners, com-fort saints; (Or Let us now’ a bless-ing seek, Wait-ing in his courts to - day: Show thy re - con- cil- ing face— Take a- way our sin and shame; May thy glo - ry meet our eyes, While we in thy house ap - pear: Make the fruits of grace a- bound, Bring re - lief for all com - plaints: Day of all the week the best, Em-blem of e- ter-nal rest; From our world - ly cares set free.— May we rest this day in thee. Here af- ford us, Lord, a_ taste Of our ev - er-last-ing feast. Thus let all our Sab-baths prove, Till we rest in thee a- bove. Day of all the week the best, Em-blem of e - ter- nal rest. From our world - ly cares set free,— May we rest this day in thee. Here af- ford us, Lord, a taste Of our ev - er- last - ing feast. Thus let all our Sab-baths prove, Till we rest in_thee a-bove. A-men. i SO & s RK ed Hts SS eae hal ed am Ce rent tent ARS Sel 7 ef Eh Sa nama Low ears eranemnm aa ORE tae MORNING WORSHIP 10 Come, My Soul, Thou Must Be Waking F. R. L. von Canitz, 1699 HAYDN. 8,4, 7,8, 4, 7 Tr. Rev. H. J. Buckoll, 1848 Arr. fr. Joseph Haydn 1. Come, my soul, thou must be wak - ing, Now is 2. Pray that he may pros - per ev - er Each en- 3. Think that he thy ways be ~- hold - eth; He un - 4.On - ly God’s free _ gifts a - buse not, Light re- break - ing O’er the earth deav - or, When thine aim good and true; But that fold - eth Ev - ’ry fault lurks with - in; He the fuse not, But his spir - it’s voice o - bey; Thou with E | ot i 4 i= i oO Le } - mh eo ° = & =p ° him who made this splen - dor, See thou ren - der he may ev - er. thwart thee, And con- vert thee, hid - den shame _ glossed Oo - ver Can dis - cov - ef, him shalt dwell, be - hold - ing Light en - fold - ing L— I J -e -2. 2. | ioe a tt — ~ 4 ta y \\ i And dis - cern each deed of sin. rs (c EP | : il tr) ih MORNING WORSHIP 11 Awake, My Soul, In Joyful Lays Rev. Samuel Medley, 1782 L. M. Western Melody . A - wake, my soul, in joy - ful lays, And sing thy great Re- 2. He saw me ru-ined in the fall, Yet loved me _ not - with- 3. Through mighty hosts of cru - el foes, Where earth and hell my 4. Oft-en I feel my _ sin - ful heart, Prone from my Je = sus deem - er’s praise; He just - ly claims a song from me, His stand - ing all, And saved me from my lost _ es - tate, His way op - pose, He safe - ly leads my soul a - long, His to de - part; And _ though I oft have him for - got, His lov - ing = kind - ness_ is so free. Lov - ing - kind - ness, lov - ing - kind - ness is so great. Lov - ing - kind ~ ness, lov - ing - kind - ness is so strong. Lov - ing - kind - ness, lov - ing - kind - mnesschang-es _ not. Lov - ing - kind - ness, ing-kind-ness, His lov - ing-kind - ness is so free. lov - ing-kind-ness, His lov - ing-kind- ness is so _ great. lov - ing-kind-ness, His lov - ing-kind - ness is so strong. ing-kind - ness, ness chang-es not. A-men. EVENING WORSHIP 12 Day Is Dying In the West CHAUTAUQUA. 7,;7,7,7,4 With Refrain Mary A. Lathbury. W. F. Sherwin, 1877 7 ATW MAK MASSES ROE RPM SRN FE RAR OS FOS WV Oye D4 et eh A; 2 1. Day is dy- ing in the west; Heav’n is touch-ing earth withrest; Wait and 2. Lord of life, be-neath the dome Of the un - i-verse, thy home, Gath - er 3. While the deep-’ning shadows fall, Heart of Love, en-fold-ing all, Thro’ the 4. When for ev - er from our sight Pass the stars, the day, the night, Lord of —! = Ce >) ht fe 3 iA ES ERG RT PS RE ANS in@ ORANG Dea Lc a Ge eS Es Roe ae, a Uae Oe a et Oa EN a RE ee) SPs CF ie Gee Be |-eerd ° L JA a (in i | | 7 A MOS EP ET RP er A ee ares eo ee Gos bp Ae BE = = SD) ES (anVaa?, cA Bl Bibodt a EE BE ee ee ee eee ASS enn ms od EN ESR BOG Te | |_| o—~—t_~G o—_e—— & __ ao Pe IS wor -ship while the night Sets her ev’ning lamps a-light Thro’ all the sky. us who seek thy face To the fold of thy embrace, For thou art nigh. glo - ry andthe grace Of the stars that veil thy face Our hearts as - cend. an - gels, on our eyes Let e-ter-nal morn-ing rise, And shad-ows_ end. la \* EB al! A A a - aey we wt ° 5 aah ee Ser Shad- ows of the eve - ning Steal a - cross the sky. With thy ten-d’rest bless - ing May our eye= lids close Guard the sail- ors toss - ing On the deep blue sea. Those who plan some e - vil From their sins re - strain. Their white wings a - bove me, Watch -ing round my bed. Pure and fresh and sin - less In thy ho- ly eyes. A-men. | Va NS AR, A LT OE LTE Soe PY MULL ee eta Te PR 8 1 PETE Pe PTT LPR. CPE | Se ee ALS PET Pe A) Ay is!’ ey Ne Pee Ee | SR ree ~ ES ees Beeps ppen pore Geers ER CT WS ES EE PU A es eve-ning Steal a - cross the sky. 12 EVENING WORSHIP 16 The Day Is Gently Sinking to a Close WISHART, 10s. 61. C. Wordsworth, 1863 H. Smart; 1872 Kp 4 Vato ee ee ee a ee eS DY Bl“ a - Ee e e _ ee IWF a S i Gee ee > “EE ee ee ® faint the sun-light glows: O bright-ness of thy Fa-ther’s glo-ry, thou thy dis- ci- ples cheer, Come,Lord,in lone-some days, when storms as-sail, pag-eants fade a = way; In that last sun - set when the stars shall fall, ot ae 2 ° @ ® 3 CE CE SS Seth eee Roe eel “ae a EL Jit Ree! SSSR eS RO Ca a hw aii in Se ee ‘tt om LE hls tHE El i 2 eae > eed PE aed ES eS | hee ames S| eS i i Agere Ga COS () 7 ; : a eo — 2 ht | St gg —}—} + —___--}-_—~J fa. Gu. 6 ee 8 LX LWA DeSales et aa CA Cie oy ee AWE AYE bet Rare He EP Rei E - ter - nal Light of light, be with us now: Where thou art pres - ent, And earth-ly hopes and hu-man suc-cors fail: When all is dark may May we a = rise a-wak-ened by thy call, With thee, O Lord, for i _| \ dark-ness can-not be; Mid-night is glorious noon, O Lord, with thee. we be-hold thee nigh And _ hear thy voice, ‘Fear not,for it is tg ev - er to a- bide In __ that blest daywhichhasnoe - ven - tide. A-men. EVENING WORSHIP 17 My God, Is Any Hour So Sweet Charlotte Elliott, 1834 ELLIOTT. 8,8,8,4 Rev. J.B. Dykes, 1823-1876 1, My God,is a - ny hour so sweet From blush of morn to eve-ning star, 2. Then is my strength by thee re-newed; Then are my sins by thee for-giv’n; 3. Hushed is each doubt, gone ev - ’ry fear; My spir-it seems in heav’n to stay; 4. Lord, till I reach yon bliss-ful shore, No priv- i- lege so dear shall be lS ‘ bay i As that which calls me to thy feet— The hour of prayer? Then dost thoucheermy sol - i- tude With hopes of heav’n. And e’en the pen - i-ten - tial tear Is wiped a- way. As thus my in- most soul to pour In prayer to thee. A - men. 18 I Love to Steal Awhile Away Phoebe H. Brown, 1825 WOODSTOCK. C.M. D. Dutton 1.I love to steal a-while a- way From ev- ’ry cumb-’ring care, z.I love in sol - i- tude to shed The pen - i - ten - tial tear, 3. I love to think on mer- cies past, And fu-ture good im - plore; 4.I love by faith to take a view Of bright- er scenes in heav’n; 5. Thus, when life’s toilsome day is over, May its de- part - ing ray SN | And spend the hours of set - ting day In hum - ble, grate-ful prayer. And all his prom-is- es to plead Where none but God can hear. And all my cares and sor-rows cast On him whom I a - dore. The pros-pect doth my Strength re-new, While here by tem-pests driv’n. Be calm as this im- pres-sive hour, And lead to end-less day. A- men. EVENING WORSHIP . 19 Glory to Thee, My God, This Night Thomas Ken, 1697 EVENING HYMN. L.M. Thos. Tallis, 1529-1585 1. Glo - ry to thee, my God, this night, For all the bless-ings of the light: 2. For- give me, Lord, for thy dear Son, The ill which I this day have done; 3. Teach me to live, that I may dread The grave as lit- tle as my bed; 4. Be thou my Guard-ian while I sleep; Thy watch-ful sta-tion near me keep; | a” -o | Keep me, O keep me, King of kings, Beneath thine own al -might-y wings. That with the world, myself,andthee, I, ere I sleep, at peace may be. Teach me to die, that so I may Rise glo-rious at the judg-ment-day. My heart with love ce-les-tial fill, And guard me from th’ approach of ill. A-men. ei 20 Saviour, Breathe An Evening Blessing J. Edmeston, 1820 EVENING PRAYER. 8, 7, 8, 7 G. C. Stebbins, 1878 (SS Lary Lee ee BZ OS LL RT, Ee WR sms) inate aa Os ak SS a geet sch RRR eT -] Nee eee Se et lhe a mn aS co F_cS-_@el.@ 8 (gf @ i @ |(@ a 4 Aap. 4 w 1. Sav -iour, breathe an eve-ning bless-ing Ere re-pose our spir-its seal. 2. Though de-struc-tion walk a-round us, Thoughthe ar-rows past us _ fly, 3. Though the night be dark and drea-ry, Dark-ness can-not hide from thee, 4, Should swift death this night o’ertake us, And our couch be~come our tomb, oo a7 | a Sin and want we come con-fess-ing; Thou canst save and thou canst heal. An-gel guards from thee surround us, We are safe if thou art nigh. Thou art he who, nev-er wea-ry, Watchest where thy peo- ple be. May the morn in heav’n a-wake us, Clad in bright and deathless bloom. A-men. -o- as RA fo gs we A 2A SEES CTS Pa a 2 ST LL GS EL SE Ce (ADS. > 1 ee BT fe A a A BT a ae D > ot} —_p —- tt Het — He iE TN OE 1 PESTGRLGS 7 Lal Ml GE AO IT WEE Le 8 Copyright, 1919, Renewal. Hope Publishing Co., owner. 15 EVENING WORSHIP 21 God, That Madest Earth and Heaven TEMPLE. 8, 4, 8, 4, 8, 8, 8, 4 Bp. Reginald Heber, 1827 Richard Whately, 1855 Bt Ad sed eee 2ST EWES EL EY PR Ait Saree rweaa ar ace n e-aen San rand DEC "MEDC? OPS eB aa TAO rs —-4— at of rt oH Edward J. Hopkins, 1867 1. God, that mad-est earth and heav- en, Dark - ness and _ light, 2. And whenmorn a- gain shall call us To run life’s way, 3. Guard us wak-ing, guard us sleep-ing, And, ~- when we die, ——— = Da 2 AR UNS Bea Mea 4 SPL TER De P = Who the day for’ toil hast giv- en, For rest the night: May we still, what-e’er be- fall us, Thy will o - bey. May we in thy might-y keep -ing, All peace - ful lie: 2 oS ee —.—.— _domried peateesa et fal ore a ee eee eee — eet aE a RESP Fe 57 es ee ees NET | Se |) Se SE ES Wa YAS RR Me eT PT TS PT (LS a a co see See eee Seas Mt ROG Geee mak Won paler Gene fers EET ee CE iiinitwe da Te UN eK Prec i Le, RP May thine an-gel-guards de-fend us, Slum-ber sweet thy mer-cy send us, From the pow’r of e- vil hide us, In _ the nar - row path-way guide us, When the last dread call shall wake us, Do not thou, our God, for-sake us, — @ @. @ -2- Wl. aa" case Frees” Cana das Hea le Seen ca Foe twsses eh dea ie, a ee ee rr ee Graal . REE CLS ee ed Ll UT ae! Baad Ho - ly dreams and hopes at- tend us, This live - long night. Nor thy smile be e’er de- nied us, The live- long day. But to reign in glo- ry take us, With thee on high. A-men. 7 SN" OSS Sel RY AY A RE ijl 1280 DT ELT RS eel ere) Wee SN ee 26S Bits BOT oe a ee ee Gaia MWEAST © aon ie ideas Tl lee G58 Pe rere eee) 6 BE i oe a OS SY i Re EY A A PE a EVENING WORSHIP 22 Saviour, Again to Thy Dear Name We Raise IRENE. 10, 10, 10,10 John Ellerton, 1861 E. J. Hopkins, 1818 1. Sav - iour, a - gain to thy dear Name we raise, 2. Grant us thy peace up - on our home-ward way; 3. Grant us thy peace, Lord, through the com = ing night; 4, Grant us thy peace through - out our earth- ly life, | — a — Oye fp eaa ct DS = mim) BEM Pe eR (ici SRP. TS es IE RET Pj ——____-___}—, _——3 Mime aR ee a ’ im 2 an, = TF JS, ee a ee ed wn; Soitiacirik 05 Yo REBT iD With one ac - cord our part - ing hymn of praise; With thee be - gan, with thee shall end the day, Turn thou for us its dark - ness in - to light; Our balm in sor - row, our We stand to bless thee ere our wor- ship cease, Guard thou the lips from sin, the hearts from shame, From harm and dan - ger keep thy chil- dren free, Then, when thy voice shall bid our con - flict cease, Then, still de- lay - ing, wait thy word of peace. That in this house have called up - on thy name. For dark and light are . both a - like to _ thee. Call ne, br 'O.o Lord; > thine e - ter- nal peace. A-men. ~~) — ce, << a fe\? ia , (ee. re re << Des ie Ort £3 BN GES 1 SSI ea te Sata at ae Aaa a= = —-s 2a” esr” =a ce a hi oi AN oii joeaue tees eae ha iss —a_ze | i) ERR TS LAPT Loe: ES Le Se LE F i FW ee EVENING WORSHIP 23 Lord, Dismiss Us With Thy Blessing SICILIAN MARINERS’ HYMN. 8s, 7s. 61. J. Fawcett, 1773 Sicilian Melody . 1. Lord, dis - miss us with thy bless-ing, Fill our hearts with 2. Thanks we give and ad - o - ra - tion For thy _ gos - pel’s 3. So, when-e’er the sig - nal’s giv - en Us from earth to joy and peace; Let us each, thy love pos - sess - ing, Tri-umph joy - ful sound; May the fruits of thy sal - va - tion In _ our call a - way, Borne on an - gels’ wings to heav- en, Glad the in re - deem-ing _ grace; Oh, re - fresh us, hearts and lives a - bound; Ev - er faith - ful, Ev - er sum - mons to Oo - bey, May we ev - er, May we ait ZA r~ said —~ “sf Le a fresh us, Trav - ‘ling through this wil - der - ness. faith - ful, To the truth may we be found! ev - er, Rise, and reign in end - less day. A - men, | bia 2 a eS Ys “a 9» BW oS ea - £ & 4 aie a (sO STE A Pa t->-$—$— 5 ——_ 3 of OE SS rere ’ Ame ;p 4p el BEA | fae ——— na Sad Oe seal — ee i GENERAL WORSHIP GOD THE FATHER 24 Our Father In Heaven GOSHEN. 11, 11,11, 11 Mrs. S. J. Hale, 1795-1879 German 1. Our Fa - ther in heav - en, we hal - low thy name: 2. For - give our trans-gres - sions, and teach us to know | 2 sbetihe7 aes Be) Pe ae May thy king-dom ho - ly on_ earth be the same: That hum - ble com-pas - sion which par - dons each foe; i. | ay Se o_o a co oS TNE eer NSB, é ae 5 Ct PO US | N\ @ © Oo give tomes uss? dai = ly our por - tion of bread: Keep us from temp -ta - tion, from e -_ vil and sin, a haar a oe = — : == —— AT EA ce aa A ee eet aot aia a Boe | ee eee ee et rg oe 6 — a te HS et - ie cal sa It is from thy boun- ty that all must be fed. And thine be the glo - ry, for- ev - er! A-~men! A-men. 19 GENERAL WORSHIP GOD THE FATHER 25 God of Our Strength, Enthroned Above GOD OF OUR STRENGTH. 8,8,8,8, With Refrain Frances Jane Van Alstyne, 1882 W. H. Doane 1. God of ourstrength, en-throned a - bove, The source of life, the 2. To thee we lift our joy - ful eyes, To thee on wings of 3. God of ourstrengthfrom day to day, Di - rect our thoughts and 4. God of ourstrength,on thee we call; God of our hope, our ZA S&S fount of love; O let de - vo - tion’s sa - cred flame, faith we rise; Come thou, and let thy courts on earth guide our way; O may our hearts u - nit - ed be, light, our all, Thy name we praise, thy love a- dore, -B-. -@- van * y fat Se eects (C5 4 Zz Sie i ee ee eas Beeline oS as Sia Aiea pone | REFRAIN 7 CN SY EE Os a pat) Eas Ra. es Re tab Vid oa ee aes ee > o FERS EE A TE MERIC: ORES MEME ceo a ae Dex [as Our souls a - wake to praise thy name. Ring out thy praise in ho - ly mirth. f In sweetcom-mun-ion, Lord, with thee. God of our strength, Our Rock, our Shield for ev - er- more. GENERAL WORSHIP GOD THE FATHER 26 God of Our Fathers, Whose Almighty Hand NATIONAL HYMN. 10, 10,10, 10 D. C. Roberts, 1876 G. W. Warren, 1892 - f tg ae Pe ea RL Voices alone H+4 cee a aa a Paaiun Al woes ice Bie pee oa Ease anda \ 2 Ta iy iw 2a Ley PEEK Ba ES" SER ee eee a a ee GENERAL WORSHIP . GOD THE FATHER ’ x au. ; At— o -—§ —_ Nr i dh} 2 ATE eg. -__¢ »-—_+ oS ba With light and life since E-den’s dawn-ing day. And calm-ing pas-sion’s fierce and storm - y _ gales. Our plen - ty, wealth, pros-per- i - ty, and peace. Thy love and fav-or, kept to us al - ways. A - men. 28 Stand Up, and Bless the Lord SILVER STREET. S.M. J. Montgomery, 1824 I. Smith, c. 1770 | 1. Stand up, and bless the Lord, Ye peo-ple of his choice; Stand up, and 2. Oh, for the liv-ingflame Fromhis own al - tar brought, To touch our 3. God is our strength and song And his sal - va- tion ours; Then be his 4. Stand up, and bless the Lord; The Lord your God a - dore; Stand up, and bless the Lord your God, With heart and soul and voice. lips, ourminds in - spire, And wing to Heav’n our thought! love in Christ pro-claimed With all our ran-somed pow’rs. bless his glo - rious mame, Hence-forth for ev - er - more. A - men. GENERAL WORSHIP GOD THE FATHER 29 Come, O My Soul, In Sacred Lays Thomas Blacklock, 1754 PARK STREET. L.M. F. M. A. Venua, 1788 1. Come, O my _ soul, in sa -= cred lays At-tempt thy great Cre- 2. En - throned a - mid the ra-diantspheres, He glo-ry like a 3. In all our Mak - er’s grand de-signs, Al - might-y pow’r, with 4. Raised on de - vo = tion’s loft - y wing, Do thou, my soul, his a - tor’s praise: But O, what tongue can speak his fame? What verse can gar - ment wears; To form a _ robe of light di-vine, Ten thou - sand wis - dom, shines; His works, thro’ all this won-drous frame, De - clare the glo - ries sing; And let’ his praise em - ploy thy tongue Till lis - t’ning | reach the loft - y theme? What verse can reach the loft - y theme? suns a-round him shine, Ten thou-sand suns a-round him shine. glo-ry of his name, De-clare the glo - ry of his name. worlds shall join the song, Till lis-t’ning worlds shall pa the song. A-=-men. | | L~ = -G-e Qe ‘Lan es ieee Rina ees © bald ie) Z2_° Wh) (es re pee a = el ae ed LT pita Seer es | Tees _f Swipe werd fee sere oe 30 Now to the Lord a Noble Song Isaac Watts, 1707 DUKE STREET. L.M. J. Hatton, 1790 © () ae mH, de Mie Goal aN Gi BS Ay?-p-6—t at +S oe a Same phe renee tee ae em ASB, arn PSSA 7—_@o—e_ yo EE Pr 1. Now to theLord a_ no- ble song; A-wake, my soul, a - wake, my tongue, 2. See where it shinesin Je - sus’ face— The brightest im-age of his grace; 3. Grace! ’tis a sweet, a charm-ing theme; My tho’ts re-joice at Je - sus’ name; 4. O may I reach the hap - py place, Where he un-veils his love -ly face, I~ | 2. \\ i \\ \\ lA CA fd E 2 Ca f@)* 5) 7 a7, a heel CE Owe mai (025-2 2 EEE el aah ON weil i a Eo [Ga Wine i iktonae cvs caer > See ne my 4 ES re On Ee (RT We A ES RO 27-1 CO A A PT BE bl ME EL Ed ie RL eR Me ea Me GENERAL WORSHIP GOD THE FATHER - Hlo-san-na to th’e-ter-nal name, And all his bound-lesslove pro-claim. God, in the per-son of his Son, Has all his might-iest works out-done. Ye an-gels, dwell up - on the sound; Ye heav’ns, re-flect it to the ground. His beautiesthere mayI be-hold, And sing his name to harps of gold. A-men. cin ae Praise, My Soul, The King of Heaven REGENT SQUARE. 8s, 7s. 61. Henry Francis Lyte, 1834 Henry Smart, 1812-1879 1. Praise, my soul, the King of heav-en, To his feet thy trib - ute bring; 2. Praise him for his graceand fa-vor To our fa- thers in dis ~ tress; 3. Fa - ther-like, he tends and sparesus, Wellour fee - ble frame he knows; Ran-somed, healed, re-stored, for-giv- en, Ev - er - more his prais-es sing; Praise him still the same as ev-er, Slow to chide, and swift to bless; In his hands he gent - ly bears u:, Res-cues us from all our foes; thi ae ee nm hia os ee Ga Ee ee, EE es a ES PE Pe TE CAS i EL RSET Nel la ae es | -—+__$ yy a LL CO [i 47 | a _§ K—e pe #—__ # _._+ J ae ft es ee A Pease STi BE ae ey ee rd ee =. pro 6 Go Lf Ze _| 2 J we y Hal - le - lu- jah! Hal - le- lu - jah! Praise the ev - er - last-ing King. Hal - le - lu - jah! Hal - le - lu- jah! Glo - rious in his faith - ful-ness. Hal - le - lu- jah! Hal - le - lu- jah! Praise Je - ho-vah, God of grace. A-men. 5 @_ -O-. e. o- @ -5- iy SS SSS aes Sie ov aie ton eos Se Samaras t ee SS Pex gon SS a oo as eat We BL aes ae (et TE i Ba & { SORE ES 8 | GENERAL WORSHIP GOD THE FATHER 32 Come, Thou Almighty King C. Wesley, 1757 ITALIAN HYMN. 6,6, 4, 6, 6, 6, 4 F. di Giardini, 1769 1. Come, thou Al - might - y King, Help us_ thy name to sing, 2. Come, thou In - car-nate Word, Gird on thy might - y sword 3. Come, Ho- ly Com - fort - er, Thy sa-cred wit - ness_ bear, 4.To the great One in Three The high-est prais - es be, Help us to praise: Fa-ther! all- glo - ri-ous, O’er all vic-to - ri- ous, Our prayer at - tend! Come, and thy peo - ple bless, And give thy word suc - cess: In this glad hour! Thou, who al-might-y art, Now rule in ev - ’ry heart, Hence ev - er-more; His sov-’reign maj-es-ty May we in glo-ry see, SET MADRS CER ee ee ee Jes MEE ae Come, and reign o - ver us, An - cient of Days! Spir - it of ho - li - ness, On us de - scend! And ne’er from us de - part, Spir - it of pow’r! And _ to e - ter - ni- ty Love and a - dore. A - men. ° 1m ee fe ~o-- men cor ese bn a ewe Pigs s Poy eS ee eee [te ed ee oo SF Se oe oe ee BE 2 ety SR eI @-- --t— See Ea ESP TT EE a 1 7 Oe Se De Ee a EY EN WES Ce RT a PRS a 33 Before Jehovah’s Awful Throne Isaac Watts, 1719. OLD HUNDRED. L.M. Louis Bourgeois, in Alt. by J. Wesley, 1741 Genevan Psalter, 1551 | ON on ay er 6) [Ae ty glreie AG EN BE EN EE a TC ed Ae | ISAS lw p Dh PS is p P Sa 2 Maer LS ie set [i Al eee | 1. Be -fore Je - ho - vah’s aw - ful throne, Ye na-tions, bow with sa - cred joy: 2. We are. his peo-ple, we his care, Our souls, and ali our mor - tal frame: 3. We’ll crowd thy gates with thank-ful songs, High as the heav’ns our voi -ces raise; 4. Wide as the world is thy com-mand, Vast as e-ter - ni - ty thy love: lon vt Y 2 at ae fas ye 22a @ Ea ees) — |e. oe ee. Se eee ea) DY Bt Pe BO a a -—o—+f 2 ao Jas Or ET eee a | i CTE AE or EE EE A A ee a OR ET a a ae 0 DE Be os ee ee GENERAL WORSHIP . GOD THE FATHER <1 Se va Rd Eas i ote ay _ Know that the Lord is God a-lone; Hecan cre-ate, and he de -stroy. What last-ing hon-ors shall we rear, Al-might-y Mak-er, to thy name? And earth with her ten thousand tongues, Shall fill thy courts with sounding praise. Firm as a rock thy truth shall stand, Whenrolling years shall cease to move. A - men. ouith maa ncn odie ote 1 : Hea) tal weg Oe 34 O Worship the King LYONS. 10,10,11,11 Sir Robert Grant, 1830 F. J. Haydn, 1732-1809 () =f |) ae i eS eg sage oh As HADES a SSLALees Soot Lf pas ta a oa mega ar rar id uate ies a ee a Pe RAL sot ate = a 1.0 wor-ship the King, all glo -rious a~-bove, And grate-ful-ly sing his z.O tell of his might, O sing of his grace, Whose robe is the light, whose 3. Thy boun-ti - ful care what tongue can re-cite? It breathesin the air, it 4. Frail chil-dren of dust, and fee-ble as frail, In thee do we trust, nor FOC OE Si a a eo eo al ead oe a A USL TP ee a i te 2 th a ae vis = Sig as a EP Y AEST WS Wa Sc Yel ee OT RST OE So ee a +> E a = ee = UES Se Nc RTS WR RI Sr SP a ee RP SS aa psi popes o—e—-3- mt SF 8} ee | | Co ow won - der-ful love, Our Shield and De ~-fend-er, the An-cient of days, can -0-py space! His char-iots of wrath the deep thun-der-clouds form, shines in the light, It streams from the hills, it de-scendsto the plain, find thee to fail: Thy mer-cies how ten-der, how firm to the end, | -e_ a- fA La \ ot _ fo ones | wy Ron My Pee A faskaeee| | neo 2 0 5 a” ‘oom ee | o> le © oT et : >—_o—+ —H YK? See 2 a Pere eee eS ee ee ee ee Toy" Ei ee ee jaa wee || Pas a CS Ce Ee Ed (anws tena OU a ina tear 2 ee a = Cy Say" ey a Ee ee ee ee Pa - vil-ioned in splen-dor, and gird -ed with praise. And dark is his path on the wings of the storm. And sweet-ly dis - tills in the dew and the rain. Our Mak-er, De - fend-er, Re - deem - er, and Friend! A - men. o- | | | 2. a ae ee ee eee eee Sal a oe sa (Seeds erections oe Hac naam FBT GENERAL WORSHIP GOD THE FATHER 35 Begin, My Tongue, Some Heavenly Theme MANOAH. C.M. Isaac Watts, 1707 F, J. Haydn; 1732-1809 1. Be = gin, my tongue, someheav’nly theme, And speak some boundless thing; 2. Tell of his won-drous faith-ful-ness, And sound his pow’r a = broad; 3. His ver -y word of grace i# strong, As that which built the sky; 4.0 might I hear thy heav’n-ly tongue But whis - per, “Thou art mine!” The iget - y works or might-iername Of our e- ter-nal King. Sing the sweet prom-ise of his grace, And the per-form-ing God. The voice that rolls the stars a-long, Pro-claims it from on high. Those gentle words shouldraise my song To notes al- most di- vine. A- men. —G- go = 36 Come, Gracious Lord, Descend and Dwell BERA. L.M. Isaac Watts, 1709 J. E. Gould, 1822-1875 1. Come, gracious Lord, de-scend and dwell, By faith andlove,in ev -’ry breast; 2. Come, fill our hearts with inward strength, Make our en-larg-ed souls pos - sess, 3. Now to the God whose pow’rcan do More than our tho’ts and wish -es know, Y gar Ble cat | a eg Then shall we know and taste and feel The joysthatcannot be ex-pressed. And learn the height and breadth and length Of thine e - ter- nal love and grace. Be ev-er-last-ing hon -ors done, By allthe church, thro’ Christhis Son. Amen. IN ooo oo A egg og : zie es a2 eee ee ee eee ‘=, GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 37 A Mighty Fortress Is Our God Martin Luther, 1521 LUTHER. P.M. Tr. F. H. Hedge, 1853 Martin Luther, 1483-1546 1. A might-y for-tress is our God, A_ bul - wark nev- er fail 2. Did we in our ownstrengthcon-fide, Our striv-ing would be los = ing; 3. And though this world, with devils filled, Should threat-en to un - do us; 4. That word a - bove all earth-ly pow’rs—No thanks to them—a~bid - eth; ! ES aN a a a q i 2 Fea es A t—_+- |} - @-S——— 7 ASD. A el @ | | -@- a ye | Our Help-er he, a- mid the flood Of mor- tal ills pre - vail ~- ing. Were not the right man on our side, Theman of God’s own choos - ing. We will not fear, for God hath willed His truth to tri- umph through us. The Spir - it and the giftsare ours Throughhimwhowithussid - eth. _ eo o- o— =~ EES re -N Co EE Al @ ” T 5 CH or -— ae a a, Sa aed ee -——_|——_ 5 —_ 9 ——b oe eas HE Pa Seas a a we 1 SA GaP Pa PS AR UR a BSA A+ — 4 er te —+- gi — et i Sen Ea it ey Bi bing a Ag ll a a if { For still our an-cient foe Dothseek to work us woe; His craft and Dost ask who that may be? ChristJe-sus. it is he; Lord Saba-oth The prince of dark-ness grim, We trem~-ble not for him; His rage we Let goods andkin-dred go, This mor-tal life al-so: The bod-y Fiat pow’r are great, And armed with cru-el hate, On earthisnothis e - qual. is hisname, Fromage to age the same, And he must win the bat - tle. can en-dure, For lo! his doom is sure, One lit-tle word shall fell him! they may kill: God’strutha-bid-eth still, His kingdom is for-ev - er. A-men. GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 38 Praise the Lord! Ye Heavens, Adore Him ESSEX. 8, 7,8, 7 J. Kempthorne, 1775-1838 Thomas Clark, 1775-1859 as 1, Praise the Lord! ye heav’ns, a-dore him, Praise him, an ~- gels, in the height: 2. Praise the Lord! for he hath spo-ken, Worlds his might-y voice o - beyed; 3. Praise the Lord! for he is glo-rious; Nev - er shall his prom-ise fail; 4, Praise the God of our sal-va-tion; Hosts on high, his pow’r pro - claim; Sun and moon, re-=joice bee fore him, Praise him, all ye Laws, which nev = er shall be bro-ken, For their gui - dance God hath made his saints vic - to - rious, Sin and death shall Heav’n and earth, and all cre - a - tion, Laud and mag = ni- stars of light, Praise him, all ye stars of light. he hath made; For their gui-dance he hath made. not pre = vail, Sin and death shall not pre = vail. fy his name, Laud and mag- ni - fy his name! A~- men. 39 O God, Our Help In Ages Past ST. ANNE. C.M. I. Watts, 1719 W. Croft, 1708 n : (A aS EE | ee Pe OE BP ER ee wa STS NSO LERS Gi nal ER ES ETT ee - , - Ce + -e& -s- 1.0 God, our help in a-ges past, Our hope for years to come, 2. Un = der the shad-ow of thy throne Thy saints have dwelt se - cure; 3. Be = fore the hills in or- der stood, Or earth re-ceived her frame, 4. A thou-sand a - ges in thy sight Are like an eve-ning gone; 5. Time like an ev = er - roll - ingstream, Bears all its sons a - way; 6.O God, our help in a- ges past, Our hope for years to come, fs 1-0 Ca SS - GA LE A ET a Wt a JH GE) ad DT A ES a py ge ee pf ee eC ES Liao SO ie S| a Ea Pee el ae Baers FS a GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE ¥ ESE ES) SS PT a Cty" ea ee Lim S22 Sa Ea 9 ae p————— WAG | (4. CE Low BOS Wee A Roa Tease ee CSS TS ee ; CP eee AT Deen th RE o——lia Te Our shel-ter from the storm-y blast, And our e - ter = nal home! Suf - fi - cient is thine arm a- lone, And our de - fence is sure. From ev - er - last -ing thou art God, To end - less years the same. Short as the watch that ends the night Be-fore the ris- ing sun. They fly, for-got-ten,as a dream Dies at the ope-ning day. Be thou our guard while life shall last, And our e - ter-nal home. A-men. (q\: @ Tj .—_@__@ | @ ‘9 fae f IG y PACA EE 8 wf Ee Be we Pt Dp Peay psa wher sel ee Te | ere eve 7 S| 40 Lord of All Being, Throned Afar LOUVAN. L.M. O. W. Holmes, 1848 V. C. Taylor, 1847 & — ZI 5 Saeed hs a eres Perv] ers | Er Ten ae a Sap Slee ae ee pas es ee 1. Lord of all be = ing, throned a = far, Thy glo - ry 2. Suni ooff our life, thy quick-’ning ray Sheds on our 3. Lord of all life, be - low, a- bove, Whose light is 4. Grant us thy truth to make us _ free, And kind = ling Peg. a ae | x sad», Lm)? 6 _ € 5 SSAA BRM Any Play | he OS 4 SVD a ot 7 _ sed | = 2 A ae ren Dy é WREAUEESE Dv.cal Se Se ee Es 7) A; aol See Peres (BUS) Se Pe ————— — Ec a eae Ss MEN ae tal -@- ewe, flames from sun and star; Cen - ter and = soul of path the glow of day; Star of our hope, thy truth, whose warmth is love, Be - fore thy “ev. =a erv- hearts that burn for thee, Till all thy liv - ing -- ee a Sy Gon Se eer te ee es Se (ARCA DES eT a J C CASA CA 2 Cn | LAP ce ree = GN JARS ee eee yet = GRE ey ev = ‘ry sphere, Yet to each lov - ing heart how near. soft - ened light Cheers the long watch - es of the night. blaz - ing throne We ask no lus - ter of our own. al - tars claim One ho = ly light, one heav’n-ly flame. A-men. yt | OO a : + = @« @& fe): 5124 a lt SEE BF well OE SFT - aR an Sins o aerea eee = Spreat aoa a ee SSSeey 31 GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 41 While Thee, I Seek, Protecting Power BRATTLE STREET. C.M. Helen Maria Williams, 1786 Ignace Pleyel, 1757-1831 | While thee I seek, pro-tect-ing Pow’r, Be my vain wish - es stilled; 1.) and may this con - se-crat-ed hour With 2 In each e - vent of life, howclear Thy rul-ing hand I see! *\Each bless - ing to my soul more dear Be = 3 When glad-ness wings my fa-vored hour, Thy love my thoughts shall fill; Re-signed, when storms of sor-row low’r, | bet-ter hopes be filled. Thy love the pow’r of tho’t bestowed; To thee my tho’ts would cause conferred by thee. In ev -?’ry joy thatcrownsmydays,In ev-’ry pain I soul shall meet thy will. My lift - ed eye, with-out a tear, The gath’ring storm shall 42 My God, My King, Thy Various Praise ROCKINGHAM. L.M. Isaac Watts, 1719 Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 (\_ et O° Ado ee ad a tors este ete OY waite! Vay’ o __ = = Ee eer i aa A a St Ps EA BY RE MAG SO Pa | eee ew 1. My God, my King, thy va-rious praise Shall fill the rem-nant of my days; 2. The wings of ev- ’ry hour shall bear Some thank-ful trib-ute to thine ear; 3. Let dis-tant times and na-tions raise The long suc-ces~sion of thy praise; , 4. But who can speak thy wondrous deeds? Thy great-ness all our thoughts exceeds: 2. fa Nee bane ae (O35 + e218 ae eal el ase ae Wane ee es a = Bea GENERAL WORSHIP ; ; PROVIDENCE AND GRACE Thy grace em-ploy my humble tongue, Till death and glo-ry raise the song. And ev -’ry set-ting sun shall see New works of du - ty done for thee. And un-born a - ges make my song The joy and tri-umph of their tongue. Vast and un-search-a - ble thy ways! Vast and im-mor-tal be thy praise! A - men. Wen 43 Guide Me, O Thou Great Jehovah ZION. 8s, 7s, 4s, 7s. William Williams, 1773 Thomas Hastings, 1830 1. Guide me, O thou great Je-ho - vah, Pil-grim through this barren land: I am 2. O = pen now the crys - tal foun-tain, Whence the healing wa-ters flow; Let the 3. When I tread the verge of Jor- dan, Bid my anx-ious fears sub-side; Bear me - ee @. @. ‘ @.. a. lm vot cy fT ela" es ac ¢ edad BAN RET Iw taal BA SE ot ae a rae : ue — Pt La He Bee 4S ()\ 7 i ee | @°@ |@ -@ «a yee Se ears “A = + — 3 | + a + et — a Evett 223) tal ereee i ae INGE S| etree NJ (yy tl Ai J ee D jee rae i Ss) ULI ESS ST? AOR See eae. " Zo i : A Be - P_ weak, but thou art might-y, Hold me with thy pow’rful hand: Bread of heaven, Feed me fier - y, cloud-y pil-lar Lead me all my jour-ney thro’: Strong Deliv’rer, Be thou through the swelling current, Land me safe on Canaan’sside: Songsof praises I will — ao Zi : a Dil iS Ase ae Lo @ | p> wed ol ae = res | —— ot be eas | ~~] Clap AR (RL Pea _4ae 2 GG WE A Se od As n¥ AN 7a as. ae a We Ny Ee Bd A 4 s SS ae. Bare Hel RSS. Be ere fargo fap Chi ES NZ De ee ee = an _\_ ff @- @ RPT WG SE LO PE Ek a Pe SF ST ELL | ad A C4 Ps za or raf yi CA ° -~s- os oS (Je aR -o -o- till I want no more, Bread of heav-en, Feed me till I want no more. still my strength and shield,Strong de-liv-’rer, Be thou still my strength and shield. ev -er give to thee, Songs ofprais-es I will ev-ergive to thee. A-men. GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 44. Now Thank We All Our God M. Rinkart, 1644 CRUGER. P.M. Tr. Catherine Winkworth, 1858 Johann Criiger, 1598-1662 a iWin thank we all our God, With heart,and hands, and voi - pea Who won-drous things hath done, In whom the world re-joic - _ es; 2. O may this boun-teous God Through all our life be near us, With ev - er - joy - ful hearts And bless-ed peace to cheer uS; 3. All praise and thanks to God, The Fa - ther, now be giv -~ en, The Son, and Him whoreigns With them in high - est ay on, SA ORES oy A PE ee ee wise eh ae as a AC a i 7s i i Se ENN NETS TIN es —————— Te get S here? ral Bee Pee : | |_ st ees) SS ee PE a ee Mg te (\\ 4 at ee @& © @ fA _= ae ee ee Sa SORTER eee ee mE AL EE Who from our moth -er’s arms Hath blessed us on our way To keep’ us in his grace, And guide us when per ~ plexed, The One E = ter~- nal God, Whom earth andheav’n a = dore; With count-less gifts of love, And still is ours to - day. And free us from all ills In this world and the next. For thus it was, is now, And _ shall be ev-er - more. A-~men. 45 Sweet Is the Work, My God, My King Isaac Watts, 1719 GERMANY. L.M. Arr. fr. Beethoven, 1815 © isa Caan Mg Bz ; 7 a a i a S| Spas! 1. Sweet is the work, my God, my King, To praise thy name, give hanks and sing; 2. My heart shall tri- umph in my Lord, And bless his works and bless his word; 3. But I shall share a_ glo-rious part, When grace hath well re-fined my heart, 4. Then shall I see and hear_ and know All I de- sired or wished be - low; GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE To show thy love by morn-ing light, And talk of all thy truth at night. Thy works of grace, how bright they shine! How deep thy counsels, how divine. And fresh sup-plies of joy are shed, Like ho-ly oil, to cheer my head. And ev -’ry pow’r find sweet employ In that e - ter - nal world of joy. A-men. 46 Angel Voices, Ever Singing ANGEL VOICES. 8,5, 8, 5, 8, 4,3 F. Pott, 1861 Arthur Sullivan, 1872 D ieee | SE reece “aed Dal hs STA A750 Pact. ot at a Cpecraret }—__—__3_-< a 2. inet , a | ie a -@- a 1. An - gel voi- ces, ev - er sing -ing Round thy throne of light, 2. Thou who art be- yond the farth-est Mor - tal eye can _ scan, 3. Here, great God, to-day we of - fer Of thine own to _ thee; 4. Hon - or, glo - ry, might, and mer-it, Thine shall ev - er be, -2- - ~~ 86 -G6-. aE ae a i FS eR EO (ei 0a eA af Se a5 95 —— gg ——— 1 [ Bara Le ro Pita Bee Pes SS PR Oe es ie eS © ME a Es ae a Ea EH - gel oat a for - ev -er fring - ing, Rest not day nor aa Con it that thou re - gard - est Songs of sin -ful man? And for be ac=cep-tance prof - fer, All un -worth-i - ly, Fa = ther, Son, and Ho~=ly Spir - it, Bless-ed Trin - i - ty: Thousands on-ly live to bless thee, And con-fess thee Lord of might. Can we feel that thou art near us, And wilt hear us? Yes, we can. Hearts and minds, and hands and voices, In our choic-est Mel - o ~ dy. Of the best that thou hast giv-en Earth and heav-en Ren - der thee. A-men. | ~ —s aan i a Es RG ey fe: _o—_o_+__ [o_o _ + _}+__+_ | —-s>— ++ fo eHt+ — = rae Seren Stn ee | ee po —o—o-—_|— > — 9-2 Po TURE OM EAPOR MSDE COATT Cad FS ce fi GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 47 Rejoice, Ye Pure In Heart MARION. S.M. With Refrain E. H. Plumptre, 1865, Ab. A. H. Messiter, 1883 A aa wi Va, riot lr eserrt: Pie ok Rm tu ok en fea we hoy hd a 1. Pier eet) is? Ds ieee ~o-@ aa ben iiss esate —~ a Sv ce SS tZ 1. Re - joice, ye pure in_ heart, Re -joice, give thanks and sing; 2. With voice as full and strong As_ o - cean’ssurg- ing praise, 3. Yes _ on, through life’s long path, Still chant-ing as ye 20; 4. Still lift your stan - dard high, Still march in firm ar - fray, 5. At last the marchshall end, The wea- ried ones shall rest, Pes | e -@- e O54 Ta Bae ae BH bes Deals SS — i Vhs TESTE ey ee fm Maker STs 15 0 Z = aa diol a ‘ aes rca be oe a to eS ae fo wanes oa | (ana a> inet SSNPS RDAT] RSM AA ETRE Sh Ae : -—o—__ 8 _—_# 4, -—_ ASP -—_|_@_ o_o @ [(e@% — a £2 _ a | | | mam Your fes-tal ban-ner wave on high, The cross of. Christ your King, Send forth the hymns our fa - thers loved, The psalms of an-cient days. From youth to age, by night and day, In glad - ness and in woe. As _ war-riors through the dark-ness toil Till dawns the gold -en day. The pil-grims find their Fa-ther’s house, Je - ru-sa- lem the blest. | a! 2 @. -@g ~o- eto fe): er. oe ee ee 2 Oona = P ae aed ez 5 RI real AES a Ee EL DE TY Nee MS Se SS ey EE a A eer baie eee ps REFRAIN : () ea | 7D hw aA 5 Z, ge ee (ana? al eo Lee Va’ ae MA AA het rae Zt és eG -6- Re - joice, re - joice, Re - joice, give thanks and sing. A-men. Re = joice, re = joice, 2 pl et ES tts Sean a. fe) >t | 9 0 _-- —__ |. — o* mr r : r She Ti i BRY an fet SPE AY fre Pisa as aR) oe ites see Zi, 5 wed! Sa NPR oT eal ot Ld Ae i 48 God Is Love, His Mercy Brightens Sir John Bowring, 1825 BOWRING. 8,7, 8,7 Arr. from Old Melody ey ao F : 1. God is love; his mer - cy bright-ens All the path in which we rove; 2. Chance and change are bu-sy ev - er; Man de-cays, and a- ges move; 3. E’en the hour that dark - est seem-eth, Will his change-less good-ness prove; 4. He with earth-ly cares en-twin-eth Hope andcom-fort from a- bove: GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE () #4 ress gee a es =a ca re Td we a al pe ES = Sam ioe ee ane eal eee ak hy ie an re Dileep i=" Pai ff? ar} PA -@- ~- of Tor -B- - - —/ »- »- iN vara, Ly a> meee Le Stn a eh > ee ae ee eee Hap - py light is flow - ing, Boun - ti - ful and free; And his ban - ner gleam - eth Ev - ’ry-where un - furled; For thy lov - ing - kind - ness Make us_- love thee more: Life is dark with - out thee, Death with thee is bright; oe -9-- »- -o- fe > 2 2 Pe [/}——_|—___36—— 2 ae y | le we =o Ev - ‘ry - thing re - joic - = Feo es In the mel - low rays; Broad and deep and_ glo - rious As the heav’n a - bove, And whenclouds are drift - ing Dark a- cross our. sky, Light of light! Shine o’er us On our pil - grim way, s x ° A al z Ys, ne Ce a a ele —— — | Poe D 4 rahi et © Feat va All earth’s thou-sand voi - ces Swell the psalm of praise. Shines in might vic - to - rious His e - ter - nal Love. Then, the veil up - lift- ing, Fa - ther, be thou nigh. Go thou still be-fore us o the end-less day. A - men. hs GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 52 Joyful, Joyful, We Adore Thee HYMN OF JOY. 8, 7,8, 7, D. Henry Van Dyke, 1908” Arranged from Beethoven, 1826 nt ma ow, 6 — 3 + 1 — rh SNS SAPs ENR MEY e Co 1. Joy-ful, joy -ful, we a-dorethee, God of glo-ry, Lord of love; 2. All thy works with joy sur-round thee, Earth and heav’n re - flect thy rays, 3. Thou art giv - ing and for-giv-ing, Ev - er bless- ing, ev - er blest, 4. Mor-tals join the might-y cho-rus, Which the morn-ing stars be ~ gan; Hearts un-fold like flow’rs be - fore thee, Hail thee as the sun a - bove. Stars and an-gels sing a-roundthee, Cen-ter of un - bro - ken praise; Well-spring of the joy of liv - ing, O - cean-depth of hap - py rest! Fa - ther-love is reign-ing o’er us, Broth~-er- love binds man to man. Melt the clouds of sin and sad-ness; Drive the dark of doubt a - way; Field and for-est, vale and moun - tain, Bloss-’ming mead-ow, flash-ing sea, Thou the Fa-ther, Christ our Broth - er,— All who live in love are thine: Ev ~ er sing-ing march we on - ward, Vic - tors in the midst of strife; a STIL aon @_ fey ry 2 __@ i Oe ae ie eT AMA MOINS ETRE ETT, Giv- er of im - mor - tal glad-ness, Fill us with the light of day! Chant-ing bird and flow - ing foun-tain, Callus to re - joice in thee. Teach us how to love eachoth~-er, Lift us to the Joy Di-vine. Joy-ful mu~-sic lifts us sun-ward In the tri-umph song of life. A-men. | | -—~@- -&. -2- = he a) ei FO MS Ta Be ea bes Pewee i 1 Reece a ce = ee Se ee eee Po PD Ce — es] | ME dt 2 | From Poems of Henry van Dyke; Copyright, 1900, 1911, 1920, by Charles Scribner’s Sons. Used by per- mission of the Publishers. 49 GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 53 The Spacious Firmament On High Joseph Addison, 1712 CREATION. L. M. 81. Arr, fr. F. J. Haydn, 1798 | | 1. The spa-cious fir - ma- ment on high, With all the blue e = 2. Soon as the eve-ningshades pre = vail, The moon takes up the 3. What though, in sol-emn si - lence, all Move round the dark ter = A -o- oma the-real sky. And span-gled heav’ns, a shin - ing frame, Their great o - won-drous tale; And night-ly to the list - ’ning earth, Re-peats the res-trial ball? What tho’ no real voice, nor fear A - midst their Tay _ -g- rig- i - nal pro - claim, Th’ un-wea - ried sun fromday to day, sto = ry of her birth:— Whilstall the stars that round her burn, ra = diant orbs | be found? In rea-= son’s ear they all re- joice, | e A) . ~~” Does his Cre-a - torspowr dis-play, And pub - lish = es.... to And all the plan - ets in their turn, Con-firm the tid - ings, And ut - ter forth a_ glo - rious voice; For -ev - er sing - ing aie) ) ip ev - ’ry land The work of an.... al-might-y hand. as they roll, And spread the truth from pole to pole. as they shine,— ‘The hand that made_ us is di-vine.”’ A-men. - GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 54 Gently, Lord, O Gently Lead Us CONSTANCE. 8s, 7s. 61. Thomas Hastings, 1832 W. H. Doane, 1831-1915 () J | ee ee Oy Se Seo Se a SPF 2 Vemane ps NM ET yi A Pr eeha GE mA = = | e i er | | 1. Gen - tly, Lord, O gen - tly lead us, Through this gloom - y 2. When temp - ta - tion’s darts as - sail us, When in de - vious 3.71 the hour of pain and an - guish, In the hour when 4. When this mor - tal life is end - ed, Bid us in thine 2 ane fe) —________#— (Ono eee tamniecy> oe itncarena Meco () Ji a a ——$ A | vale of tears; And, Onis Lord; in mer - cy give us paths we stray, Let thy good - ness ‘nev - er fail us, death draws near, Suf - fer not our hearts’ to lan - guish, arms to rest, Till,’ by an - gel bands at - tend - ed, Thy rich grace in all our O re-fresh us, Lead us in thy per - fect O re-fresh us, Suf - fer not our souls’ to fear. O re-fresh us. We a - wake a - mong. the blest. O re-fresh us. -- wil - der - ness. A-men. GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 55 God Moves In a Mysterious Way Wm. Cowper, 1779 DOWNS. C.M. Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 () Weis alte Da at BED Oe aces ae Panis wees) OCS SS Wal pata Raa” a a a | | a j i — (aan) as oe eee ee eed re ees ey Si a =a FS So AR ETS Za pi ae CAPT «cA. 1. God moves in a mys-te-rious way His won-ders to. per- form; 2. Ye_ fear - ful saints, fresh cour - age take; Theclouds ye so much dread 3. Judge not the Lord by fee - ble sense, But trusthim for his grace; 4. Blind un -be-lief is sure to err, And scan hiswork in vain; (a \? ja o> A) | es 7 ees @ 5 ae Ri et re AZ Tal 2 ee v2 Lar a ee = Lvs Seer P| le 6) CUS Dee ees Ee he ee eee erie AMF ral TA Bal presse ed 2) era eae reser OS Roca ee} oy f He plants his foot-steps in the sea, And rides up-on the storm. Are big with mer-cy, and shall break With bless-ing on your head. Be - hind a frown-ing prov-i-dence He hides asmil-ing face. God is his own in - ter-pre-ter, And he will makeit plain. A- men. 56 When All Thy Mercies, O My God Joseph Addison, 1672-1719 BELMONT. C.M. William Gardiner, 1812 1. When all thy mer-cies, O my God, My ris - ing soul sur -veys, 2. Un - num-bered com-forts to my soul Thy ten - der care be ~ stowed, 3. Ten thou - sand thou-sand pre-cious gifts My dai - ly thanks em - ploy; 4, Through ev -’ry pe - riod of my life Thy good-ness [ll pur - sue; Trans-port-ed with the view, I’m lost In won - der, love, and praise. Be - fore my in - fant heart conceived From whom those comforts flowed. Nor is theleast a cheer-ful heart, That tastes those gifts with joy. And af - ter death, in dis-tant worlds, The glo - rious theme re-new. A- men. 2 A, oo Ve Bale Soil cede, CC Sl es a ee pcr Ame? | ff [ 4 al RS TS H RET NE i 4 Rg er = fem ae aA, = ‘ Sa S740) EPR FN eT A GS ES Pe | = @ RR aed tt ht a 227d LSE ATT GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 57 Father, Whate’er of Earthly Bliss Anne Steele, 1760 NAOMI. C.M. Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 hy Lin Sa ey a os -¢ — is ; : 1. Fa - ther, what-e’er of earth-ly bliss Thy sov - ’reign will de - nies, 2. Giveme a calm, a_ thank-ful heart, From ev - ’ry mur-mur free; 3. Let the sweet hope that thou art mine My life and death at - tend; <$- : -& ; Ac = cept-ed at thy throne of grace, Let this pe - ti - tion rise:— The bless-ings of thy graceim- part, And make me live to _ thee. Thy pres-ence thro’ my jour-ney shine, And crown my jour-ney’s end. A~-men. 58 Father, I Stretch My Hands to Thee Charles Wesley, 1741 ST. AGNES. C.M. _ Rev. J. B. Dykes, 1823-1876 1, Fa-ther, I stretch my hands to thee; No oth-erhelp I know; 2. What did thine on - ly Son en-dure Be - fore Idrew my breath! 3. Au-thor of faith, to thee I lift My wea-ry,long-ing eyes; -o- 2. = -B-: -2- la) 6 LR RS! RIN Foal in. Ps (eF Dae = io A TALL o—-s bh? 4 Te é 3 a ARIA RDN) CAH Fee {5S eit ee | see de, 5 ial eae C5 70+ TeaneeRe: Rene oe my Re BI BRS 7 fx Py epee ee = eS File Sea i mee beatae jae | 7 OR AT a eee 5 —— a | ee Ba Pa ee q o | | “o- | a ° Ge hs, If thou with-draw thy - self from me, Ah, whith-er shall I go? What pain, what la-bor, to se- cure My soul from end - less death! O may I now re-ceive that gift! My soul, with-out it, dies. A-men. GENERAL WORSHIP 59 He Leadeth Me HE LEADETH ME. L.M. With Refrain PROVIDENCE AND GRACE Joseph H. Gilmore, 1861 William B. Bradbury, 1864 {) : AS ©. Seite: fe. et aR Re ae “CE cues at = Re aa 1. He lead- eth me! O bless-ed tho’t! O words with heav’n-ly com-fort fraught! 2. Sometimes’mid scenes of deepest gloom, Sometimes where Eden’s bow -ers bloom, 3. Lord, I would clasp thy hand in mine, Nor ev - ermur-mur nor re-pine, 4, And when my task on earth is done, When, by thy grace, the vic-t’ry’s won, . @. me -~ ow, See HE Ries or What-e’er I do, wher-e’er I be, Still ’tis God’s hand that lead - eth me. By wa -ters still, o’er trou-bled sea,— Still ’tis his hand that lead - eth me! Con-tent, what-ev-er lot I see, Since, ’tis my God _ that lead - eth me! E’en death’s cold wave I will not flee, Since God thro’ Jor - dan lead - eth me. REFRAIN ee pai Ad = (SSS a He lead-eth me, helead-eth me, By his own hand he lead -eth me: _@_ m & —-- o-— =—— | | | fr) b AN 7+ Bik tas pa] Ls ‘i Geta t os*s eg ee] \S FREES Sa Mest ah o- -o x 5s His faith-ful fol-l’wer I would be, For by his hand he lead-eth me. A -men. oN la\ei4 rt o— es o——?__— ter aaa -o—-—_}+—__+-_ + — 8 —-@—e—_ +} | ___1_‘g@ if 12 “dos Bs B27 Be ee LANNE eel Wan EMEA OS SOROS MS Rd PORE aE = GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 60 Father, I Know That All My Life ’ Miss A. L. Waring, 1850 WARING. C.M. 61. Rev. J. B. Dykes, 1823-1876 rare) a ae |-—g —_ | 4 Door NORE WTA TTT ta Ce Ga sora | tay 1. Fa-ther, I knowthat all my _ life Is por-tioned out for me; 2.1 ask thee for a_ thought-ful love, Thro’ con-stant watch-ing wise, © 3. I would not have the rest-less will That hur-ries to and fro, 4.1 ask thee for the dai- ly strength To none that ask de, - nied. OPnrae: Sat Jen kan stroman ites Pacama Rose BS is i a Fea HVS 2 EE OS eS a A v4 M, (AST Ee Dae 7 mera ad ee NSD. rig v | \ ! The chang-es that will sure - lycome, I do not fear to see; To meet the glad with joy - ful smiles, And wipe the weep-ing eyes; ; Seek -ing for some great thing to do, Or se-cretthing to know; A mind to blend with out - ward life, While keep-ing at thy side; mal on | 2 yoo J, “ wt “ie EMeoTe A I ask thee for a pres-ent mind, In-tent on pleas-ing thee. A heart at leis-ure from it - self, To soothe and sym - pa -thize. I would be treat-ed as a child, And guid-edwhere I go. Con-tent to fill a lit - tle space, If thou be glo-ri- fied. A-men. 61 I Worship Thee, Sweet Will of God F. W. Faber, 1832 BELMONT. C.M. W. Gardiner, 1812 1. I wor-ship thee, sweet will of God, And all thy ways a - dore; 2.I love to kiss each printwhere thou Hast set thine un - seen feet; 3. He al - ways wins who sides with God, To him no chance is lost; 4. When ob-sta-cles and tri - als seem Like pris ~ on walls to. be, GENERAL WORSHIP | PROVIDENCE AND GRACE And ev-’ry day I live, I long To love thee more and more. I can not fear thee, bless-ed will, Thine em-pire is so sweet. God’s will is sweet-est to him when It tri- umphs at his cost. I do the lit-tle I can do, Andleavethe rest to thee. A-men. lo ee ee een ee ae ee 7 oes a= peo Ex ea ks eR aS Seabes Pe 2 Hl ica | 662 O For a Faith That Will Not Shrink ORTONVILLE. C.M. William H. Bathurst, 1831 Dr. T. Hastings, 1784-1872 H4 5 BEE eee A SR Jee =a (eter Ate SPs = —+t Zi Pas: 1.0 for a faith that will not shrink, aes pressed by 2. That will not mur- mur nor com- plain Be - neath the 3. A faith that shines more bright and clear When _ tem - pests 4. Lord, give us such a faith as this, And then, what - CVieman ery t0e,s......) That will not trem- ble on the brink chast - ’ning rod,...... But, in the hour of grief or pain rage with - out;...... That, when in dan - ger, knows no fear, e’er may come,.... We'll taste, e’en here, the _ hal - low’d bliss Las TTatin: 2 XC. a leah. MO Se ORME AOE Tr ETE a WEL RAI La (Eee ee ee Sy ont ott Ea RRR Final ed 21 - aa 2 () ee ea | Saas Sa Ea BE A era EA | Enc en . = Tay RS es ee ee ed [Poh foee | OA pe jem e far TEMES Wat ged A CA = oa rE) a CA _ tt 2 ee v et ee Le BNE re IS eee Ba | EY CF -— = A e Et LT -e -G-* -E -Z* -G- ~— ~oe Of an-yearth-ly woe, Of an-yearth-ly woe; Willlean up-on its God, Will lean up-on its God; In dark - ness feels no doubt, In dark-ness feels no doubt. Of an_ e-ter-nal home, Of an e-ter-nal home. A -men. a4 —4 =a = 4 |) Mito aly RGN Ce 6 Ae oe mat DE BIE Orn ttt TENSE SIT eee eee Re rosa ecard t At Winn BYP SESS PACES RE ES Ee eT tb UA See 2 ee er Ka a Save L El ee Re eR We: | | hit el GENERAL WORSHIP 63 J. G. Whittier, 1872 of man-kind, sim - ple trust like theirs who heard, 1. Dear Lord and Fa - ther 2. In 3. Drop thy still dews of 4, Breathe thro’ the heats of qui - et - ness, our de- sire @—-——-. -@ - a” -o- t PROVIDENCE AND GRACE Dear Lord and Father of ‘Mankind ELTON. 8, 6, 8, 8, 6 F. C. Maker, 1844- For - give our fe-v’rish ways; Be - side the Syr-ian_ sea, Till all our striv-ings cease; Thy cool - balm; ness and thy =. - 9 -e- -& Re-clothe us in our right - ful mind; In pur - er lives’ thy The gra -ciouscall- ing of the Lord, Let us, like them, with - Take from our souls the strain and stress, And let our or- dered Let sense be dumb, let flesh _ re-tire; Speak thro’ the earth-quake, ser - vice find, In deep - er out a word, Rise up and lives con - fess The beau - wind, and fire, O still small 64 Frederick W. Faber, 1854 ; | | ae JAF ser Bw A 1” a 7 cat dae a” meee BOR Real cae la Aa SSB, SPO Bay BGA =< eR Ss oH | ~~ | CA a 1. There’s a wide-ness in God’s mer-cy, 2. There is no place where earth’s sor-rows 3. There is plen - ti - ful re - demp-tion 4, For the love of God is broad-er ty by our love were but more sim - ple, (e=-- 2 eS = = g——-~—_+—+ oo law - oe ea ere oon OO 4 48 rev - ’rence, praise. fol -. low thee. of thy peace. Voice of calm! A - men There’s a Wideness In God’s Mercy WELLESLEY. 8s. 7s. Lizzie S. Tourjée, 1878 Go = See ae ee oo or nema Like the wide- ness of the sea: Are more felt than up _ in heav’n; In the blood that has been shed; Than the meas-ure of man’s mind; We should take him at his word; GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE There’s a kind-ness in his jus-tice, Which is more than lib - er - ty. There is no place where earth’s failings Have such kind-ly judg-ment giv’n. There is joy for all themem-bersIn the sor-rows of the Head. And the heart of the E -ter-nal Is most won-der-ful-ly_ kind. And our lives would be all sun-shine In _ the sweet-ness of our Lord. A-men. ia bal ay 65 Father, In Thy Mysterious Presence Kneeling FELIX. (Raynolds). 11s, 10s. S. Johnson, 1846 F. Mendelssohn, 1809-1847 1. Fa-ther, in thy mys - te-rious pres-ence kneel-ing, Fain would our 2. Lord, we have wan - dered forth thro’ doubt and sor-row, And thou hast 3. Now, Fa-ther, now in thy dear pres-ence kneel-ing, Our spir - its a. a a souls feel all thy kind-ling love; For we are weak, and need some made each step an on-ward one; And we will ev - er trust each yearn to feel thy kind-ling love, Now make us strong; we need thy deep re-veal-ing Of trust, and strength, and calm-ness from a - bove. un-known mor-row; Thou wilt sus-tain us till its work is done. deep re-veal-ing Of trust, and strength, and calm-ness from a-~ bove. A-men. GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 66 The Lord Is My Shepherd GOSHEN. 11, 11,11, 11 James Montgomery, 1771-1854 German 1. The Lord is my Shep - herd, no want shall I know; 2. Thro’the val - ley and shad - ow of death though I stray, 3. In the midst of af - flic - tion my ta - ble is spread; 4. Let good - ness and mer - cy, my boun - ti - ful God, I feed in green past - ures, safe - fold - ed I rest; Since thou art my Guard - ian, no e - vil I fear; With bless - ings un - mea- sured my _ cup run - neth o’er; Still fol - low my _— steps till I meet thee a - bove; etre ere ae a eZ ae ar eS eee eee ?_#—_§_ mn . haemo Soaatl _ — om : Sees one MStsrat e 5 Ft” ee ald DO TIN WOME San PEE ome mae 5 = Ie fs ggg = —— : Gree res] ar A He lead - eth my _ soul where the still wa - ters flow. Thy rod shall de - fend me, thy staff be my stay; With per - fume and . oil thou a- noint - est my head; I seek, by the path which my fore - fa- thers trod Re - stores me when wan-d’ring, re - deems when op-pressed. No harm can be - fall, with my Com - fort-er near. O what shall I ask of thy Prov - i- dence more? Thro’ the land of their so - journ, thy king - dom of love. A-men. GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 67 Praise, Lord, For Thee In Zion Waits H. F. Lyte, 1834 MENDON. L.M. German, 1822 0) a Ce a oa InpSioner tic iced Eo nner ae me a re mts ee eg gee a 1. Praise, Lord,forthee in Zi - on waits, Pray’rshallbe-siege thy tem - ple gates; 2. How blest thy saints! how safe-ly led! Howsure-ly kept! how rich - ly fed! 3. The year is with thy good-ness crowned, The clouds drop wealth the world a-round; 4. Lord, on our souls thy Spir- it pour; The mor-al waste with-in re - store; All flesh shall to thy throne re-pair, And find thro’ Christ sal - va - tion there. Sav-iour of all in earth and sea, How hap-py they who rest in thee. Thro’ thee the deserts laugh and sing,And na-ture smiles and owns her King. Oh, let thy love our spring-tide be, And make us all bear fruit to thee. A-men. 68 God Is the Refuge of His Saints WARD. L.M. Old Scotch Melody I. Watts, 1719 Arr. L. Mason, 1830 1. God is the ref-uge of his saints, When storms of sharp dis-tress in - vade; 2. There is a stream whose gen-tle flow Sup-pliesthe ci - ty of our God, 3. That sa-cred stream, thine ho-ly word, Our grief al - lays, our fear con - trols; 4. Zi- on en- joys herMonarch’slove, Se - cure a- gainst a threat-’ning hour; EEE pe tress pl geste Ele I Ere we can of-fer our complaints, Be-hold him pres - ent with his aid. Life, love, and joy, still glid-ing thro’, And wat’ring our di-vine a-bode. Sweet peace thy prom-is-es af-ford, And give new strength to faint-ing souls. Nor can her firm foun-da-tion move, Built on his truth, and armed with pow’r. A-men. GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 69 Eternal Father! Strong to Save W. Whiting, 1860 MELITA. L.M. 61. J. B. Dykes, 1861 1. E - ter - nal Fa-ther! strong to save, Whose arm doth bind the _rest-less wave, 2.0 Sav-iour, whose al-might- y word, The winds and waves sub - mis-sive heard, 3.0 sa-cred Spir-it, whodidst brood Up - on the cha- os dark and rude, 4.0 Trin - i- : of love and pow’r! Our breth-ren shield in dan-ger’s hour; | s Who bid’st the might-y o-ceandeep Its own ap-point-ed lim - its keep; Who walk -edst on the foam-ing deep, Andcalm a-mid its rage didst sleep; Who bad’st its an-gry tu-mult cease, And gav - est light, and life, and peace; From rock and tem-pest, fire and foe, Pro- tect them where -so-e/er ale £0, Oh, hear us whenwe cry to thee, For those in per-il on the sea. Oh, hear us when we cry to thee, For those in per-il on the sea! Oh, hear us when we cry to thee, Forthose in per-il on the seal Thus ev - er let there rise to thee Glad hymns of praise from land andsea. A-men. ey RMSE BS Rts | ww 70 Lord! From Far-severed Climes We Come John Hay, 1838 HUMILITY. L.M.' S. P. Tuckerman, 1848. 1, Lord! from far-sev-ered climes we come To meet at last in thee, our Home. 2. De-fend us, Lord, from ev-’ry ill. Strengthenourheartsto do thy will. 3. O let us hear th’in-spir-ing word Whichthey of old at Ho~-reb heard; 4, Thou who art Light, shine on each soul! Thou who art Truth, each mind con-trol! GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE Thou who hast been our guide and guard Be still our hope, our rich re - ward. In all we plan and all we do _ Still keep us to thy serv-ice true. Breathe to our hearts the high command,“Go onwardand pos - sess the land!” O - penour eyes and make us see The path which leads to heav’n and thee! A-men. Z Copyrighted by the United Society of Christian Endeavor. Used by permission 71~=~+«Lord of Our Life, and God of Our Salvation CLOISTERS? 11; 115.11, 5 M. A. Von Lowenstern, 1644 Tr. P. Pusey, 1840 J. Barnby, 1868 1. Lord of our life, and God of our sal-va- tion, Star of our 2. Lord, thou canst help when earth-ly ar - mor fail - eth, Lord, thou canst 3. Peace in our hearts, our e- vil thoughts as-suag-ing, Peace in thy 4. Grant us thy help till foes are back-ward driv-en, Grant them thy SSS o_o —— night, and hope of ev-’ry na-tion, Hear and re ~- ceive thy save when dead - ly sin as- sail - eth, Lord, o’er thy Church nor Church, where broth- ers are en- gag - ing, Peace, when the world its truth, that yy may be for - giv- en, Grant peace on earth, and, Church’s sup - pli - ca - tion, Lord God Al - might - y. _ death nor hell pre-vail- eth, Grant us thy peace, Lord. bus - y war is wag - ing, Send us, O Sav -_ iour, af - ter we have striv- en, Peace in thy heav - en. A - men. 53 GENERAL WORSHIP PROVIDENCE AND GRACE 72 God the Almighty One RUSSIAN HYMN. 11, 10, 11,9 Russian Tr. Henry F. Chorley; 1842 Alexis Lwoff, 1833 | LE 7 A A ES BE, Iara Ah issscar 4 —- +S + yD AL ETE SN a - — oa aA Ca 1.God the al- might- y One! wise - ly or - dain ~ ing 2. God the all - mer - ci - ful! earth hath for - sak - en 3. God __ the all - right - eous One! man hath de - fied thee; TARR ae Set = TV? Do ee PERRET CE os OEY oe cis ee. FES a8 wa eG -e =a Judg - ments un - search - a - ble, fam - ine and sword; Thy ways. of bless - ed - ness, slight - ed thy word; Yet to Ci ih LOLA Si oTla am Ly stand - eth thy word; Ky Cot 7 (e}5-p—F o— Pa Maid era aR wana Za AE ah se Pemesel tees O - ver the tu - mult of war thou art reign - ing: Bid not thy wrath in its ter - rors a -'wak - en: False - hood and wrong shall not tar - ry be- side thee: a el = at ee ee (wi we A, eo oo = A ~ WEED CREE) a aS ee PRS 6 D-h—s a Soierrerneed ote es a oe Se "ee EH, con ha 1 MAEARG Bde ee Ft . ate : ers ee SLDyeeetl Weare SEP Be (ann {LOA ME Oe tore, rs mex tera 7a ( a, H = ee Ra eee ee Rete cd ee tS —s t Ca 7A —— a oo CA Give to us_ peace in our time, O Lord! A - men = ~~ - ae 2 Pe rea ate ee ere Zz 1 Sd Eas hese t — Wea et Oe Pt a SEY EE A at ERTL CA 2 Pt st CT ELLA eee eee et ee eT a 75 O Word of God Incarnate MUNICH. 7s, 6s. 81. W. W. How, 1867 Jj. G. C. Stdrl’s Choralbuch, 1710 D es Oe ge | ! | 1.0 Word of God in- car-nate, O Wis - dom from on _ high, 2. The Church from her dear Mas - ter Re-ceived the gift di - vine, 3p at float - eth like a ban-ner Be - fore God’s host un- furled; 4. Oh, make thy Church, dear Sav - iour, A lamp of pur - est gold, -o- ~o- -@- — ae 7} | + — Soiree Pe Be es PR Ah | [ee cell a BEES SE" mE Ge ed ed | (4. (a 5} __|—_—_o— fA, 1 « Cis Pee eee O Truth wun-changed, un - chang - ing, O Light of our dark sky; And still that light she lift - eth O’er all the earth to shine. It shin - eth like a bea - con A - bove the dark -ling world; To bear be-fore the na- tions Thy true light as of old; ie 2 Oo -@- : We praise thee for the ra - diance That from the hal-lowed page, It is the gold=-en cas - ket Where gems of truth are stored, It is the chart and com - pass ‘That o’er life’s surg -ing sea, O teach thy wan-d’ring pil- grims By this their path to _ trace, Bie ag 2s 2. @. s _ lowe PS Sn en Gee. oe Ee ee eee iw rs Ee te SE hae ee ed i pat ae Ss a ee A lan-tern to our foot-steps, Shines on from age to age. It is the heav’n-drawn pic- ture Of Christ, the liv - ing Word. *Mid mists and rocks and quick-sands, Still guides, O Christ, to thee. Till, clouds and dark-ness end - ed, They see thee face to face. Amen. THE SCRIPTURES 76 Lamp of Our Feet, Whereby We Trace Bernard Barton, 1827 KNOX. C.M. Temple Melodies Se Sate . Lamp of our feet, where- by we trace Our path when wont to stray; . Bread of our souls, where-on we feed, True man-na from on_ high; . Pil - lar of fire, thro’ watch-es dark, Or ra-diant cloud by day; . Word of the ev = er-Jlast-ing God, Will of his glo-rious Son; . Lord, grant us_ all a- right to learn The wis-dom it im - parts; UL Wh = | Stream from the fount of heav’n-ly grace, Brook by the trav’l-er’s way. Our guide and chart, where-in we read Of realms be-yond the sky. When waves would’whelm ourtoss-ing bark, Our an-chor and our Stay. With - out thee how could earth be trod, Or heav’n it-self be won? And ~ to its heav’n-ly teach-ing turn, With sim - ple, child-like hearts. A-men. | i | 77 How Gentle God’s Commands Philip Doddridge, 1755 DENNIS. S.M. H. G. Nageli, 1768-1836 ——}--_— | Sok Ss ets 1. How gen - tle God’s com-mands! How kind his pre - cepts are! 2. Be - neath his watch - ful eye His’ saints se - cure = ly dwell; 3. Why should this anx - ious load Press down your wea = ry mind? 4. His good - ness stands ap-proved, Un-changed from day to day: es) sal == —e—e—_f-ae— oR. as price Sig st Sipe eir rine Sass eee : | -e SF Come, cast your bur-dens on the Lord, And trust his con-stant care. That hand which bears cre -a- tion up, Shall guard his chil-dren well. Haste to your heav’n-ly Fa-ther’s throne, And peace and com~-fort find. Til drop my bur- den at’ his feet, And bear a song a~-way. A-men. AS coho a a a as ere SPA A ey Cla Ra Ae Nae ] ie ee a$$ cz att fea iabe moe we z 7 ite | bse eral gira Tl Pe tear! esert (Se } 7 THE SCRIPTURES 78 B. Beddome, 1787 Alt. T. Cotterill, 1819 = ss 1. God, in the gos - pel 2. Here, sin - ners’ of an 3. Here, faith re-veals to 4.0 grant us grace, al - God, In the Gospel of His Son UXBRIDGE. L.M. Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 =a yi aS aan fa wer of his Son, Makes his e - hum - ble frame May taste his mor =- tal eyes A bright - er might - y Lord, To read and | _& TO Ir ie Pe co ter - nal coun - sels known: Here love in all its grace and _ learn his name; May read, in char - ac - world be - yond the skies; Here shines the light which mark thy ho - ly word, Its truth with meek - ness 79 John Fawcett, 1782 BURLINGTON. glo shines, And truth is drawn in fair - est lines. ters of blood, The wis-dom, pow’r, and grace of God. guides our way From earth to realms of end - less day. to re - ceive, And by its ho - ly pre-cepts’ live. A-men. How Precious Is the Book Divine C.M. J. F. Burrowes, 1787-1852 1. How pre-cious is the book di- vine, By in-spi- ra - tion giv’n! 2. O’er all the straitand nar-row way Its ra-diant beams are cast; 3. It sweet-ly cheers our droop-ing hearts,In this dark vale of tears; 4, This lamp, thro’ all the ted-ious night Of life, shall guide our way, bi | -o- Be ak / = sat "ata Py: (e):-)-4- 4 : =~ te st A, ecoscs co 2 re some THE SCRIPTURES _ Bright as a lamp its doc-trines shine, To guide our souls to heav’n. A light whose nev-er-wea-ry ray Growsbrightest at the last. Life, light,and joy it stillim- parts, And quells ourris-ing fears. Till we be- hold the clear-er light Of an e- ter - nal day. A-men. | | | . a o- ; o$—© e+ $0 ee Oe weer? 6 wo 2H ea NE : 2 anaes —6©80 Holy Bible, Book Divine ALE TM Acto ts ists ¢ John Burton, 1773-1822 W. B. Bradbury, 1816-1868 ——— NN 9 -~o- book di - vine, Pre - cious when I rove, Mine to in dis - tress, Suf - fring joys to come, And the -@- oa -&- oa 1 — ae es a trea - sure, thou art mine; Mine to tell me show a Sav -_ iour’s love; Mine thou art to in this wil - der - ness; Mine to show, by i ner’s doom: O thou ho - ly : 2- . - -O- === = SSS [ey ace erate rel aoe Te ae a pm ts = | —_—_} | [awe Sana [-—+—— || fas be ee Bs a _ ES EE @ Re Breer P= ET OE EES aot SSB. oa 72 ial WEIS C$ a oe -o | aa —F : Vie ag COE DA OU a Ema Sto s 1. 0 lit - tle town of Beth - le-hem, How still we see thee lie! 2. For Christ is born of Ma - ry, And gath-eredall a - bove, 3. How si - lent - ly, how’ si-lent-ly, The won-drous gift is giv’n! 4.0 ho - ly Child of Beth-le-hem! De-scend to us, we pray; an -o- -o- -9- \ oe “ > i @£& PT a a Bel GRE Sd RS Pee A ea a Tot 2a aces an ccsanel cuore Gamera ln — 5 —- #9 —_ © —_0—_@ | 3: > Z Pee bal Bie was Bee eed Lae A - bove thy deep and dream-less sleep The _ si- lent stars go by; While mor-tals sleep, the an-gels keep Their watch of won-d’ring love. So God im-parts to hu-man hearts The bless-ings of his heav’n. Cast out our sin, and en - ter in; Be born in us_ to = day. oe 2 -o- | | + +-— in thy dark streetsshin- eth The ev - er - last - ing light; morm-ing stars, to- geth - er Pro-claim the ho = ly birth! ear may hear his com - ing, But in this world of _ sin, hear the Christ-mas an - gels The great glad ti - dings tell; - 4 ] r (\ # DIV Cr" SSP Ome i ee ae Ne "A - B—o9—} 3 —__ gw —| “| 4 Roe Be act Dee hatb Sa ROE CL« i ae SE ANSP, aa s a fy aa The hopes and fears of ll the years Are met in thee to - night. And prais-es sing to God the King And peace to men on earth. Where meek souls will re - ceive him still, The dear Christ en - ters in. O come to us, a - bide with us, Our Lord Em-man- u -el! A-men. a! @. hn l 1c: o_o — Th Fel ay PROTECT RY > PO REAR ASE eD Ge: Batman See ee ee on a 8 Lie > _§ eto tet wes ee eee a os PERE! AOI RT MRS OY RE a 1S YE ESSELTE Wd NERS. 1B CRON ECE PORE AC ND WE, CHRIST ADVENT 83 | Hark! the Herald Angels Sing HERALD ANGELS. 7s. D. C. Wesley, 1739 Alt. by M. Madan, 1760 _f) #4 yet pabrt S a "A eS : fA,.Waw Daa o J - : aa Felix Mendelssohn, 1809-1847 aes = ci eS: pon 1. Hark! the her - ald an-gels sing, “Glo-ry i the new-born King; 2. Christ, by high - est heav’n a- dored; Christ, the ev - er - last - ing Lord; 3. Hail the heav’n-born Prince of Peace! Hail the Sun of Right-eous-ness! be @ 2 est ae ey eee aera ee y SU WAS a OVS: = ARPS S ; we Peace on earth, and mer-cy mild, @ @ 5 @ @ 2. Le ey en TN IS PE |—_o——»—_# eee a eT A FEL rn God and sin- ners rec - on - ciled!” Late in time be - hold him come, Off-spring of the Vir-gin’s womb: Ris’n with heal -ing in his wings: Lightand life to all he brings; 2: oe ees 74 J = (2 eee RE —— s+ Joy - ful, all ye na-tions rise, Veiled in flesh the God-head see; Mild ae lays his glo-ry by, a. TES Kea pe en [=a A eg ee a Eas Py Se ES, - Se = Join the tri-umphs of the skies; Hail th’in-car-nate De-i- ty! Born that man no more may die: | () ol 74 ¢€ et Pe ates re A's Joes: at a A RN Bl SS (aw a - 2 ee SY apt ee “ Ere : 2 0 = With th’an- gel - ic host pro-claim, Christ is born in Beth-le- hem! Pleased as man with men to dwell; Je - sus, our Im - man-u - el! Born to raise the sons of earth, Born to give them sec-ond birth. CHRIST | ADVENT Ie a i" ee TPS BE A TET ON heed With th’an-gel-ic host pro-claim, Christ is born in Beth-le-hem. Pleased as man with men to dwell; Je - sus, our Im-man-u - el! Born to raise the sons of earth, Born to give them sec-ond birth. A-men. So ~ 84 Once In Royal David’s City IRBY. 8, 7,8, 7, 7,7 Mrs. C. F. Alexander, 1848 H. J. Gauntlett, 1805-1876 Se Se 1. Once in roy - al Da-vid’s cit-y Stood a low - ly cat- tle shed, 2. He came down to earth from heav-en, Who is God and Lord of all, 3. For he is our child-hood’s pat-tern; Day by day like us he grew; 4. And our eyes at last shall see him, Through his own re ~- deem-ing love; ¥ : 52 eas oatoe Svaaras wo Kath RESIS KE OE BE REA SE Ch Sta=s aa. 2 aor ROO eS eg oe r Fy oS | Kae Where a moth-er laid her Ba- by In a man- ger for his bed: And his shel- ter was a_ sta- ble, And his cra - dle was a _ stall: He was lit - tle, weak, and help-less, Tears and smiles like us he knew; For that Child so dear and gen - tle Is our Lord in heav’na- bove: -@.. Ppl | a [ —” call poe ilenel Loins Ma-ry was. that moth-er mild, Je- sus Christ her lit - tle Child. With the poor, and mean, and low-ly, Lived on earth our Sav-iour ho-ly. And he feel-eth for our sad-ness, And he shar-eth in our glad-ness. And he leads his chil-dren on To the place where he is gone. A-men. BEM eo Pema ae pa - -o -@ -@- at -o- -@- -@- @- | - 2 a (es) ——— Fe in |g t * Pe a ol BS Pad LS A SS __ a A A a YB |e | a & ff rm. (Sk Se Go ee Le jj} anaes . =) =) CHRIST ADVENT 85 It Came Upon the Midnight Clear CAROL. C.M. D. Edmund H. Sears, 1849 Richard S. Willis, 1819- a ~ Dh ss i, x § nto ; po ar | es PN ge ts a TN O $A ie wd — ha o x. $ a “ a | | 1. It came up - on the mid=night clear, That glo-rious song of old, 2. Still through the clo - ven skies they come With peace-ful wings un - furied, 3. And ye, be-neath life’s crush -ing load, Whose forms are bend-ing low, 4. For lo! the days are hast-’ning on By proph-et- bards fore - told, From an - gels bend-ing near the earth To touch their harps of gold; And still their heav’n-ly mu - sic floats O’er all the wea-=ry world; Who toil a- long the climb-ing way With pain-ful steps and slow, When with the ev - er- cir- cling years Comesround the age of gold; “Peace on the earth, good will to men, From heaven’sall-gra-cious King:’? A - bove its sad and low - ly plains They bend on hov- ’ring wing, Look now! for glad and gold - en hours Come swift-ly on the wing: When peace shall o - ver all the earth Its an-cientsplen-dors fling, The world in sol - emn still-ness lay To hear the an - gels And ev-er o’er its Ba-bel sounds The bless-ed an - gels O rest be- side the wea-ry road, And hear the an - gels And the whole world send back the song Which now the an- gels CHRIST : ADVENT 86 I Think When I Read That Sweet Story SWEET STORY. P.M. Arr. by William B. Bradbury, 1859 Mrs. Jemima Luke, 1841 Harmonized by Winfred Douglas, 1918 ! a Cnee! Eee oie AEE REE a eS (anv, = — G ee S$ 1.1 think when I _ read that sweet sto - ry of _ old, 2.1 wish that his hands had been placed on my _ head, 3. Yet still to his foot - stool in prayer I may _ go, 4.In that beau - ti - ful place he has gone to pre - pare i — aE — -f- ' A tgs 4 (e):-)-4 -$—s—+ se fsa) AE OE on TOE ese Te ee te esa lee CEST EY eee SE ea) Paes Sb a Be so ee a a a ip —s ara nas. st 1s— as Gis bean goer Se, o -g- -o- a esse When Je = sus was here a- mong men, How he That his arms had been thrown a- round me, And that And ask for a share in his love; And For all who are washed and ffor - giv’n; And C2 A 4 e- as Cra Jos) 2 aT Pe SM PO eee amici —~———_o—— BES SEG b Oy siemicatae omer a eee ee a ) Gk! i erg ‘es {see @ Ma sD SR aaa Sees [__—___~ Ss . yp GF I iat oS | ine called lit - tle chil - dren as lambs to his fold, I might have seen his kind look when he said, if I thus ear - nest- ly seek him be - low, man - y dear chil - dren _ shall be with him. there, ee: veg ye] ! 2 acs Z o> ee (SRu ey. eee 72 A. mes, tela Goes oes a = —— man b | a = wi Ewen — ae Bie k Se] CIO | PE SO ear (as ait a ea Sa inet RSP ek ao Cem aL a PERE A See So ES A VE ee ee = S Ss I should like to have been with them then. “Let the lit - tle ones come un = to ’me.”? I shall see him and _ hear him a - bove, For “of such is the king - dom of heav’n. < A - men. ee i re —- ACS WELT 7 Se STC 8 ia) SES SS | Ree Bee De BP es LTT ae —— \ CHRIST ADVENT 87 Holy Night! Peaceful Night! J. Mohr, 1818 HOLY NIGHT. P.M. Franz Griiber, 1787-1863 -@- e e 1. Ho - ly night! peace-ful night! Through the dark-ness beams a light, 2. Si - lent night! holi - est night! Dark - ness flies, and all is light! 3. Si - lent night! holi - est night! Guid - ing Star, O lend thy light! 4, Si - lent night! holi - est night! Won - drous Star, O lend thy light! Yon - der, where they sweet vig-ils keep, O’er the Babe who, in si - lent sleep, Shep-herds hear the an - gels sing: “Al - le-lu - ia! hail the King! See the east - ern wisemenbring Gifts and hom - age to our King! With the an - gels let us sing Al - le-lu - ia _ to rae, Rests in heav-en-ly peace, Rests in heav-en-ly peace. Je - sus the Sav-iour is here! Je -sus the Sav-iour is here!” Je -sus the Sav-iour is here! Je - sus the Sav-iour is here! Je-sus our Sav-iour is here! Je-sus our Sav-iour is here! A- men. 88 As With Gladness Men of Old W. C. Dix, 1859 DIX. 7s. 61. C. Kocher, 1786-1838 U St Wea ers Ss Ain Wl Ch ke ee Se ae eke bel eee | Re WS = UTA a er el ee | 1 As with glad-ness men of old Did the guid-ing star be - hold; ‘As with joy they hailed its light, Lead-ing on-ward, beam ~ing bright; 3 As with joy-ful steps they sped To that low-ly man- ger- bed, - |There to bend the knee be- fore Himwhomheav’nand earth a = dore: As they of-fered gifts most rare At that man-ger rude and bare; 3. \So may wewith ho-= ly joy, Pure, and free from sin’s al - loy, -@- -e- #. ” Ae (@\*t 4 | ais a oo tot . it A AOI | : -—} $< — Ft 66 CHRIST ADVENT \s So, most gra-cious God,may we Ev -er-more be led by thee. So may we with will-ing feet Ev - er seek thy mer - cy - seat. All our cost-liest treasures bring, Christ, tothee, our heav’n-ly King. A-men. eee | —_9— Tp —* ees bed ies Rae | | 89 While Shepherds Watched Their Flocks By Night Nahum Tate, 1702 CHRISTMAS. C.M. From George F. Handel ()_ #4 ae, __ a A Le." ee Se See See ee eee z | gars 1. While shep-herds watched their flocks by night, All seat- ed on the 2. “Fear not!’? said he; for might - y dread Had seized their trou-bled 3. “To you, in Dav -id’s town, this day Is born, of Dav - id’s 4. “The heav’n-ly babe you there shall find To hu - man view dis - 5. Thus spake the ser - aph; and forth-with Ap- peared a shin - ing 6. “All glo = ry be to God on high, And to the earth be | 2 | rz ay, lie aa (eat A Sails rm 2 A an ~ 2 Be eS er ee ee ee ee CL Sab (TS RE OE LN TN EE CS ie Ce a SS Sia, SELL LOS ES a A PT SS Eth aS Pete eet Po er CAPA TS eA Soo ee 5 MOET SOE ae ee oe ewe al Z, a as NEB Satake Pana Be FES Ca Ca 2 2 ERAS CTP A SS Ye, who sang cre - a - tion’s sto-ry, Now pro-claim Mes - si - ah’s birth: God with man is now re-sid-ing, Yon-dershinesthe in-fant-Light; Seek the great De - sire of na-tions, Ye have seen his na- tal Star; Sud-den-ly the Lord, de-scend-ing, In his tem - ple shall ap- pear; l | as eg ie 4 4 | o- - on | Lam)? a CA SE Fe UA? SS feet sae | | nO OSs PS 2a a a A Lo a | 5 = SS SS ye * AEE SS (GE PE KA A (Sh Ss ee CE a eS Ee ee a = () - aa EL ae. iS ss ee = 5} 9 — 8 a 7 a ree 3 ROT BEE OF. ae are ea 2 Fld EC et ES a ee SSE. = “4 rm BiB LO BrT ie i A Re LS . 2. o-. | ~~ a Fs wpe fe o- a Oe” > 7 = = Mime bk 4 Bae 1am 8 S| SOP ROT ES IT Pe So EP aoe VS RTT he Fl a eee pele a | ee er EA i ' ” Qa SAS SFE Ss TE uN a CHRIST ADVENT 92 Away In a Manger AWAY IN A MANGER. 6, 5,6,5, D. Martin Luther, 1483-1546 Carl Mueller UNISON r, Ed PREY RAED Sie RG | BRAS Aho) REDvUD | ATM MLAS LaweMRN Weta Gate ser" K-44 Ta ae $ ba =a “ce -o -@-. -ge- | 1 oe thou long - ex-pect-ed Je-sus, Born to set thy peo - ple free: *\From our sins andfears re-leaseus; Let us find our rest in thee. 2 {Born thy peo- ple to de-liv-er, Born achild,—and yet a King,— *\Born to reign in us for-ev-er, Now thy gra-cious kingdom bring. » OF en e ° i a “2? le \4 2 8 = Ss Ty. * D3 © aa > aC eS tee 0° AS SU ST TSE 2 ee ET ES Lae ea Ait > a a 7s WHS OO Gass 8 OE Be eo ——e— | —_} o_o # Wi SS ad a bbarsa yi ——. a ee eee ee ee Is-rael’s strength and con-so - la-tion; Hope of all the saints thou art; By thine own e -ter-nal Spir-it; Rule in all our hearts a - lone; @. a @ @ @ | Pe | | He) o£ — {fH HH ff ao - p: © @ _ @= Bel lO a2 | ES Sea }—---—+| 7" BIE CIT ae Oi ae Ee eee ee fe rao ra a a a Long de-sired of ev-’ry na-tion, Joy of ev - ’ry wait-ing heart. By thine all - suf - fi-cient mer-it, Raise us to thy glorious throne. A-men. 94 Brightest and Best of the Sons of the Morning Reginald Heber, 1811 FOLSOM. 11s, 10s. From Mozart 1. Bright- est and best of the sons of the morn-ing, Dawn on our 2. Cold on his cra - dle the dew-drops are shin-ing; Low lies his 3. Say, shall we yield him, in cost - ly de-vo- tion, O - dors of 4. Vain - ly we of - fer each am - ple ob- la - tion; Vain - ly with (\ 9 7H ES El a es piss Beales RNS CAE “SERS SS ERS CRESTS WI ESE NE) >. a et = paras AS MRA NG pH ad WE Pt BSP PS }—"— pS +oS-¢-s te, 1 9 —¢ te —@e— $+ 6-9-3 $ — NS dark - ness, and lend us thine aid, Star of the East, the ho - ri = zon a- head with the beasts of the _ stall; An - gels a-dore him, in slum-~ber re - E - dom, and off -’rings di - vine? Gems of the moun-tain, and pearls of the gifts would his fa - vor se- cure: Rich-er by far is the heart’s ad-o- dorn - ing, Guide where our in - fant Re-deem-er is laid. clin = ing, Mak - er and Mon-archand Sav - iour of ll. Oo - cean, Myrrh from the for - est, or gold from the mine? ra - tion; Dear - er pe God _ are ef prayers of the poor. A-men. - -o- {ez ed hh Panes averse ete NAL k TA AN AONE | oa. ‘We CORAM RRA 6 SORE * PT OF oe’ H+ — +H — Ht} Sill i ee , 3 CHRIST "ADVENT 95 Hail-to the Lord’s Anointed WEBB. 7s,6s. D. G. J. Webb, 1803--1887 James Montgomery, 1822 () ® to theLord’s A-noint- ed, Great Da-vid’s great- er Son! 2. He comes, with suc - cor speed -y, To those who suf = fer wrong; 3. He shall come down like show - ers Up-=- on the fruit - ful earth, 4. For him shall prayer un-ceas-ing And dai - ly vows as - cend, 7} i = RE BEY Bry as SS ee Ste ee eae STE ee | Hail, in the time ap-point-ed, His reign on earth be - gun! To help the poor and need - y, And bid the weak be strong; And love and hope, like flow - ers, Spring in his path to birth; His king-dom still in -creas-ing— A king-dom with - out end; He comes to break op-~pres - sion, To set the cap = tive free, To give themsongs for sigh - ing, Their dark-ness turn to light, Be-fore him on the moun-tains Shall peace, the her - ald, _ go, The tide of time shall nev- er His cov- e-= nant te - move; To take a-way trans-gres-sion, And rule in eq = ui - ty. Whose souls, condemned and dy -ing, Were pre-cious in his sight. And right-eous-ness in foun-tains From hill to val -ley flow. His name shall stand for-ev - er; That nameto us is Love. A = men. CHRIST | ADVENT 96 Hark! What Mean Those Holy Voices HARWELL. 8, 7, 8, 7 Bae Cawood, 1819 L, Mason, 1792-1872 a Faas eres a =n ores Sg Oe re 1. Hark! what mean those ho-ly voic-es Sweet-ly sound - ing thro’ the skies? 2. Peace on earth, good-will from heav-en, Reach-ing far as man is found; 3. “Hast-en, mor - tals, to a - dorehim; Learn his name, and taste his joy: | 2 2. n 4 _____{ | _if $54! J fy — | ie =o o— Lo! th’an-gel - ic host re-joic-es, Heav’n-ly Al - le - lu-ias rise. Souls re-deemed, and sins for - giv-en! Loud our gold - en harps shall sound. Till in heav’n you sing be-fore him, ‘Glo - ry be to God most high!’ ” poe List - en to the wondrous sto - ry, Which they chant in hymns of joy— Christ is born, the great Anointed; Heav’n and earth his praises sing! Let us learn the wondrous sto-ry Of our great Re-deem-er’s birth; 2. @ @. 7s « @ eae XS & N ALCL ei Ee ee ae Le 0 ee ee A Le A eee eT Ps OT Creare] G22 ee ee ee ee pee I TEA AEE I. List-en to the wondrous sto- ry, Which they chant in hymns of joy— ) R va ites eh “ear Bee aD ee He" Be TE I ~ Rp, TS ET ee eS =e ae oS SS Se ee eee 0 Glo = ry in the high-est, glo-ry, Glo-ry be to God most high! Glad receive whom God ap-point-ed For your Proph-et, Priest, and King! Spread the bright-ness of his glo-ry Till it cov - er all the earth. A - men, - a . —@. - 4 a e oa eee CARS Pen ee Re a A El” ET RE A | Wwe fe. Sony ea oem 7 an Sed Bese were a ESN ro pe taal eRe | ‘mma riseseie mera eee re AG Sw ae mR CHRIST ADVENT 97 Shout the Glad Tidings AVISON. 11,11, 12,11. With Refrain W. A. Miihlenberg, 1826 C. Avison, 1710-1770 REFRAIN | a : oa ES BE : ian Sn 2 a a ie 7-5-0 a LO a aka Oe a | el Bee i) 4 — 9a — at oe er oe Vette —@ ee a Shout the glad tidings, ex-ult-ing-ly sing;........ Je-ru-sa-lem triumphs,Mes- Lee een he. (e77—H} foe cae 8 Keen pm o) e— ee D-. | gp — -—} —_} —_} |} —_@ ii SE es STI DRETH EASE See Pet RAPES WWE BELSTA POEE) PG 1. Zi- on, the mar-vel=ous sto-ry be tell -ing, si- ah is King. 2. Tell how he com-eth; from na-=tion to na - tion, 3. Mor- tals, yourhom-age be grate-ful - ly bring - ing, | | The Son of the High-est, how low-ly his birth; The bright-est arch-an- gel in The heart-cheer-ing news let the earth echo ’round; How free to the faith-ful he And sweet let the gladsome ho-san-na a- rise; Ye an-gels, the full Al - le - ‘ Repeat rst Refrain fis | SRO Re a ae Ma pm yt = ge oe Pe eg eee ee ' ZG -6 — glo-ry ex-cel-ling, He stoops to re-deem thee, He reigns up-on earth. of - fers sal- va-tion, How his peo-ple with joy ev -er-last-ing are crowned. lu-ia be sing-ing; .One cho -rus re-sound thro’ the earth and the skies. aware ls a -@_. SCH: -@- -6- -@- -2—- -o- Go-+ HA G-. -B- (@\e | BI Ree FS ae a eae eee df I a & Pee ew SE” 2 RE Ss EE EES. ES ESM De | 2 —, Jie Te a | ee Lore | nae SER 2 2 OO ET BEY = BDETEa? Ree After last verse {) | on Ty? 1 7 1 t+ J, ay = Se p+ i j 12g IE a 2 2 a i - a ch ch a i = —~— eo Shout the glad tid-ings, ex-ult-ing-ly sing;...... Je - ru- sa-lem triumphs, Mes- : -o- : CF 0 8 8 oo fe 8 9 8 8 = I FTN a BI sie 2d et te paris fs Hae ieee ane inca! laa ice ona CHRIST ADVENT 4a 4 Ea Te, LO Pe (De 0 ae Bs eee it.4 LS a Re Fe Oe EE a “iil? bo Paes Ee ee FOE (ee Fad I es ee Fl ee RSS es rr Ed ay Cy gages go 8 ee ee ee | poet si - ah is King, Mes - si-ah is King, Mes-si- ah is King. A = men. Jk Sa ae pale cca SO me) dn wi. ws cls @- % 2 f@-\?_\5_(? ga [og te 2a Ss Be My” Mee ees A, ke ES 6 EF eA eT | ; EE eS SS TMM Le Pea err eS 4 eS ate ea Be > a ee” rae ET 5 ©. RT AO EE ARENSON BE EULESS BETTY 8 oT . Vr i i Pare’, pe aed ete Oe nN Wee “El ete Ree “EO Le es REET ee ESE A : Fe pe Sy [ ; aa (i) O21 eas eee —*—_o— i Be bey ey LP i, Pond M8 NS PASSER _ SEN GS TS SE a ae 1 ——_ SF —a— ae 1 & Es - RSG AS Where wild Ju-de- a stretch-es far Her sil - ver-man-tled plains. And greet, fromall their ho - ly heights, The day-spring from on high. “Peace to the earth, good-will to men, From heav’n’se-ter-nal King!” Fi Bit dds Wea LE tt ei O a am Gee. Es a | erp Fd Ae” ERS i = BEES Fa a mame ere ete core ers Ss b 2 a ATS Be if > CET FES tee ae Ms MN MA A cd SS ¥ shal) SSP pees Soe) Ey i y. Be ee Rd NG) Se ee BS “Se ee | ‘ FF bee eae G a Be eee GZ eg a oe tee 1. At e-ven, ere the sun was set, Thesick, O Lord, a - round thee lay; z. O Sav-iour Christ, our woes dis-pel, For some are sick, and some are sad, 3. And none, O Lord, have per-fect rest, For none are whol-ly free from sin ; 4. Thy touch has still its an-cient pow’r; No word from thee can fruit -less fall; Ve tn Gul Doe Cee ee. TRE A A A ae a TT es -8—— | (uD Ta” Pp —-—____@ listemra th —t-——4—} eal! BE a 5 4 tis. 6e ee ae (LS PE ES EB = ie ides ES A LN CR OK a a a A ee et ee ee ee 0? apa Ws LR ie [anki Saakiall cdisnincaaiubcoctinctadoakninadasda Lime enc eel Races Gaeta Ap} —+ ma SOTO NT me e he — 5Om TE: oe SAME TRE oe A TS RS NT RE He ET RPE BPE LY, NS \ ee AS Te = ae ee ‘am z =o -o- p ~ a: a: Oh, in what di-vers pains they met! Oh, with what joy they went a-way! And some have never loved thee well, And some have lost the love they had. And they who fain would serve thee best Are conscious most of wrong within. Hear, in this sol-emn eve-ning hour, And in thy mer-cy heal us all! A-men. “~ la\e_ oo E bee] o—$_fa-— | é i £9 oot wore —_ i? Ae — s FER) san eR a PE x eas ets ee sad Fea Bs ee D-h—e ht CROPGREOTCEEL PULSES LESSEE OL 6 a Bc A Med | WO ae 101 How Beauteous Were the Marks Divine A. Cleveland Coxe, 1818-1896 CANONBURY. L.M. Robert Schumann, 1810-1856 1. How beauteous were the marks di- vine, That in thy meek-ness used to shine, 2. QO who like thee, so calm, so bright, So pure, so made to live in light— 3. O who like thee so hum-bly bore The scorn, the scoffs of men, be-fore? 4.0 in thy light be mine to go, Il - lum- ing all my way of woe: oN ()\_ a * bie deol ec ad eT a aera hs bs See dG eS et a A |_ @g_a-_a—_¢ tikulecesyocanend eee ft Wa be i ras eS need Wad aad haa a | Pe Pee AP eer 5 | a} ase te a ee oa oe a —— -— Fas roe a A i o- or 8 | -@- -~@- Lal a | ~p- AE That lit thy lone-ly path-way, trod In wondrous love,O Sonof God! O who like thee did ev -er go So pa-tient thro’ a world of woe? So meek, for-giv-ing, god-like, high, So glor-iousin hu-mil -i - ty? And give meev-er on the road To trace thy foot-steps, Son of God. A-men. (os ’ ree | as -@- if o - | er 1 ww | gg & G7 Bee Se Be ey 2 Lee 8 oe ad ae Sct Lm — ip ot Ra Ne | 77 | CHRIST LIFE 102 Fairest Lord Jesus, Ruler ae All Nature CRUSADERS’ HYMN. 5, 6, 8, 5, 5, 8 Anon. (German), 1677 German. Arr. by R.S. Willis, 1850 1. Fair-est Lord Je -sus, Rul-er of all na-ture, O thou of God and man the Son, 2. Fair are the meadows, Fairer still the woodlands, Robed in the blooming garb ofspring; 3. Fair is the sun-shine, Fairer still the moon-light, And all the twinkling, star-ry host, coon ; = -9- -@- -2_ -@_ oe o- 2-p- o- CSL ce a > TET WN as FN at i eS HAA Sak HOA OND HONE TELAT Bd a NE We A p—A | oo 8 +o ee ee a eet Cd) — 7 ot i 8 81S 0 Se 2B SE MESES 5 toto 2—-H $ Thee will I cher-ish, Theewill I hon-or, Thou, my soul’s glory, joy, and crown. Je - sus isfair-er, Je-susis pur-er, Whomakes the woful heart to sing. Je-sus shines brighter, Jesus shines purer Than all the angels heaven can boast. A-men. Ft Y ayy J GS f -@- & : = oe, i] 2 -6- FC ee PE el Baila te @1o 2) ee EE ae rt (SO OUSET DEE ee Te BP 2] OES RT. hae RS He; Je Pe SS Wed el PS noma I 5 Pa Pe ee PE La OP OS PS a ed es ee a PI 2S Ie ee a a 1. Ride on,ride on in ma = jes=ty; Hark, all the tribes ho-san - na cry; 2. Ride on,ride on in ma-=jes=ty, In low-lypompride on to die; 3. Ride on,ride on in ma -=jes=ty! The wing-ed squadrons of the sky 4. Ride on,ride on in ma = jes=ty, In low-lypompride on to _ die; a A eg A PR PITTA FTE OR el STS ee ae Ret Oc (e=-p-4 et Oe ES ae a Le A AA TO A NT ML ap 4 —+—_}-—__+ | _|_*°—_ + o——_ 9» —_9—_¥\—__ — See \ | a Te) A GATT A NT A FATT LEA A OT RST eR BAN es { Rebel em 3 7 LE A A Ce AS NW SENET TIM) we eta rr Me LR A PRTG Seg MR BH NO, pear td peed GR | }——ata—a 9 O_o a 1S 6 ee ee a wswTeeaFese-os a a O Saviour meek, pur-sue thyroad With palms and scattered garments strow’d. O Christ, thy triumphs now begin O’er cap-tive death and con-quered sin. Look down with sad and wond’ring eyes To see th’ ap-proaching sac-ri ~ fice. Bow thy meek head to mortal pain, Then take, O God, thy pow’r, and reign. A-men. to a eS a : oT le Te le ee eee oa PV 40 = or + (e):-h—_e|o— 6 | 6, © be - en 0. | ae ee er ee et ed ed 2 a) a es el a ee D LSE Bs A PAN DOES, BP WS NY BES LLY TS TTS EG ET | CHRIST LIFE 104 Gentle Jesus, Meek and Mild C. Wesley, 1742 ELLINGHAM. 7,7, 7,7 N. S. Godfrey, 1817-1883 1. Gen - tle Je-sus, meek and mild, Look up-on a lit - tle child; 2. Lamb of God, I look to thee, Thou shaltmy Ex-am - ple be: 3. Fain I would be as thou art, Give methine o - be - dient heart; 4, Lov - ing Je-sus,gen - tleLamb, In thy gra-cioushands I am; 5. I shall then show forth thy praise, Serve thee all my hap-py days; {) yh ——__ |S _#— + + a, ES CR PS eS Sonar o Fn Bs} ily By" pee Dude a a BP ER Saw fa SEE De | a be Bee Ca ee CA ZR SELSS Si ee SE Ee... 4 in =" Ee, ym Day °* -@- . p- Pit - y my sim-plic-i-ty; Suf-fer me to come to thee. Thou art gen -tle, meek, and mild, Thou wast once a lit - tle child. Thou art pit-i- ful andkind, Let me have thy lov - ing mind. Make me, Sav - iour, what thou art, Live thy-self with-in my heart. Then the world shall al-wayssee Christ, the Ho- ly Child, in me. A - men. 7G a a Ae EE EE ile See Gaui i iO OAT Ro as = hie De—_ i a Ea 5 “er Cat Ba Ca H SLT) ee ee a a Z v2 9 5 +--+} -— — PANN Ae a Se Cae fT 7] me | 105 ’Tis Midnight; and On Olive’s Brow W. B. Tappan, 1822 OLIVE’S BROW. L.M. W. B. Bradbury, 1853 | 1. ’Tis mid-night; and on Ol-ive’s brow The star is dimmed that late-ly shone: 2. Tis mid-night, and from all re-moved, Em-man-uel wres-tles lone with fears; 3. ’Tis mid-night, and for oth - ers’ guilt The Man of sor-rows weeps in blood; 4, *Tis mid-night, and from heav’n-ly plains Is borne the song that an-gels know; ioe Tis mid-night; in the gar-den now The suff’ring Saviour prays a -lone. F’en the dis-ci-ple that he loved Heedsnot his Master’s grief and tears. Yet he that hathin an-guish knelt Is not for-sak-en by his God. Un-heard by mor-tals are the strains That sweetly soothe the ioe woe. A-men. a oN (@-p+-+—_ +f = H e a eee Kind dice Be” oe Si St wd Si Ea 7 Fa CieW te Ce DC 0 Ae Lr Mee 79 CHRIST THE CROSS 106 There Is a Green Hill Far Away STEBBINS. C.M. With Refrain Cecil F. Alexander, 1823-1895 Geo. C. Stebbins, 1846- a Date eLitiee oe ie Tel ot | A. a WYZ7 Sei ® D> lal ose 1. There is a greenhill far a-way, With-out a cit- y wall; 2. We maynot know, we can-nottell, What pains he had to bear; 3. He died that we might be for-giv’n, He died to makeus_ good, 4, There wasno oth-er good e-nough To pay the price of sin; iaaawcal C22. , flee ared tama iid dibers ei CETatnem + pass © {| _\___s | ieee a . @ =o Ml EE C) | Gio Lt Raa. El A DED ee | | = = | SOT | rma 2 RO “SRS FFD | Oe es 1 CE “SS! be SRSA BEES. Fe PSS 7 Bisse eer = se ee a th ee etal ih Ee ASE. We Pl SaaS — Where the dear Lord was cru - ci - fied, of died to save us all. But we be-lieve it was for us He hung and suf - fered there. That we might go at last toheav’n, Saved by his pre-cious blood. He on - ly could un - lock the gate Of heav’nand let us in. -@- eo @o- -o- -B@- —_ dear-ly,dear -ly has he loved, And we mustlove him, too, fie haw | X () ® Tenis mM] Nw ( a, ot PE HAN LA GT RY Fe aie ae SES: #6 gp = HH oy» Oo -(@ \_~g— Tg: a oe | sae Ob ones Fees And trust in his re-deem-ing blood, And try his works to do. A - men. eye a a Te —e— ROW es a oe. eee Coe ts ti — + — Eh BA, aS LE TR eel tay mee a ci SUE _faet eae a Amn Saha Sm oa te te —e—e—e—}—-—+—_} aoe 7 we e | a Copyright, 1919, Renewal. Hope Publishing Co., owner. 80 CHRIST | THE CROSS 107 O Sacred Head, Now Wounded MUNICH. 7,6,7,6. D. Bernard of Clairvaux, 1091-1153 Tr. by J. W. Alexander, 1830 Arr. from Mendelssohn ee ee ee el ee Sos he es (Ln eae SS Lees! OR ARE MAG EI hac!) COEAY AAS ES WEEE A Se es 1. O sa-cred head, now wound-ed, With grief and shame weighed down, 2. What thou, my Lord, hast suf - fered Was all for sin-mners’ gain; 3. What lan-guage shall I bor - row To thank thee, dear - est Friend, © 4. Be near me when I’m dy = ing, O show thy cross to me! ma 2 -@- 3 4 a ifs 20S ee ee a QO) 12 Ae Ea i BS Ee ee ee ES VA Ee ETO Pe . EES IE LEY 7 1 «Rae \_—g— ee ee BS es a ee ee a ay? Pal Be" ees Cg Pe Ts J ree aC A eas ASB Dy ae FRIES nay “ES Pia EEX . P= | | | How scorn = ful - ly sur - round-ed, With thorns, thine on - ly crown; Mine, mine was the trans-gres- sion, But thine the dead-ly pain: For this thy dy -ing sor- row, Thy pit - y with-out end? And for some suc~cor fly =- ing, Come,Lord, and set me free! | -@- C2 i) TROL £8 Cees 2) ee eee iu Sa ee yaaa 7s 7 @ Fil tm ees OS ee’ Bae Me Tal 2 See 2 2 Bl Se a ead "i ee eae fii DE EES O sa ~ cred Head, what glo = ry, What bliss, till now was thine! Lo, here I fall, my Sav = iour! ’Tis I de - serve thy place; make me thine for- ev - er; And, should I faint - ing be, These eyes, new faith re -ceiv - ing, From Je - susshall not move; Yet, though de-spised and go = ry, I poy to call thee mine. Look on me with thy fa- vor, Vouch-safeto me thy grace. Lord, let me nev-er, nev-er, Out -live my love to _ thee! For he who dies be-liev - ing, Dies safe~ly through thy love. A-men. THE CROSS CHRIST 108 When I Survey the Wondrous Cross Isaac Watts, 1707 HAMBURG. L.M. Arr. by L. Mason, 1824 1. When I sur-vey the won-drous cross, On which the Prince of _glo-ry died, 2. For - bid it, Lord! that I should boast, Save in the death of Christ, my God; 3. See, from his head, his hands, his feet, Sor-row and love flow min-gled down; 4. Were the whole realm of na-ture mine, That were a pres-ent far too small; 0 y Pe Perndery MAES {AC GOA ROMAN NOSE IN AY ECT UR NEDIA PTT Ap RE BEE NSA CD ad Ne RR Sw SEI A ai 1 GL A! toa at - Se — Oper o oe oa a os te om <- 78 KAW My rich-est gainI count but loss, And pour contempt on all my pride. Ali the vainthings that charmmemost I sac-ri-fice them to his blood. Did e’er such love and sor-row meet, Or thorns com-pose so rich a crown? Love so a-maz-ing, so di-vine, De-mandsmy soul, my life, my all. A-men. — fae “@ a 7 ; a e e Sra 5 = lam — a 2 pee Se (a — fo Pe— eet Zt ee 4 ’ a {| Fi Bacm Rae i we, Baal as A Hot. Rep ZI OE oe PET fi ATE Ga Teed Fl GSC MA FE BSL Si Ma) be - 109 Alas! and Did My Saviour Bleed Isaac Watts, 1707 MARTYRDOM (Avon). C.M. H. Wilson, 1764-1824 1. A-las! and did my Sav-iour bleed, And did my Sov -’reign die, 2. Was it for crimes that I had done Hegroanedup-on the _ tree? 3. Well might the sun in dark-ness hide, And shut his glo-ries_ in, 4. Thus might I hide . my blush-ing face While hisdearcross ap -pears, 5. But drops of grief can ne’er re - pay The debt of love I owe; eer oer ee eee ee Sea ot Zag TS imma i Pea eer law NA eae ee Ba a EO ESS ae nee Tas" | ~ -e# oF a * ae aod Would he de-vote that sa-cred head For such a _ worm as I? A - maz-ing pit - y, grace unknown, And love be~-yond de-gree! When God, the might - y Mak-er, died For man the crea-ture’s sin. Dis-solve my heart in thank-ful-ness, And melt my eyes to tears. Here, Lord,I give my-self a-way, ’Tis all that I can do. A-men. = FRIRS ey te SE ee a aes Pah t La SS SS Se en ce ee eee CHRIST THE CROSS 110 Beneath the Cross of Jesus ST. CHRISTOPHER. 7,6, 8, 6, 8, 6, 8, 6 Blizabeth C. Clephane, 1868 . Frederick C. Maker, 1881 meas poe : = nt oe: -o- 1. Be - neath the cross of Je - sus I fain would take my stand, 2. Up - on that cross of Je - sus Mine eye at times can see 3.I take, O cross, thy shad - ow For my a - bid-ing place; shad - ow of a might-y rock With - in a wea-ry land; ver - y dy-ing form of One Who suf-fered there for me; ask no oth-er sun-shinethan The sun-shineof his face; fa EA STP IE PE > St Cele es ; ae eee) - gq —— @ ——S ‘4 se i —— oy 7 A home with-in wil-der-ness, A rest up-on the way, And from my smit-ten heart with tears Two won-ders I con- fess,— Con-tent to let the world go by, To know no gain nor loss, 7 CAE _-_{ —_} fF 44 | pve 8 55 7, ar —N Rip o* Ie Pee EN Eras oe ee = mesoesrai ' Se BoP Pose fanaa). . 2 ST ak — Se bet ~ -o- ~ ' © -@- -é ¢ Ris From the burn-ing of the noon-tide heat, And the bur-den of the day. The won - ders of his glo-riouslove And my wun-wor-thi-ness. My sin - ful self my on-lyshame, My glo - ryall the cross, A-men. _— Sa be- — 2 | Sbara hoa Shae on a ean oom eae ee 6 cas Lgeeimal merase | 7a 7 P| EDS BL ee ad be | AA a a ‘ - oo o_- wk ot = anon Y percha sel eos Bag OF 3) Pea ag AN 83 Ld CHRIST THE CROSS 111 Saviour, When, In Dust, to Thee SPANISH HYMN. 7,7,7,7. D. Sir Robert Grant, 1815 Spanish Melody () Yi Zh A | is PERE PE IAS bo ee ees Oe SS Ca a -— ion oo bse tees ene MENECL a EE Zi So oy 1. Sav - iour, when, in dust, to thee, Low we bend th’a-dor-ing knee; 2. By thy birth and ear - ly years, By thy hu - man griefs and fears, 3. By thine hour of dark de-spair, By thine ag - 0 - ny of prayer, . -@- a met s 4 RLY A Sa a \ whe) “3 ee a} is Soo Ss Se DE Riad [eee ?__4 + a a Ka | | f) 7 hed +t —+—— [ A roy-al di- a- dem a-dorns The might-y Vic - tor’s brow. To whom he man -i - fests his love, And grants his name to know. Their name an ev-er-last-ing name, Their joy the joy of heav’n. His people’s hope, his people’s wealth, Their ev - er - last-ing theme. A-men. 118 I Know That My Redeemer Lives C. Wesley, 1742 BRADFORD. C.M. G. F. Handel, 1685-1759 1.I know that my Re-deem- er lives, And ev - er 2. He lives, tri- um - phant o’er the grave, At God’s right 3. He lives, that I may al - so live, And now his 4. Let strains of heav’n-ly mu - sic _ rise, While all their | EN -o- -+— | prays me}; of his hand on high, My ran - somed soul to grace pro - claim; He lives, that I may i Christ, my pre - cious he gives, A pledge_._—i oof lib - er - keep and _ save, To. bless and glo - fri - fy. hon - or _ give To his most ho - ly name. ri - fice, And ev - er - liv - ing King. A-men. 2 =e Saag Sees 2 ep pt DSS ..r ea BPS ET Guta es ae gee) 89 CHRIST RESURRECTION 119 Welcome, Happy Morning FORTUNATUS. 11,11,11,11. With Refrain Venantius Fortunatus, 590 ; Translated by John Ellerton, 1868 Arthur S. Sullivan, 1872 | 1. “Welcome, hap - py morn-ing!” age to age shall say; Hell to-day 2. Earth her joy con-fess-es, cloth-ing her for spring, All good gifts re- 3. Months in due suc -ces-sion, days of length-’ning light, Hours and pass-ing 4. Come then, True and Faith-ful, now ful-fil thy word, Tis thine own third van-quished, heav’nis won to - day! Lo! the Dead is liv - ing, turned with her re - turn - ing King: Bloom in ev - ’ry mead - ow, mo - mentspraise thee in their flight; Bright-ness of the morn - ing, morn - ing; rise, O bur - ied Lord. Show thy face in _ bright-ness, $ ee Cy on COD | God for ev-er- more! Him, theirtrue Cre-a-tor, all his works a - dore! leaves on ev-’ry bough, Speak his sor-rows end-ed, hail his tri - umph now. sky, andfields and sea, Van-quish-er of dark-ness, bring their praise to thee! bid the na-tions see; Bring a-gain our day-light; day re-turns with thee. “Wel-come, hap - py morn-ing!”? age CHRIST RESURRECTION 120 Christ, the Lord, Is Risen Today ANGLIA. 7,7,7,7. With Hallelujah Charles Wesley, 1739 Henry Carey. “Lyra Davidica,”’ 1708 ny i AEE Vat. i am Ba RES ee oes pees PT) Pe pax —— ae eo C4 == == re Ser ees | (eee | Rie | 1. Christ, the Lord, is ris to - day; Hal - le - lu - jah! 2. Love’s re-deem-ing work is done, Hal*= Je =" ‘lu = jah! 3. Vain the stone, the watch, the seal, Hal - le - lu = jah! 4. Soar we nowwhereChristhath Jed, Hal - le - lu - jah! Sons of men and an - gels Fought the fight, the bat - tle Christ hath burst the gates of Fol - l’wing our ex - alt-ed head: Raise yourjoys and tri - umphs high; Hal - - le - lu = jah! Lo! our Sun’s e - clipse is o’er; Hal - - le - lu - jah! Death in vain for - bids his rise, Hal - - le - lu - jah! Made like him, like him we _§ rise: Hal - - le - lu = jah! | a Sa e_ -@- @° wb OE ae -o- -. Tl Wet rane le)? oa Ratan . OME? eas Sila aoe Oe eS CO aN - at (FO -a -o- Pe w~— cam -est to earth for me; But in Beth - le-hem’s home there was claim-ing thy roy -al de-gree; But in low - ly _ birth didst thou set thy peo - ple free; Butwith mock - ing scorn, and with com -ing to vic - to = ry; Let thy voice call me home say -ing, bee (OS aS a mee eg ae ca neem mee coe Pe wai) RE —=, Fic taor? ies ea a a cara en ne a pt 2 Bi tee Be! ( OR 0 #4 REFRAIN ()\ 1 L N iS os So thea Sa ae Be Se Se = ee ee eee Gd ~g- —s — -o- SS | e-« oe found no room For thy ho = ly na-tiv - i - ty. O come to earth, And in great hu - mil -i =~ ty. O crown of thorn, They bore thee to Cal - va = ry. O “Yet thereis room, There is room at my side for _ thee.” And my “~~ aa —-~ 4 yo -XC i 4 ||, “Ge - “ae ee 73S OS ea AEA AT I SY ETS | p 322) CZ _h@._ 4 Ui! OF WS RU a | a Se | a oo ‘a i's i's ' DME 1 PSA ~~ = Sed ESS i eR ie PRES Viel Tle RY Re Cs BE ices al bey“ 1 Re ee “RB ed ae Ed ie hia eee = Ky—— | —— gg —o-—-§ | $$ —-- —-—— — se = ~¢ a Se - os come to my heart, Lord Je=sus, Thereisroom in my heart for thee! come to my heart, Lord Je-sus, Thereisroom in my heart for thee! come to my heart, Lord Je-sus, Thereisroom in my heart for thee! heartshallre-joice, Lord Je- sus, Whenthoucom-est andcall-estforme. A-men. Bal ga X em F O. 5 \/7~C | SE “A | @ @ Te Ve 4 - Je CAL Tt fF (NiO: ) a - Qa Pe” + —} + — , eS a ee an nf ott» —_»— * —___e—_-(2 __#& —_ ————— Ee LOA ari i ern Le | iho 8 Spay ae a ey | | CHRIST PRAISE AND ADORATION 124 Strong Son of God, Immortal Love Alfred Tennyson, 1809-1892 GROSTETTE. L.M. Henry W. Greatorex, 1811-1858 SSS QS Se Fo fand oA 1. Strong Son of God, im-mor-tal Love, Whom we, that have not seen thy face, 2. Thou wilt not leave us in the dust: Thou mad-est man, he knows not why, 3. Thou seem-est hu-manand di- vine, The high-est, ho - liest man-hood, thou: 4. Our lit-tle sys-tems have their day; They have their day and cease to be: 2. @ @ @ » | gee i oo @ | if ae Tees ° et gS By faith, and faith a - lone, embrace, Be -liev-ing where we can - not prove. He thinks he was not made to die: And thouhast made him: thou art just. Our wills are ours, we know not how; Our wills are ours, to make them thine. They are but bro-ken lights of thee, And thou, O Lord, art more than they. A-men. 125 Jesus, and Shall It Ever Be Joseph Grigg, 1765 FEDERAL STREET. L.M. Alt. by Benjamin Francis, 1787 Henry K. Oliver, 1800-1885 1. Je - sus, and shall it ev - er be, A _ mor-tal man- a-shamed of thee? 2. A-shamed of Je- sus!— that dear Friend On whom my hopes of heav’n de-pend! 3. A-shamed of Je- sus!—yes, I may, Whenl’veno guilt to wash a- way; 4. Tillthen—noris my boast-ing vain—Till then I boast a Sav-iour slain; Ashamed of thee, whom an - gels praise, Whose glories shine thro’ endless days? No; when I blush, be this my shame, That I no more re-vere his name. No tears to wipe, no good to crave, No fearsto quell, no soul to save. And O, may this my glo - ry be, That Christ is not a-shamed of me. A-men. | ame a =p i 2 aa 4 a —— — 2 (2 — - aa = Sac 5 zs st J —+-—— he 5 Sj |f Tat = = RE aad C= Wa weit 1 ER eel 1 Wai TERS BO Se | WR TD FT eS (eee aoe ei ree | Tg SY a i sseuemer Ul) = q CHRIST PRAISE AND ADORATION 126 O Could I Speak the Matchless Worth ARIEL. C. P.M. Samuel Medley, 1789 Arr. from Mozart by Dr. Lowell Mason, 1836 () ma ae Ay SS BT MG cc meal “Wea yo? Fe] i 2a ea ade Bee ee ae a es KD—*4— ll a bb “Be ++ 6+ ee te $: oat, aes Te ia oe 1.0 could I speak the match-less worth, O could I sound the glories forth 2. I’d sing the pre-cious blood he spilt, My ransomfrom the dreadful guilt 3. I’d sing the char-ac-ters he bears, And all the formsof love he wears, ey eo: 2 : O-5 te “i —— ian BS A Ea [ae cee Le | NN s | U - a et BETS Reese 5 ES, —— —_—— Ee? ea ee ee cr a Fo OW ig ee | Which in my _ Sav - iour shine! I’d soar and touch the Of sin and wrath di - vine! I’'d sing his glo - rious Ex - alt-ed on _ his_ throne: In loft - iest songs of heav’n - ly strings, And vie with Ga - briel while he _ sings right-eous-ness, In which all - per - fect, heav’n -ly dress sweet - est praise, I would to ev - er - last - ing days Fee ON . P- ah I A oct ak (e33-b— —o ’ SE B rs ae f i hard ae a watanune nmmnainemonecmmoe nts Sich —_ EE Ra a cout a | a ee D vw oy —+— = ot owe In notes al-most di- vine, In notes al-most_ di - vine. My soul shall ev - er shine, My soul shallev - er shine. Make all his glo-ries known, Make all his glo - ries known. A~- men. 2 (2 Cp. Sea oe 22 Sell Se Bares F a7, Pp ————} aaa ee er ee 95 CHRIST PRAISE AND ADORATION 127 Crown His Head With Bndicse Blessing AUSTRIAN HYMN. 8,7, 8,7. D. William Goode, 1811 F. J. Haydn, 1732-1800 1. Crown his head with end-less bless-ing, Who,in God the Fa - hone With com-pas-sionsnev=-er ceas-ing, Comes sal-va - tion to pro - claim. 2. Ei - sus, thee our Sav-iour hail-ing, Thee our God in praise we own; \ High - est hon-ors, nev-er fail - ing, Bee e-ter-nal round thy throne; Hail, ye saints, who know his fa-vor, Who with-in his gates are found; Now, ye saints, his pow’rcon-fess-ing In your grate-ful strains a - dore: In ] 7 wily ma eta a aS er Serums wert sar om ee a Ss oes pee aes peated ae Peles i: SF Venn Soe ° ft ote — aril ey. il wom one LU Hail, ye saints, th’ ex-alt-ed st Oe Let eh courts with ats resound. For his mer-cy, nev-er ceas-ing, Free-ly flowsfor ev-er- more. A-men. ~ see eee ee Pamala | ee re 2 ae -2- (2. -6- 128 O For a Thousand Tongues to Sing AZMON. C.M. Carl G. Glaser, 1828 Charles Wesley, 1740 Arr. by Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 —p : —__-—-}+— + 3 |---| —~, Z Sea en ‘4 bee a a) 4 I Sy (aie ee =a ee 1.0 for a_ thou-sand tongues tosing My great Re-deem~er’s praise, 2. My gra-cious Mas-ter and my God As- sist me to _ pro - claim, 3. Je - sus, the name that calms my fears, That bidsmy sor-row cease; 4. He breaks the pow’r of reign-ingsin, He sets the pris-’ner free; by ae 2 @ 2 SS J =e A | Reed ae A Te aaa 96 i i ei i tl in a CHRIST | PRAISE AND ADORATION The glo-ries of my Godend King, The _ tri-umphs 2f his grace! To spread thro’ all the earth a-broad The hon-ors of thy name. *Tis mu-sic in the sin-ner’sears; ’Tis life and health and peace. His blood can make the foul-est clean His blood a-vailed for me. A - men. 129 Ask Ye What Great Thing I Know J. S. B. Monsell, 1863 HENDON. 7s. C. H. Malan, 1787-1864 1. Ask ye what greatthing I know, That de-lightsand stirs me _ so? 2. Whatis faith’s foun~da-tion strong? What a- wakesmy lips to song? 3. Who is life, in life to me? Who the death of death will be? 4. This is that greatthing I know; This de-lightsand stirs me _ s0; | . o- 2 ee oy ee Seren AR a PEA As is Ore ete = Sa Sree Bt at © Fa 5—_s2 ais ee ices F 2 acd -— ier aes a om ay 7 es el ca eer Ses 9 a= What the high tre - ward I win? Whose the name I He who bore my sin - ful load, Pur - chased for me Who will place me on his right With the count -less Faith in him who died to save, Him who tri - umphed C2 (2. (2 (2. (2 (2. 2. a RS CE) Es CS ars er Pat Ameer Beara" = fal a ees Eee 2 a ea TE BO Ee ee Bel Bea Se we eae i ae es “E24 A a > ee glo = ry in? Je - sus Christ, the Cru - ci - fied. peace with God— Je - sus Christ, the Cru - ci - fied. hosts of light? Je - sus’ Christ, the Cru - ci - fied. o’er the grave— Je - sus_ Christ, the Cru - ci- fied. A-~men. ) > & A 2. Z f< ae f2 5 C2 aa, foe 7 Bik EA A wo a ee ee | Sess Ran ea ream o rere % ma) awe, so AD a zt CHRIST PRAISE AND ADORATION 130 Hark! Ten Thousand Harps and Voices HARWELL. 8, 7,8, 7, 7,7. With Hallelujah Thomas Kelly, 1804 Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 —y 3 — ff ——— 3 a ET a 2 a fan 2) on Es DE a al Zz : Hd SP BG =” Daa Ei DAT AS a Gp a AS 1. Hark! ten thou -sandharpsandvoic-es Sound the note of praise a - bove; 2. Je - sus, hail! whose glo -ry bright-ens All a= bove, and gives it worth: 3. King of glo - ry, reignfor-ev-er; Thine an ev - er = last-ing crown: 4. Sav - iour, hast - en thine ap-pear-ing; Bring, O bring the glo-rious day, | gs ee oat as teem nal (a \oet Cp GF 2 | ° EET etal jt al eae Bl AAR AR NERA SHAT Seo Seet ie | (WO) 2? Ei ea Baa ae eee o_o it Ne | oan Ba a ioatig tere, Bi AR ol 9 o—s—e oe i a Te ae Je - susreigns, and heav’nre-joic = es; Je = susreigns, the God of love: Lord of life, thy smile en-light-ens, Cheers,and charms thy saints on earth: Noth-ing from thy loveshallsev- er Those whom thou hast made thine own; When, the aw - ful sum-mons hear-ing, Heav’n and earth shall pass a - way: See, he sits on yon-der throne; je - sus rules the world a - lone. When we think of love like thine, Lord, we own it love di- vine. Hap- py ob-jects of thy grace, Des-tined to be-hold thy face. Then, with gold - en harps we’ll sing, “Glo -ry, glo-ry to our King.” ee MOT walls wae wn Bites ny = ART EN MY eo POT fois bans Wf 4 ——} -— + 4+ —_ + fF Hal-le - lu- jah, Hal-le-ilu - jah, Hal-le-lu- jah! A-men. A = men. CHRIST PRAISE AND ADORATION 131 What Equal Honors Shall We Bring MISSIONARY CHANT. L.M. Isaac Watts, 1707 H. C. Zeuner, 1795-1857 7 DR SS Sd CS LP BE ee EE GR A aed ae Cee ek Peal Appt) —@ a a zi Z te = a 1. What e-qualhon-ors shall we bring To thee,O Lord our God, the Lamb, 2. Wor-thy is he that once was slain, The Prince of life that groaned and died, 3. Bless-ings for-ev-er on the Lamb, Who bore the curse for wretch-ed men! a) -—G- -6- 5. Celia ques 6 oe . Zz G- @&- o- so- --o- — +—- + (e)-b + H 7 caxa Z E Balen a c - pt 9 89 SHO fom sen man rout EES SY ROR Me SMU 0 NAAN OE TaD ae A, | When all the notes that angels sing Are far in -fe-rior to thy name? Wor-thy to rise, and live andreign At his al-might-y Fa-ther’s side. Let an-gels sound his sacred name, And ev-’ry creature say “A-men.” A - men. 132 Majestic Sweetness Sits Enthroned S. Stennett, 1787 ORTONVILLE. C.M. Thos. Hastings, 1837 & lant e @ WZ 1. Majestic sweetness sits enthroned Up - on the Saviour’s brow; His head with radiant 2. No mortal can with him compare, A-mong the sons of men; Fair-er is he than 3. Hesaw me plungedin deep distress, He flew tomy re-lief; For mehe bore the 4. To him I owe my life and breath, And all the joys I have; Hemakesme triumph 5. To heav’n, the place of his a-bode, He brings my weary feet; Shows me the glories 6. Since from his ponnay 2 re-ceive Such proofs of love divine, Had I a thou-sand glories crowned, His lips with grace o’er-flow, His lips with grace o’er-flow. all the fair That fill the heav’n-ly train, That fill the heav’nly train. shameful cross, And car-ried all my grief, And car-ried all my grief. ov-er death, He saves mefrom the grave, He saves-me from the grave. of my God, And makes my joy complete,And makes my joy complete. hearts to give, Lord! they should all be Thine! Lord! they should all be Thine! A-men. | ON a —o—-_a—@. | a ie o-— LD $4 ee o 99 CHRIST PRAISE AND ADORA'LION 133 All Hail the Power of Jesus’ Name! Edward Perronet, 1779 CORONATION. C.M. vs. 4 and 5 by John Rippon, 1787 Oliver Holden, 1765-1844 1. All hail the pow’r of Je - sus’ name! Let an-gels pros-trate fall! 2. Crown him, ye mar-tyrs of our God, Who from his al = tar call; 3. Sin - ners, whose love can n’er for - get The worm-wood and the gall; . 4, Let ev- ’ry kin-dred, ev -’ry tribe, On this ter- res - trial ball, 5. O, that with yon-der sa -credthrong, We at his feet may fall; Bring forth the roy-al di- a-dem, Andcrown Ex - tol the stemof Jes-se’s rod, Andcrown him Lord of all, Go, spread your tro-phies at his feet, Andcrown him Lord of all, To him all ma- jes - ty a-scribe, Andcrown him Lord of all, We'll join the ev - er-last-ingsong, Andcrown him Lord of all, pS o—_i_-—_ —_— |g. ——- —— -+___}|—# : ~ : nal i @ fie. f Bring forth the roy-al di - a - dem, And crown him Lord of all. Ex -tol the stem of Jes-se’s rod, And crown him Lord of all. Go, spread your tro-phies at his feet, And crown him Lord of all. To him all ma-jes-ty a- scribe, And crown him Lord of all. We'll join the ev - er - last-ing song, And crown him Lord _ of all, A-men. 134 Jesus, Thou Joy of Loving Hearts QUEBEC. L.M. Bernard of Clairvaux, 1091-1153 Tr. by Ray Palmer, 1858 H. Baker, 1866 () ' I 2 As Ee eee ea [ali Soe | (EM ELS 2H I TG aD = val esd Wil seed Rp a Ea 4 é oe ? eS VF, < Bhd C7 Ws ia = aed Se NE: r) G———_@— 6 je = a LS i. Je-sus, thou joy of lov-ing hearts, Thou Fount of life, thou Light of men, 2. We taste thee, O thou liv-ing bread! Andlongto feast up-on thee still; 3. Our rest-less spir- its yearn for thee, Where’er our changefullot is cast; 4.0 Je-sus,ev - er with us stay; Make all our moments calm and bright; EE ote CHRIST | PRAISE AND ADORATION ° : Fa) ca a <=] Cane) ees ea eee = es aeceeae™ a 553 be= eal Hepes tee SS sage ara | ius : From the best bliss that earth imparts, We turn un-filled to thee a - gain. | We drink of thee, the fountain-head, And thirst our souls from thee to fill. : Glad when thy gracious smile we see, Blest when our faith can hold thee fast. Chase the dark night of sin a ~- way; Shed o’er the s world thy ho-ly light. A-men. 135 How Sweet the Name of Jesus Sounds | ORTONVILLE. C.M. John Newton, 1779 Dr. T. Hastings, 1784-1872 | ¢ -§— nae, Spe a ena a Rea ci ee ge ee ORT UT a Oe ae 1. How sweet the name of Je-sussounds In a _ be-liev-er’s ear! 2. It makes the wound-ed spir - it whole, And calms the troub -led breast! 3. Dear name! the rock on which I build, My shield and hid - ing - place, 4, Je - sus, my Shep-herd, Husband, Friend, My Proph - et, Priest, and King; Se inthe eeaeeeet Zi ; ee oo | ed ae es: == “— NZ 456 te “Soe CH fa ee | It soothes his sor - rows, heals his wounds, And _ drives a- "Tis man- na_ to the hun - gry soul, And to the My nev - er- fail - ing treas - ’ry, filled With bound - less My Lord, my Life, my Way, my End, Ac - cept the way his oa And drives a- way his fear. wea = ry rest, And to the wea - ry _ rest. stores of grace, With bound -less stores of grace. praise [ bring, Ac - cept the praise I bring. A - men. | = 3 a 5 2-2 (EE nee ence es a a ee Res Sar Se mt eee RE ATT | oc SS eeee eaaees eee Ser EE Fal ae ont Re SS eee Mertens Mek, eee MeO CHRIST PRAISE AND ADORATION ~ 136 One There Is Above All Others ELLESTON. 8,7,8,7. D. | J. Newton, 1779 J. C. W. A. Mozart, 1756-1791 | 1. One there is a-bove all oth-ers, Wellde-servesthe name of Friend; 2. When he lived on earth a - bas-ed, Friend of sin-ners was his name; —\ sek ip! le ingame 9-: —- -0- -»- sen ee Pi ay \ot | A aes CT ons = ad o> - mm eee ee fe ‘ ° Bp 4 rT i ° i , a r. i es > Ss Smee Sa wm Seca cd His is love be-yond a broth-er’s, Cost - ly, free, and knows no end. | Now a-bove all glo-ry rais-ed, He re-joic-es in the same. | | Pigg D.S—But our Je-sus died to haveus Re = con=ciledin him to God. We, a-las! for-get too oft-en What afriend we have a-bove. Which of all our friends, to save us, Could or would have shed his blood? O _forgrace ourhearts tosof-ten! Teach us, Lord, at length, tolove; A-men el ON 137 My God! I Love Thee Francis Xavier, 1552 GEER. C.M. H. W. Greatorex, 1811-1858 Tr. by Edward Caswall, 1849 2 is. SS | | | [oy Fa fr 1. My God! I love thee, not be-cause I hope for heav’n there -by; 2. Thou, O my Je - sus! thou didst me Up-on_ the cross em-brace; — 3. Then why, O bless-ed Je- sus Christ! ShouldI not love thee well? 4. Not with the hope of gain-ingaught; Notseek-ing a re-ward; 5. E’en so I love thee, and will love, And in thy praise will sing; pact CHRIST PRAISE AND ADORATION arn Vie) ae ae BOIS ppt = 2 SG a |) Bae ee a a pp arnt: Bal Sez) Rigi Dimes eens aa | gg 6 ‘Rabe A_ | a UN ee | Ce Et (aw EA Rh OE Ee SN PS) Bd BAA Rel EI eke pee | ee ee] Sa MH, Af 5 Lo i Oa| “| 2S et G++ a Nor yet be-cause,if I love not, I must for-ev - er die. For me didst bear the nails and spear, And man~-i- fold dis-grace. Not for the sake of win-ning heav’n, Nor of es -cap - ing hell. But as thy-self haslov - ed me, O ev - er - lov-ing Lord! Sole -ly be- cause thou art my God, Andmy e- ter - nal King. A-men. Pa ie tee 138 There Is No Name So. Sweet On Earth SWEETEST NAME. 8,7,8,7. With Refrain George W. Bethune, 1858 W.B. Bradbury, 1816-1868 1. There is no name so sweet onearth, No name so sweet in heav-en, 2. And when he hung up - on the tree, They wrote thisname a-bove him, 3. So now, up-on his Fa-ther’s throne, Al - might-y to re -lease us w Reb ef The name be-fore his won-drous birth, To Christ the Sav -iour giv - en. That ali mightsee the rea-son we For ev - er- more must love him. From sin and pains,he ev - er reigns, The Prince and Sav-iour Je - sus. D.S.-For there’s no word ear ev-er heard So dear, sosweet as Je- sus. REFRAIN a DES; m i De Ba i _s& € ——— + {Pf ‘A A a Hii BRST ES OS a CE PG ica (4. Gy" Ba Co" ee ag gt g HS g fy Bid ee" a" a * _ ag __ @ a = A ER kD het EE." OTe x iY Fo aE re EY We love to sing a-round our King, And hail him bless-ed Je-sus: A-men. -9- -9- ‘ o- -9- 2 @ @ era ig ke eae ee ee are pa pt eee st vf | le Yn 4 103 CHRIST PRAISE AND ADORATION 139 Jesus, the Very Thought of Thee Bernard of Clairvaux, 1153 ST. AGNES. C.M. Tr. by E. Caswall, 1849 Rev. J. B. Dykes, 1823-1876 Z niat3 Seat tee ne Se aeue anew tala eet oe a Za a a a 7s : eo ° bookcase ee are cnn Pe a rs re ee Y 1. Je - sus the ver - y thought of thee, With sweet-ness fills my breast: 2. Nor voice can sing, nor heart canframe, Nor can the mem~’ry find 3. O Hope of ev- ’ry con - trite heart! O Joy of all the meek! 4, But what to those who find? Ah! this, Nor tongue nor pen can show; But sweet-er far thy face to see, And in thy pres-ence rest. A sweet-er sound than Je-sus’name,O Sav-iourof man-kind! To those who fall, how kind thou art! How good, to those who seek! The love of Je-sus, what it is, None but his loved ones know. A- men. 2 (2 (2 5 les am: : FTI WE - aA P= oma: i ee 0-90 —* 2 s | ree “aa, ( coke AA Is; Sf yaad pte te here 140 Jesus! I Love Thy Charming Name Philip Doddridge, 1755 ARLINGTON. C.M. Dr. T. A. Arne, 1710-1778 1. Je - sus! I love thy charm-ing name, ’Tis mu-sic to mine ear; 2. Yes, thou art pre-cious to my soul, My trans-portand my trust: 3. All my ca-pa- cious pow’rscan wish In thee dothrich-ly meet; 4. Thy grace shall dwell up - on my heart, And shed its fra-grance there,— oN Fain would I sound it out so loud, That earth and heav’n should hear. Jew-els to thee are gaud-y toys, And gold is sor- did dust. Nor to mine eyes is light so dear, Nor friend-ship half so sweet. The no-blest balm of all itswounds,The cor-dial of its care. A-men. CHRIST PRAISE AND ADORATION, 141 Crown Him With Many Crowns DIADEMATA. S.M. D. Matthew Bridges, 1847 Sir George J. Elvey, 1816-1893 Ha Th ee Ee SEE Sal Ot | A 2 ae fae a ae 8 as a re Sig tye : 1. Crown him with man -y crowns, The Lamb up - on his throne; 2. Crown him, the Lord of love; Be - hold his hands and side, 3. Crown him, the Lord of years, The Po - ten - tate of time, -o- Qe —— 3 oe ee Fe Hark! how the heav’n-ly an-them drowns All mu~- sic but its own! Rich wounds yet vis - i - ble a-bove In beau -ty glo - ri - fied: Cre - a - tor of the roll - ingspheres, In - ef - fa - bly sub-lime: = 4 Ht tae it wat _ 7 1 Ee TN \ ea | ee : vA ~ i il pilates A ES 9 5, | COS o ree seien | ASB, ( —, L_4 1 pe al E er, A - wake, my soul, and sing Of him who died for thee; No an - gel in the sky Can ful - ly bear that sight, Glassed in a sea of light, Whose ev - er - last - ing waves peat ow part all (Bb etna ne ee ree s— 3s —— io And hail him as thy match-less King Through all e - ter - ni - ty. But downward bends his burn-ingeye At mys-ter-ies_ so bright. Re-flect his form—the In - fi - nite—Who lives and loves andsaves. A-men eer oe ae yt wr ORL 0 ee Panes EP 2 eS ee eee ee CHRIST PRAISE AND ADORATION 142 All Glory, Laud, iad Honor ‘ ST. THEODULPH. 7,6,7,6. With Refrain St. Theodulph, 820. 4 Tr. J. M. Neale, 1854 M. Teschner, 1615 glo - ry, laud, and hon - or To thee, Re-deem-er, King, To whom the lips of chil - dren Made sweetho - san - nas ring. 2. Thou art the King of Is - rael, Thou Da = vid’s roy - al Son, 3. The com-pan-y of an - gels Are prais - ing thee on high; 4. The peo- ple of the He - brews With palms be- fore thee went: . 5. To thee, be - fore thy pas - sion, They sang theirhymns of praise; : 6. Thou didst ac - cept their prais - es; Ac - cept theprayerswe bring, ——— Se he oe -oe -o- r ae Who in the Lord’snamecom - est, The King and bless-ed one. And mor - tal men, and all things Cre - at- ed, make re - ply. Our praise and prayersand an - thems’ Be - fore thee we pre - sent. To thee, now high ex-alt -_ ed, Our mel-o- dy we _ raise. Who in all good de - light - est, Thou good and gra - cious King. . {to glo-ry, laud,and hon - or To thee, Re -deem-er, sae ye To whom the lips of chil - dren Made sweet ho-san -nas ring. men. - ~~ Ws -o- oe es @): as —-# —_1-—__» —_¢ Pyle weg I of mt Ree a” Pat a 1 eo PRAISE AND ADORATION’ CHRIST | 143 O Jesus, When I Think of Thee G. W. Bethune, 1847 ST. AGNES. C.M. J. B. Dykes, 1866 -O Je-~sus, when I think of thee, Thy man-ger, cross, and throne, -I see thee in thy weak- ness first; Then, glo-riousfrom thy shame, 1 2 3. For me thou didst be - come a man, For me didst weep and die; 4 2 -O let me share thy ho =- ly birth, Thy faith, thy death to sin, . Then shall I know what means the strain Tri-umph-ant of Saint Paul: (\ Sf SS Ss TS ae Saas LE Se SS aa en a ma A Bea a sree | Cate ie ae i At ee Te er NLS" Be as EES ae TW ie ee bese Bia! BE a -o- §& C7 ot as fF ® ~~ B- -o- aye “Fe awe ay, My spir -it trusts ex = ult - ing = ly In thee, and thee a - lone. I see thee death’sstrongfettersburst, Andreachheav’n’s mightiest name. For me a-chieve thy won-drous plan, For me as-cend on_ high. And, strong a-midst the toils of earth, My heav’n-ly life be - gin. “To live is Christ, to die is gain; “Christis my all in all.” A-men. Choe re @ Lamy Ses Ge Bay |S C7 a eure [CAL MOR Ea Oo IW: aT —————— = esau ++i {aa Be | Ae [Ae | : Ss EN Be 2 | le = et SA a AT al ey Ee ae aE ed ee | 144 Come, Let Us Join Our Cheerful Songs Isaac Watts, 1707 WARWICK. C.M. Samuel Stanley, 1767-1822 é a 1. Come, let us join our cheer-ful songs With an - gels round the throne; 2. ““Wor-thy the Lamb that died,’ theycry, “To be ex - alt - ed thus:” 3. Je - sus is wor-thy to re- ceive ‘Hon-or and pow’r di- vine; 4. The wholecre - a - tion join in one To bless the sa- cred name ay. kx o>! 2. a . 7a) eas Ha Sci tae o8 aeRO Ue RR TD A Nea PN Pe eee ee ra bos za asa ard mae Ge a a ets (9-6 Seneca aye Ene oa | LISP. gle vias 4 AREA Beir a es ana a a 1 | — <4 Y | Y Ten thou-sand thou-sand are their tongues, Butall their joys are one. ‘“‘Wor-thy the Lamb,’ ourlips re- ply, “For he was slain for us.” And bless-ings more than we can give, Be, Lord, for - ev - er thine. Of him who sits up - on the throne, And to a- dore the Lamb. A-men. lo | 5- r~| 2- JA|l - i 3 A, = a A, aM, le \? LT cE SY TD GST a ae er eS) a Fe wl BS SEES ESE i 22 Cae ay eee pa Sun Sut meorau eat aca | A al OTT PS a ea See I RE a ea }H4#— Pee Boa m7 | § 107 THE HOLY SPIRIT 145 Come, Gracious Spirit, Heavenly Dove Simon Browne, 1720 WARD. L.M. Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 l ‘a Seed HE 9 —— a a bese EEN cance Eo ana pe — (sto fant ae esis a Oa Be Mod lh MAE ASD, a = ye a2 S 2 B_ a se. _@n- @ Te VA ga | ar 1. Come, gracious Spir-it, heav’n-ly Dove, With light and com - fort from a bove; 2.To us the light of truth dis - play, And make us know and choose thy way; 3. Lead us to ho- li-ness, the road Which we must take to dwell with God; 4, Lead us to God, our fi - nal rest, To be with him for-ev - er blest; Be thou our Guardian, thou our Guide; O’er ev-’ry thought and step pre-side. Plant ho-ly fear in ev -’ry heart, That we from God may ne’er de-part. Lead us to Christ, the liv-ing way; Norlet us from his pastures stray. Lead us to heav’n, its bliss to share, Full-ness of joy for - ev - er there. A-men. 146 Breathe On Me, Breath of God Edwin Hatch, 1886 TRENTHAM. S.M. Robert Jackson, 1894 1. Breathe on me, Breath of God, Fill me with fife a-new, That I may 2. Breathe on me, Breath of God, Un - til my heart is pure, Un - til with 3. Breathe on me, Breath of God, Till I am whol- ly thine, Tiil . all this 4. Psa me, Breath of God, So shall I nev - er die, But live with love what thou dost love, And iF what thou wouldst do. thee I will one will, To do Ofit LO en - dure. earth -ly part of me Glows with thy fire di - vine. thee the per - fect life e - ter- ni - ty. A =- men. -o- THE HOLY SPIRIT 147 Come, Holy Spirit, Heavenly Dove Isaac Watts, 1707 BALERMA, C.M. R. Simpson, 1833 | 1. Come, Ho - ly Spir - it, heav’n-ly Dove, With all thy quick~’ning pow’rs, 2. Look! how we grov-el here be-low, Fond of these earth -ly toys; 3. Dear Lord, and shall we ev- er live At this poor dy - ing rate, 4. Come, Ho - ly Spir - it, heav’n-ly Dove, With all thy quick-’ning pow’rs; Kin-dle a flameof sa-credlove In these cold hearts of ours. Our souls can neith-er fly nor go To reach e-ter - nal joys. Our love so faint,so cold to thee, And thine to us so great? Come, shed a-broad a Sav-iour’s love, And that shall kin - dle ours. A-men. 148 Spirit of Holiness, Descend S. F. Smith, 1832 NAOMI. C.M. Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 au. S04 Sie 2ST LA | gg ¢ ‘ So - te (8 - Fg i zt 1. Spir- it of ho- li- ness, de-scend; Thy peo- ple wait for thee; 2. Thy light that on our souls hath shone, Leadsus in hope to thee; 3.0 bring our dear - est friends to God; Re-mem-ber those we love; 4. Spir- it of ho- li- ness, ’tis thine To hear our fee - ble prayer; .. @ -@ -. NSP D ed eA EE EE aT AE OE ee wel TES el a | eC UKs eh aU is ne a? Pel ee Ng S| 2 Ca Se 2 a a a ed = eae [fee A SENT | Thine ear in kind com-pas-sionlend; Let us thy mer-cy see. Let us notfeel its rays a-lone,—A-lone thy peo-ple be. Fit them on earth for thine a - bode, Fit them for joys a- bove. Come—for we wait thy pow’r di - vine—Let us thy mer-cy share. A-men. THE HOLY SPIRIT | 149 Lead, Kindly Light LUX BENIGNA. 10, 4, 10, 4, 10, 10 J. H. Newman, 1833 Rev. J. B. Dykes, 1823-1876 ‘ (anXal NUE Ea DY > hal SS BA — S ee ge : i ° -o& | Aor eee 1. Lead, kind-ly Light! a-mid th’en-cir-cling gloom, Lead thou me _ on; 2.I was not ev - er thus, nor prayed that thou Shouldst lead me on; 3. So long thy pow’r has blessed me, sure it still Will lead me - on The night is dark, and I am far from home, Lead thou me on; I loved to choose and see my path; but now Lead thou me on: O’er moor and fen, o’er crag and tor - rent, till The night is gone; et wns eas wee 2. ~B- f=) Team esa Lowe Liner es ee bp oe 4 Se | | es Bee ee ee ree ee - = | | i | Seite Keep thou my feet; I do not ask to see I loved the gar - ish day, and spite of fears, And with the morn those an - gel fac - es smile aoe The dis - tant scene; onestep e- nough Pride ruled my will. Re-mem-ber not past years. Which I have loved long since, and lost a - while! A - men. 110 THE HOLY SPIRIT 150 = Spirit of God, Descend Upon My Heart G. Croly, 1854 LONGWOOD. 10,10, 10, 10 J. Barnby, 1883 ears Ce She RS ap aS I a ka z oe an Su a ES ce iopir, o>. hit of God, de - scend up - on my heart; rR | ask no dream, no _ proph - et ec - sta - sies, 3. Hast thou not bid us love thee, God and King? 4. Teach me _ to feel that thou art al - ways _ nigh; oF from earth, through all its puls - es move; sud - den rend - ing’ of the _—iveil of clay, thine own, soul, heart, and strength, and mind; the strug - gles of the soul to bear, -@- ness, might - y as thou art, No an - gel vis - i - tant, no ope - ning skies; I see thy cross— there teach my heart to cling: doubt, the reb - el sigh; dim. e rall’ () of 1) i |_ sw [iS POSS EY a ee ee | ee Pee wi Mit 7 Dos Sel eo alone ae re oe mT [see eee | O08 ae ee a se ieremnat barons ow 4 Ta (A And make me love thee as I ought to love. But take the dim - ness of my _ soul a - way. Oh, let me seek thee, and oh, let me find. Teach me the pa-tience of un- an - swered prayer. A- men. A so a -2- c/a HY Lan \ 1) Cee 1) Re eee Oe Nee | ae eae (SS 2 Ee ar | oe a A Te a. nite eter THE HOLY SPIRIT 151 Holy Ghost, With Light Divine Andrew Reed, 1817 MERCY (Last Hope). 7,7,7,7 L.M. Gottschalk, 1854 : es o- ly Ghost, with light di- vine, Shine up - on this heart of . mine; o - ly Ghost, with pow’r di- vine, Cleanse this guilt-y heart of mine; Ghost, with joy di- vine, Cheer this sad-dened heart of mine; Spir - it, all di- vine, Dwell with-in this heart I —~ a ey FC) STE HL oy ae a= CS SO SP Bs = MB WSs mesa | SE Fe MA TELE Pl M2 a Te = G ‘Seti BP mah F (ante way * eT Rh = Zs AL A A EN NE SY EY p. A, <2 bs ee Wi rT x 2 2 se PACT) Me EO ay | = -@o @ awe =— o— 5 ae i ae fae ee ate | pos i Ba It tells of ben-e - dic-tion, Of par-don, grace, and peace, Our hearts were filled with sad-ness, And we had lost our way, Which calls us ver-y _ sin-ners, Un - worth-y though we be Of joy that hath no end-ing, Of love which can~not cease. But morn-ing brings us glad-ness, And songs the break of day. Of love so free and bound-less, To come,dear Lord, to thee! A- men. = INVITATION AND ACCEPTANCE 160 Weary of Earth, and Laden With My Sin NAVARRE. 10, 10, 10, 10 S. J. Stone, 1866 Arr. from C. Goudimel, 16th Cent. () Th ses, AS a eT Se EE aaa Sed EN SPS ET a 3 oS O-PS See Sebo Ys eT STA A EACET ALL ES z ae 1. Wea-ry of earth, and la- den with my sin, I look at heav’n and 2. Sin - ful I am; how dare I hope to stand In the pure glo - ry 3. It is the voice of Je- sus that I hear; MHisare the hands stretched 4.0 great Ab-solv - er! grantmy soulmay wear The low - list garb of long to en-ter in; But there no e - vil thing may find a home; of that ho- ly land? Be - fore the white-ness of that Throne ap-pear? out to draw me near, And his the blood that can for all a - tone, pen - i~tence and prayer, That in the Fa ~ ther’s courts my glo-rious dress -@- ; 1 - —-- — e- @. @ -6- iw) Aid Mtcd ese —— = a.f 2 eg + | yet I hear a voice that bids me ‘“Come.” Yet there are handsstretched out to draw me near. | And set me fault- less there be - fore the throne. : May sobe the gar- ment of thy right-eous - ness. A - men. Wis, | a 161 Take My Heart, O Father! Take It Anon., 1849 DORRNANCE. 8,7, 8,7 I. B. Woodbury, 1848 , o~ = BEG, | Tae ES A TEE inna = Fe LLM Gerson RESET a Re ERCP MS wee RE tt lee “EE 52a | 1. Take my heart, O Fa-ther! take it; Make and keep it all thine own; 2. Fa - ther, make me pure and low-ly, Fond of peace and far from strife; 3. Ev- er let thy gracesurroundme, Strengthen me with pow’r di-vine, 4, May the blood of Je-sus heal me And my sins be all for-giv’n; | ee on ins 118 INVITATION AND ACCEPTANCE | of TS a ae, Te eA [gi = —} er ee Se a NP ‘a sani ttt st -S—S-- Fe — t Lo oto i = = = 7 Rn eg aS 5 2 — Gg 7 ep ee ee FQ EPEAT Wing Ry «EAP cA o—t 4 A I | Let thy Spir - it melt and break it— This proud heart of sin and stone. Turning from the paths un-ho-ly Of this vain and sin-ful life. Till thy cords of love have bound me: Make me to be whol - ly thine. Ho -ly Spir - it, take and seal me, Guide me in the path of heav’n. A-men. | o 4 net Ve a a a [f A. a2 e autee ee ia) et 2 PRED El SOY 2 aca 7a ee 1 MEE Ht ZnB x Peat REE ae r+— <4 ++} — 162 Not Worthy, Lord, To Gather Up the Crumbs E. H. Bickersteth, 1872 MORECAMBE. 10, 10, 10, 10 F, C. Atkinson, 1880 ar, Rear ae RR VERE) CNET SSSR NST TY Re ed PELE Fe Pivspee= et ety en hacen Bo ia OY Pres ie hs Sa Zi = ber} a a = 1c fF -a- oo Go -@- ~~ So : |i 1. Not wor-thy, Lord, to gath-er up the crumbs With trem-bling hand, that 2. And is not mer-cy thy pre-rog-a - tive— Free mer-cy, bound-less, A Bal hear thy voice; thou bid’st me come and rest; I come, I kneel, I 4. My praise can on - ly breathe it - self in prayer, My prayercan on - ly cm > la \2 AE EST en an ey So foo Vee CO a Eee Ea A J aE Ba « -' a, tL Zr AE BE 2 esAREIR SET) Cascsae oe Se Be EE Oe a | SES L] [SIV AGRE Ea a ed a I Se ea Pd ee GS? EE Se EE ees wee Pe ee as CEA EE OEER RARE Peasy a ice (4. CSR -S ee 5 a a [Se ay a Se ees ete Ort eo from thy ta- ble fall, A wea-ry, heav-y - la - den sin-ner comes fath-om-less, di- vine? Me, Lord, the chief of sin -ners, me for - give, clasp thy pierc-ed feet; Thoubid’st me take my place, a wel-come guest lose it- self in thee; Dwellthoufor-ev - er in my heart, and there, ] Or wets ° eS Sen ee aes So ee es pes Bani — oo 2 "hed IA —-—e—_»—_»—_o—_|—_ Bera See +--+ f | -}—} 0 ae Se ee) | | is: Se DEST | > — i ER em Be EY Dito oes GER I LS. WHELG i 2» 6} -«—_§ 4 +4 on —\-8—_ ha | To plead thy prom- ise and o - bey thy call. And thine the great- er glo - ry, on - ly thine A - mong thy saints, and of thy ban - quet _ eat. Lord, let me sup with thee; sup thou with me A - men oO - » -»- o s -2- 3 Vi }———_—__,_-2——_o——_t BED eh EIN RS’. AED RI! Be a7, a ———— —— zat INVITATION AND ACCEPTANCE 163 Grace! ’Tis a Charming Sound Philip Doddridge, 1755 SILVER STREET. S.M. I. Smith, 1770 () E et (ie -9- | o_o —~—|-e—_ a — | FF ta + + a Pe ee | 1. Grace! ’tis a charm-ing sound, Har-mo-nious to the ear; 2. Grace first con-trived the way To save re - bel - lious man; 3. Grace led my rov- ing feet To tread the heav’n-ly road; 4. Grace all the work shall crown, Thro’ ev - er - last - ing days; le \*_) iH ——_ a % =es zal fal Ce <— Fe = 2 3 Zee I Cee RE TE eiMior 7 eee i al goede eh eee eee aa Sh Og A RS wii Een ae ee | A wepR EA \/ | (-—| tote j— tt a tS pee OH Pets ol st A se 2 ce SO a . C O_o aT iba te ~—/| — A Heav’n with the ech-o shall re - sound, And all the earth shall hear. And all the steps that grace dis- play Which drew the won-drous plan. And new sup-plieseach hour I meet, While press-ingon to God. iW H iP i i ‘ iy th Hi ifhabae 164 Depth of Mercy! Can There Be Charles Wesley, 1740 SEYMOUR. 7,7,7,7 C.M. Von Weber, 1786-1826 | 1. Depth of mer-cy! can there be Mer ~cy still re-served for me? Zeal have long with-stood his grace; Long pro-voked him to his face; 3. Je - sus, an- swerfrom a -bove: Is not all thy na-ture love? 4. Now in-cline me to re- pent; Let me now my fall la-ment; | Can my God his wrath for- bear, And the chief of sin -ners spare? Would not hear his gra - cious calls; Grievedhim by a thou - sand falls. Wilt thou not the wrong for-get? Lo, I fall be-fore thy feet. Deep-ly my re-volt de- plore; Weep, be-lieve,andsin no more. A-men. -©- s S- Da 5 > 5 2 = “Sy iar a > We eae Pe peas | > a es 2 ih ee jw ee AE ac i EE a Et Saal SLAP ii ese BS re ends ene AE OO NR a TRY wae PAE 1 Reg AE” ray wa” eae) Se TY eB atacad MS Sd sean Gal SS a RM Pear i ne EEE 8 GE a a INVITATION AND ACCEPTANCE 165 Blow Ye the Trumpet, Blow LENOX. H.M. With Refrain _ Charles Wesley, 1750 Lewis Edson, 1748-1820 {) ; v, 4 SS See A | is Feed Pee } a ET, bo Loe ee eae ————— 3 eae Uae ee wv 4 wat Gad Le ae AS. = z}+— Co Po 23 @ I a 1. Blow ye the trum - pet, blow, The glad - ly sol - emn sound; : 2. Ex - alt the Lamb of God, The sin - a - ton - ing Lamb; 3. The gos-pel trum -pet hear, The news of par-d’ning grace: 4. Je - sus, our great High Priest, Has _ full a - tone-ment made; OUI ad YA Ge Tee a wai Ps Cl ig ale =] PoE Bea Let all the na-tionsknow, To earth’s re - mot - est bound, Re - demp-tion by his blood Throughall the lands pro-claim: Ye hap - py souls, draw near; Be - hold your Sav-iour’s face: Ye wea - ry spir - its, rest; Ye mourn -ing souls, be glad: ALN The. year of ju - bi lee is come, The year of a == — ee oe SS a + Een Pl 5—___e jr | Bet lee is come; Re- turn, ye ran-somed sin - ners, home. A-men 3 @ @ @ - a ee” eee” ey = caer Cate | = i cas toes mad ; 1 eat E is th ; 5 A 05 ee = — nt o—H 121 INVITATION AND ACCEPTANCE 166 I Lay My Sins On Jesus “4 AURELIA. 7,6,7,6. D. H. Bonar, 1843 S.S. Wesley, 1864 a eon oem Poe mevicwenl Gouna | ape eaete A WAL? EC SEPEED ere Fa RS see aay, RRM ALE reEeS See SH j ise 4s} -#— CA z o e o o ra A-: 1.I lay my sins on Je - sus, The spot-less Lamb of God; 2.1 lay mywants on Je - sus; All ful-nessdwells in him; 3.I long to be like Je - sus, Meek,lov-ing, low - ly, mild; -o- , : =e ——— (OSLER SA —f JE TO Nee GSS ee ee EER ee SORT) MET STOEL LAN Hae SEEN RIDA LPR RRL eueae ML el Saree Fo Ens SN —* ween Q) Paayes) = rare, [sere B gt Gg ;——___ : —— [ (aaa a ESURERER BETES BES Fe ES ae EE Sane pres G ZA Ftbe dT SE : He bearsthem all, and frees us From the’ ac - curs-ed load: He heals all my dis - eas - es, He doth my soul re-deem: I long to be like Je - sus, The Fa-ther’s ho - ly child: I bring my guilt to Je - sus, To wash my crim-son stains I lay my griefs on Je - sus, My bur - densand my cares; I long to be with Je - sus, A - mid the heav’n-ly throng, White in his blood mostpre-cious, Till not a stain re-mains. He fromthem all re-leas - es, He all my sor-rowsshares. To sing with saints his prais - es, To learn the an-gels’ song. INVITATION AND ACCEPTANCE 167 My Sins, My Sins, My Saviour ST. GEORGE’S, BOLTON. 7,6,7,6. D. J. S. B. Monsell, 1863 | J. Walch, 1875 | tT we 1, My sins, my sins, my Sav -iour! They take such hold on me, 2. My sins, my sins, my Sav -iour! How sad on_ thee they fall! 3. My sins, my sins, my Sav -iour! Their guilt I nev- er knew 4. There-fore my songs,my Sav - iour, E’en 7 this time of woe, Ce, i RE oS eS 2» — mite WeiALOLs aia Sa Bn eT CE Ba, ee ea 3-4 —_ | — 9 — oo fe peter i am not a-ble_ to ae up, Save on - ly, eter! thee. Seen through thy gen-tle pa - tience, I ten - fold feel them all. Till with thee in the des - ert I near thy pas-sion drew; Shall tell of all thy good - ness To suf - f’ring man be - low; aan! hg OSs Oe a RS yPp)—e— aet em ——g——_e |} Fs po Aad RENE jo F, In thee is all for = give - ness, In thee a- bun - dant grace; [ know they are for - giv - en; But still, their pain to me Till with thee in the gar - den I heard thy plead -ing prayer, Thy good -nessand thy fa - vor, Whose pres-ence from a - bove (ah a aren See al GG oe go ee eae pa te et ut My arp and my sun-shine The Meni tees of thy face. Is all the griefand an = guish They laid, my Lord, on thee. And saw the sweat-drops blood-y That told thy sor -row there. Makes glad those hearts, my Sav-iour, That live in thee and love. A- men. o'e co fe 6 ft pose a Waa al 17 fi eo & a” — ’ JS ee eee kt Soe ead woe Cierra vest f— t |---| i mi tt tt ht th Hf Ea. Tay Wea) H LE 123 {INVITATION AND ACCEPTANCE 168 My Faith Looks Up to Thee Se ee Palmer, 1830 OLIVET. 6,6, 4, 6, 6, 6, 4 Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 Ba BARS TY asim ROEM LK TS SSeS a pe a Oe ee 1. My faith looks up to thee, Thou Lamb of Cal - va - ry, 2. May thy rich grace im - part Strength to my faint - ing heart; 3. While life's dark maze I tread, And griefs a-round me spread, 4. When ends life’s tran - sient dream, When death’s cold, sul - len stream Sav - iour di- vine! Now hear me while I pray, Take all my: My zeal in = spire; As thou hast died for me, O may my Be thou my guide; Bid dark-ness turn to day, Wipe sor-row’s Shall o’er me _ roll, Blest Sav-iour, then, in love, Fear and dis - wm), 7, ‘aul ae guilt a-way; O let me from thisday Be whol-ly thine. love to thee Pure, warm, and change-less be, A liv - ing fire. tears a-way, Nor let me ev-er stray From thee a -~ side. tress re-move; O bear me safe a-bove, A ran-somed soul. A-men. 169 Just As I Am, Without One Plea WOODWORTH. L.M. Charlotte Elliott, 1836 Wm. B. Bradbury, 1816-1868 I am, with -out one plea, But that thy blood was shed for me, 2. Just as I am, though tossed a-bout With man-y a con-flict, man-y a doubt, I am,—thou wilt re-ceive, Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, re-lieve; I am,—thy love un-known Has brok-en ev~-’ry bar-rier down; ese Se o@- oo # i i el INVITATION AND ACCEPTANCE And that thou bidd’st me come to thee, O Lamb of God, Icome! I come! Fight-ings with-in, and fears with-out, O Lamb of God, Icome!I come! Be - cause thy prom-ise I be - lieve, O Lamb of God, Icome! I come! Now to be thine, yea, thine a-lone, O Lamb of God, Icome!I come! A-men. 170 I Hear Thy Welcome Voice WELCOME VOICE. P.M. With Refrain Louis Hartsough, 1820-1872 L. Hartsough, 1820-1872 1.I hear thy welcome voice, That calls me, Lord, to thee, For cleans-ing in thy 2. Tho’ com-ing weak and vile, Thou dost my strength assure ;Thou dost my vile-ness 3. *Tis Je-suscallsme on To per-fect faith and love, To per - fect hope and 4. All hail! a-ton-ing blood! All hail! re-deem-ing grace! All hail! the gift of ; oa REFRAIN 47) A ee J 2 a eae “Se eee Lat@ ATS Re ae es 4G Pe <——— SS. | | » THE Basal ee a JE" Be" ee fant, -——}—__—_ &—4 GS ae RT CA iy (t FS - REP aa ee ee —_ een oeg | A F ASS EN OY PT i | io | pre-cious blood, That flowed on Cal-va - ry. ful - ly cleanse, Till spot - less all, and pure. I am com-ing, Lord! peace and trust, For earth and heav’na- bove. Christ, our Lord, Our Strength and Righteousness. eA -O- -@- - -~o-° o}! el a = 3 Com-ing now to thee! Wash me, cleanse me in thy blood That flowed on Calvary! A-men. INVITATION AND ACCEPTANCE 171 I Was a Wandering Sheep LEBANON. S.M. D. ] Horatius Bonar, 1843 jJ- Zundel, 1815-1882 : i) Fee RS Sera pep eat | » im _P =| a — re et fea ep ~~ cel ea west oe ee c—R —. , Abas WR Bane et /— st. —¢ aie ow A ROE Hea Cea a 1,.I was a wan-d’ring sheep, I did not love the fold; 2. The Shep-herd soughthis sheep, The Fa-ther soughthis child; 3. Je - sus my Shep-herd is; *Twashe that loved my _ soul, 4. No more a wan-d’ring sheep, I love to be con - trolled; Pk -HFP-° [Pf A -—4 rf eet I did not love my Shep-herd’s voice, I would not be con - trolled: He fol-lowedme o’er_ vale and hill, O’er des-ertswasteand wild: *Twas he that washed me in his blood, ’Twashe thatmademe _ whole; I love my ten-der Shep-herd’s voice, I ilove the peace-ful fold: i was a way-ward = child, I did not love my home; He found me nigh to death, Fam-ished and faintand lone; *Twashe_ that sought the lost, That found the wan-d’ring sheep; No more a way-ward child, I seek no more to roam; - +> +» »-- » o:- ~- -@- ia UE Ee Ee ee Bae es ETS Bl Re ee VE OY MOE PR) (C7 7 Te Ea TTI PS) Hh ca aE” > we | * = fo - @ 4 — 2 Beri Es awa 7 ioe I did notlove my Fa-ther’s voice, I loved a-far to roam. He bound me with the bands of love, He saved the wan - d’ring one. ’Twas he that brought me to the fold, ’Tis he that still doth keep. I love my heav’n-ly Fa-ther’s voice, I love, I love his home! A-men -o- -o- INVITATION AND ACCEPTANCE 172 Thou Art the Way; to Thee Alone G. W. Doane, 1824 BURLINGTON. C.M. John F. Burrowes, 1787-1852 van 4-— +} gt IT a Oe ES : fo WN ES, VO Bs ia RR Tha PCE i GA | RSS . © PELs eee ez 9 — 9 —@ 4S | 1. Thou art the Way; to thee a-lone From sin anddeath we flee; 2. Thou art the Truth; thy word a- lone True wis-dom can im - part; 3. Thou art the Life; the rend-ing tomb Pro - claims thy conqu’ring arm, 4. Thou art the Way, the Truth, the Life; Grant us that way to know, Dipl, ’ 2. oP on | | And he who would the Fa - ther seek, Must seek him, Lord, by thee. Thou on = ly canst in-form the mind And pu-ri- fy the heart. And those who put their trust in thee Nor death nor hell shall harm. That truth to keep, that life to win, Whose joys e - ter- nal flow. A-men. pa ‘d De_». ~2- xO eo on” ” BAS8 Ri gooes SiR WRC Be EE, ress) 1] SL wees |__| oa he Bia i ti D-H —t + Ht— eam F — Pen | { 173 I Am Coming to the Cross W. H. McDonald, 1869 TRUSTING. 7,7,7,7. With Refrain Wm. G. Fischer bh () ’ 74 y_ »\__ Eee lene — _. bin \@= rs =9 Sas See SS eee eee ee i ee am com-ing to the cross; I am poor and weak and blind; 2. Long my heart has sighed for thee; Longhas e - vil dwelt with - in; 3. Here I give my all to thee— Friends and time and earth - ly store 4.In the prom-is~- es I trust; Now I feel the blood ap - plied; 2. a h~ N : @ 2 . aa” a Re SE oe ae ee ee JLT PY a ea co oe ee ee ee Ref—I am trust-ing, Lord, in thee, Dear Lamb of Cal - va- ry, I am count-ing all but dross; I. shall full sal - va - tion find. Je - sus sweet-ly speaks to me, ‘I will cleanse you from all sin.” Soul and bod- y thine to be— Whol-ly thine for ev - er - more. q am pros-trate in the dust; I with Christ am cru - ci- fied. A- men. Y 2 . a. - -9- 5-. fa? eit @ ee CAS Be, [| YS AEE) BG ae |\ Sa oe *. |__| po) paael oe} Boonen Sener f pH te Pw rae ey 2 i A a a | Hum-bly at the cross I bow; Save me, Je-sus, save me now. 127 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 174. I Know No Life Divided SPITTA. 7,6, 7,6. D. (German) C. J. P. Spitta, 1836 H. P. Danks Tr. R. Massie, 1869 () ; 50 Breuer oa! aie ea pee Ee GPE iN A ET 2a Tee DRESS i CA ‘| ~SR EY e Gnas fears ) a eae oe eo -@° -@- 1.I know no life di-vid - ed, O Lord of life from thee; 2.1 fear no trib-u- la - tion, Since, what-so-= ’er it be, 3. Lord! with this truth im-press me, And write it on my heart thee is life pro - vid - ed, For all man - kind and makes no sep =~ a- ra - tion Be-tween my Lord and com - fort, cheer, and bless me, That thou my Sav -iour I know no death, O Je - sus, Be-cause I _ live in thee; If thou, my God and teach -er, Vouch-safe to be my own, With-out thy love to guide me, I should be whol - ly lost; Thy death it is that frees us From deathe - ter - nal -~ ly. Though poor, I shall be rich - er Than mon-arch on _his throne. The floods would quick-ly hide me, On _ life’s wide o - ceantost. A-men. o- -@- “2 Ld lay __ aaa SS eee a — 4 =p aR aE 8 OID a 2 AP Ss RUA EE ON Ba a ae ca Li i eg THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 175 I Heard the Voice of Jesus Say VOX DILECTI. C.M. D. H. Bonar, 1846 J. B. Dykes, 1868 z p PP rail. ~ mfatempo. | 1.I. heardthe voice of Je - sus say, “Come un - to me and rest; 2.1 heard the voice of Je - sus say, “Be - hold, I free-ly give 3. I heard the voice of Je - sus say, “I am _ this dark world’s light; | |—~_. -@- e x y, a - e = i 4 a ees 2 a ee ; Fao ef: a F— —._-] ____] pf tg + GF GE, FORA TD PRET | must ———— === Sa eee Le Lay down, thou wea-ry one, laydown Thy head up-on my breast.” The liv -ing wa-ter; thirst-y one, Stoop downand drink, and live.” Look un-to me, thy mornshallrise, And all thy ORY be bright.” } gi -~o- (a \2 by tm [i Se Jeg PSC Sea ey ay o— i See Aa Sa Oy re" 5° Ff Le Co 4 GEA CE EE S.J rar P___@ 4 — = Pp D Leet es Fed RP LS ae ee ay a I came to Je - sus, and drank Of _ that life -giv - ing stream; oe came to Je - sus as I was, Wea - ry, and worn, and sad; I I I found In him my star, my sun; looked to Je - sus, and I found inhim a rest - ing-place, And he has made me glad. My thirst was quench’d, my soulre-vived, And now I live in him. And in thatlight of life Vllwalk Till trav-’ling days aredone. A-men. ; | : ie)» @ Tae - Ane! Maa ERY — A FEY RS OR RE TE eT a ] 'e)-4—8-6 -e——_o— o- Ne a BER eae ie ee eee ee a os ES S37 CAE «— © @ : = Ag | fA an es IEE ES? i ee el SE yo @ @ 4 - Pee on Sf] L}+_ Yet howrich is my con-di-tion, God and heav’n are still my own! Foes may hate and friends disown me, Show thy face, and all is bright. Oh, ’twere notin joy to charm me, Were that joy un-mixed with thee. : Storms may howl, and clouds may gather, All must work for good to me. A-men. = . bps Pippy 2. @ @ Oo a - oo - ww ff = Wirwterr | Bers = Bee | we termes ben Gkeses Grama a ecco TN 2 ——t We $22.1 | | THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 177 My Soul, Be On Thy Guard George Heath, 1781 LABAN. S.M. Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 1. My soul, be on _ thy guard; Ten thou-sand foes a - rise; Be 6) watch and fight and pray; The bat - tle ne’er give o’er; 3. Ne’er think the vic - t’ry won, Nor lay thine ar - mor down; 4. Fight on, my soul, till death Shall bring thee to thy God; -e me The hosts of sin are press-ing hard To draw thee from the skies. Re - new it bold-ly ev-’ry day, And help di-vine im-plore. Thy ar - duous work will not be done Till thou ob - tain thy crown. He’ll take thee, at thy part-ing breath, To his di-vine a-bode. A-men. -G— 178 We May Not Climb the Heavenly Steeps J. G. Whittier, 1884 SERENITY. C. M. W. V. Wallace, 1814-1865 = 1. We may not climb the heav’n-ly steeps To bring the Lord Christ down: Zz. The heal-ing of his seam-lessdress Is by our beds of pain; 3. Through him the first fond prayersare said Our lips of child-hood frame, 4.0 Lord and Mas-ter of us all, © What-e’er our name or sign, In vain we search the low-est deeps, For him no depths can drown. We touch him in life’s throngand press, And we are wholea - gain, The last low whis-pers of our dead Are bur-dened with his name. We own thy sway, we hear thy call, We test our lives by thine! A - men. THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 179 O Jesus, Thou Art Standing St. HILDA. 7,6,7,6. D. William Walsham How, 1867 Alt. fr. J. H. Knecht, 1799, and E. Husband, 1871 Je - sus, thou art stand-ing Out - side the fast-closed door, z OQ Je- sus, thou art knock-ing; And lo! that hand is scarred, O jJe- sus, thou art plead-ing In ac = cents meek and low, ) J do adhe ed le ern Ra Le oe LT RR CGR EE RRR ns BE TP Sih ar a a Bea CP hrs mS -———}-—} -—+ gg —- (oD CR Pe RE Bm Te a a AEP” WEEE a iD CI Ej SOE EE EAS war 2S -EMe Mithcr een freay Lied SEP ETA In low -ly pa-= tience wait - ing To pass the thresh-old o’er: And thorns thy brow en - cir - cle, And tears thy face have marred: “I died for you, my chil- dren, And will ye treat me so?” We bear the name of Chris - tians, His mame and sign we bear: O love that pass - eth knowl - edge, So pa-tient-ly to wait! O Lord, with shame and sor - row We o- pen now the door: tp o-- wo = -~- i Ses O shame, thrice shame up-on us, To ‘xeep him stand-ing there! O sin that hath no e- qual, So fast to bar the gate! Dear Sav-iour,en- ter, en - ter, Andleaveus nev -er- more! A-men. THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 180 How Tedious and Tasteless the Hours DE FLEURY. 8,8, 8,8. D. John Newton, 1779 German Melody 1. How te-dious and taste-less the hours When Je-sus no long-er I see! _ 2. His name yields the rich-est per-fume, And sweet-er than mu - sic his voice; 3. Con - tent with be-hold-ing his face, My all to his plea-sure re- signed, 4. Dear Lord, if in-deed I am thine, If thou art my sun and my song, Sweet prospects, sweet birds, and sweet flow’rs, Have all lost their sweetness with me. His pres-ence dis-pers-es my gloom, And makes all with-in me re- joice: No chang-es of sea-=son or place Would make an - y change in my mind. Say, why do I lang-uish and pine? And why are my win-ters so long? | : ; -F°> @ @ @ (4 @.-.[ @ 6 @. @ « JS” Se 9s eee 6 Re SEES PS ro tal Cel Ee AS ci Oe So The mid-sum-mersun shinesbut dim; The fields strive in vain to look gay; I should, were he al-ways thus nigh, Have noth-ing to wish or to fear; While blest with a sense of his love, A pal-ace a_ toy would ap-pear; O drive these dark cloudsfrommy sky; Thy soul-cheer-ing pres-ence re-store; Y apr N NN --. | we . la\ @ - | © @& © pp» f& 2 gl es \ ld fa a Ps ot +i — Pees San rane Sra es. oRA Viorel Pec SS Cal Sse oa ee ee ee a pe iS Te eT el USE. SPST a Sey (Ss et ees EL ; 2S TY Sas eS eT ON PPE Ee eee (a OP Cd 0 FS | Ph — a Pare $+ A ee : ‘AOR ec Nem ST ets ee er yo —$ +3 orl 7 es But when I am hap-py in him, De - cem-ber’s as pleas-ant as May. No mor-tal so hap-py as I; My sum-mer would last all the year. And pris -ons would palac-es prove, If Je-sus would dwell with me there. Or take me un -to thee on high, Where win-terandcloudsarenomore. A-men. -@- 2 2 e ; -@- A epic 2 - Tea © P.O. 7 bt he ee a, a ee a] SC, SAS 9 (a Sl een eet — es - § —o—_e—o—e—e—| i ee a PSE eee OS SRN Fe oe NY a ee Oe | A A A tea PA AL A OTE ATE ATT Oh 2 ee 2 ee ee eee ee ree : - t-» 133 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 181 Amazing Grace, How Sweet the Sound John Newton, 1779 WARWICK. C.M. Samuel Stanley, 1767-1822 | | Se fait = a oe so Ze le EE TE 1. A - maz - ing grace, how sweet the sound, That saved a soul like me! 2. Twas grace that taught my heart to fear, And grace my fears re- lieved; 3. Thro’? man= y dang~-ers, toils andsnares, I have al = read - y come; 4. Yes, when this heart and oes shall fail And mor - tal life shall cease, { ) i a ee fam iol wae al i | | I once was lost, but now am found: Was blind, butnow I see. How pre-cious did that grace ap - pear, Thehour I first be-lieved. ’Tis grace that brought me safe thus far, And grace willlead me home. I shall pos ~ Sess with-in the vail, A life of joy and peace. A-men. i | (A — { SA eae 2 RY OE ET a SP EE es i AP AS [ee | 182 Prayer Is the Soul’s Sincere Desire James Montgomery, 1818 HEBER. C.M. Geo. Kingsley, 1838 the soul’s sin- cere de-sire, Un -ut- tered or ex- pressed: the bur~ den of a sigh, The fall-ing of a tear, 3. Prayer is thesim-plestform of speech That in - fant lips can try; 4, Prayer is the Chris-tian’s vi - tal breath, The Chris-tian’s na - tive alr, —_/ The mo-tionof a hid-denfire, Thattrem-bles in the breast. The up -ward glanc-ing of an eye, Whennone but God is near. Prayer, the sub-lim-est strains that reach The Ma- jes - ty on high. His watch-word at the gates of death; He en - ters heav’en with prayer. A-men. THE CHRISTIAN LIFE — 183 Love Divine, All Love Excelling ZUNDEL. 8,7,8,7. D. Charles Wesley, 1747. John Zundel, 1870 1. Love di-vine, all love ex- cell-ing, Joy of heav’n, to earth come down! 2. Breathe, O breathe thy lov-ing Spir - it In- to ev-’ry troub-led breast! 3. Fin-ish then thy new cre-a- tion; Pure and spot-less let us be; Varen!, DE Ga 1" a Eh . i CRT PSO 0 Ba a ESRC See ee he lied ead eS oe Aber ars Si Rat ee ee ee REA ie “Pe ea Oe a ee SS i 22" Eee eee pare g ‘EE EL) Fix in us thy hum-ble dwell-ing; All thy faith - ful mer ~-cies crown. Let us all in thee in-her-it, Let us find thy prom-ised rest. Let us see thy great sal-va-tion, Per-fect-ly se-cured by thee: O99 — os ‘a Je - sus, thou art all com-pas-sion, Pure, un-bound-ed love thou art; Take a - way the love of sin-ning; Al - pha and O - me - ga be, Changed from glory in - to glo - ry, Till in heav’n we take our place, Be A niS ll Le etal BP ET Noli Vis -it us with thy sal-va-tion; En - ter ev - ’ry trembling heart. End of faith, as its be-gin-ning, Set our hearts at lib - er - ty. Till we cast our crowns be-fore thee, Lost in won-der, love, and praise. A-men. - -@ Oxo 8s Sal eae TI ' FF) _— rors ena pec et a ATER Beka Os = EEE PO LSA 2 Eo aro Bo Re Ceca RE DR RR Seo Mode THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 184. Jesus, Thy Boundless Love to Me PRINCE (St. Catherine). L.M. 61. P. Gerhardt, 1653. Arr. fr. F. Mendelssohn, 1809-—1847 Tr. J. Wesley, 1739: verse 3, alt. Attrib. to H. F, Hemy, ey Alt. by J. G. Walton, 1871 (? ax: Gain a sa bal wel = 8 Eon ER em oc hs Bone Me a vam Ranialen nremcoae es ec D4 — So iain = tS "S$ — gt a oh See pee | ao Ko 1. Je- sus, thy bound-less love to me No tho’tcanreach, no tongue de-clare; 2. Oh, grant thatnoth-ing in my soul May dwell, but thy pure love a = lone; 3. Still let thy love pointout my way; What wondrous things thy love hath wrought! thy love mypeace; In weak-ness, be thy love my pow’r; as l— 4. In suf-f’ring, be a ~~ a" i ee ee WYPEEET EY yn. Ob: | a eee fe Oh, knit my thank-ful heart to thee Andreign with-out a _ ri = val there. Oh, may thy love pos-sess me whole, My joy, my trea-sure, and my crown: Still lead me, lest I go a- stray; Di-rect my word, in-spire my thought; And when the storms of life shall cease, Je-sus, in that dark fi - nal hour 185 From Every Stormy Wind That Blows Hugh Stowell, 1832 RETREAT. L.M._ Dr. Thos. Hastings, 1784-1872 | 0 | | 2. SY AS Li ie aaa il dei = — err rear | Fa a ta j—Fee [aA— F§— eo; a a ae c-4 are iL —e—s— a oo: pp gg Ne -o- ALD 1, From ev -’ry storm -y wind that blows, From ev - ’ry swell - ing tide of woes, 2. Thereis a _ place where Je -sus sheds The oil of glad-mness on our heads, 3. Thereis a scene where spir-its blend, Where friend holds fellowship with friend; 4. There, there on ea - gle wings we soar, And sin and sense mo - lest no more, ; o- -»- oa -9- | | | -o- A {6 aaa = Garand (ar z at = — i : fe EY oe BEE SBE Bes SA Ge i § ee ae im ia & Won ed eee! ig. to a ‘i CRRA RAS DE ROTE 2 Ce a Ol A ed Rah eeauew | fea 136 i ats ia ee i THE CHRISTIAN LIFE There is acalm,a sure re-treat—’Tis found be-neath the mer-cy ~ seat. A place of all on "earth most sweet;It is the blood-bought mercy-seat. Tho’ sundered far, by faith they meet A-round one com-mon mer - cy = seat. And heav’n comes down our souls to greet, And glo-ry crowns the mercy-seat. A - men. -6- -9- S- -- | 2/2 aE Reever DA ma Or en ore rare Seen a 2: ae | — Laeies | er 112+ —-186 Sweet Hour of Prayer | SWEET HOUR. L.M. D. W. W. Walford, 1846 W. B. Bradbury, 1816-1863 a Pea rie 1. Sweet hour of Evi vail Sete! hour of prayer! That calls me from a world of care, 2. Sweet hour of prayer! sweet hour of prayer! Thy wings shall my pe = ti = tion bear, 3. Sweet hour of prayer! sweethourofprayer! May I thy con~so = la-tion share; \e | And bids me, at my Fa-ther’s throne, Make all my wants and wish - es known To him whose truth and faith-ful-ness En~- gage the wait-ing soul to bless Till from Mount Pis-gah’s loft-y height, I view my home, and take my fli oh a @ oom wih a a Pal a < SPST a eee PE ee Pl i= = ae eee = And oft es-caped the temp-ter’ ssnare, By thy re-turn, sweet hour of prayer. D.SiVl_ cast on him my ev-’ry care, And wait for thee, sweet hour of prayer. And shout, while passing through the air, Farewell, farewell, sweet hour of prayer. In sea-sons of dis-tress and grief, My soul has oft-en found re - lief, And since he bids me seek his face, ’Be-lieve his word and trust his grace, This robe of flesh I’ll drop, and rise To seize the ev - er-last-ing prize; . @- . @ = POC, A EO A eH eee ee | Fiend C S| GefiH SS ae ee ee eee A- aan 137 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 187 In the Hour of Trial J. Montgomery, 1834 PENITENCE. 6, 5,6, 5. D. Alt. Mrs. Hutton and G, Thring S. Lane, 1878 1. In the hour of tri - al, Je - sus,pleadfor me, Lest by base de - 2. With for-bid-den plea-sures Wouldthisvainworldcharm; Or its sord - id 3. Should thy mer-cy send me _ Sor- row, toil, and woe; Or should pain at - 4. When my last hourcom-eth, Fraught with strife and pain, When my dust re - ni- al I de-partfromthee; When thou sees’t me wa-ver, With a trea-sures Spread to work me harm; Bring to my re-mem-brance Sad Geth- tend me On my pathbe-low; Grantthat I may nev-er Fail thy turn-eth To the dust a - gain; On thy truth re- ly - ing, Thro’ that 5- -—- ®©- 0- ©- -~<©c- -o- - 2 (2. -g- POT SRE Ae OR TERRY ER ON PRA NES AE we ll ad wera Li WO" GREET STORE att = > aay ST eel Ever oes) S A a Ia aan A Peni 7 A. RN CREAN (2 WO a TEN ~~ look re-= call, Nor for fear or fa - vor Suf-fer me to fall. sem - a = ne, Or, in dark-er semblance, Cross-crowned Calvary. hand to see; Grant that I may ev - er Cast my care on thee. mor = tal strife, Je-sus, take me, dy-ing, To e-ter-nal life. A-men. a. a. Lea LR 188 deci Calls Us, O’er the Tumult Mrs. C. F. Alexander, 1852 GALILEE. 8, 7, 8,7 W. H. Jude, 1851- 1. Je- sus calls us, o’erthe tu- mult Of our life’s wild, rest-less sea; 2. Je- sus calls us, from the wor-ship Of the vain world’s gold-en store, 3. In our joys and in our sor-rows, Days of toil and hours of ease, 4. Je- sus calls us: by thy mer-cies, Sav-iour,may we hear thy call, THE CHRISTIAN LIFE nae FOG) 22" SS Sy Sa SS OTN eT = Ca 8Y ONL ES DR RTT AS 0 oe SS 8 6 ee Oe te teH eee tin ln ee a ee a eT cls mae SP fae Satna ah pe ee ee eee e . | Day by day his sweet voice soundeth, Say-ing, “Christian, fol-low me!’ From eachi-dol that would keep us, Say-ing, “Christian, love me more.” Still he calls, in cares and pleasures, “Christian, love me more than these.” Give our hearts to thine 0 - be-dience, Serve and love thee best of all. A- men. fe__ fa fa 5 ff ef gg : (OL 2 a aaa el a rene fou a ao ee eet Ce genes oemang ey Sasa 24 lems ae tft Pat etter To Fira et esa 189 Nearer, My God, to Thee BETHANY. 6, 4,6, 4, 6,6, 6, 4 Sarah Flower Adams, 1841 Dr. Lowell Mason, 1856 i: BY aw et) ik CRS GESTS BET ee ee re a een ee v4 rg Poa Ee x) Bs orsrsi mea Le = -@- ww -o- -@- ° os -@ -&- 1, Near-er, my God, tothee, Near-er to thee! E’en thoughit be a cross 2. Though like the wan-der-er, The sun gone down, Dark-ness be o - ver me, 3. There let the way ap-pear, Steps un- to heav’n;All that thou send - est me, 4. Then with my wak-ingtho’ts Bright with thy praise,Out of my ston-y griefs That rais-eth me; Still all my song shall be, Near - er, my God, to thee! My rest a stone, Yet in mydreamsI’dbe Near -er, my God, to thee, In mer - cygiv’n; An-gels to beck-on me Near-er, my God, to thee! Beth-el I'll raise; So by my woes to be Near-er, my God, to thee, Near - er, my God, to thee, Near - er to thee! A-men. | -O-. Se 2@- o- » “SC MEY > nS GIR Be ISG SS pf Ee ; 2.) 2a Ga 2a. “ee” 2 >< ——— = [Rg eee (as rela a paseo psa etl | mea EEE ee et fie med alae THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 190 More Like Jesus Would I Be MORE LIKE JESUS. 7s. D. Frances Jane Van Alstyne, 1868 W.H. Doane, 1831-1915 ae 2 Sot aM ae el GCA hl PES 4227 A, = 4 RB a 1. More like Je - sus would I be, Let my Sav-iour dwell in me; 2. If he hears the ra - ven’s cry, If his ev - er= watch~ful eye 3. More like Je - sus when [ pray, More like Je - sus day by day; ee: Fill my soul with peace and love, Make me gen - tle as dove; Marks the spar -rows when they fall, Sure = ly he will hear my call. May I rest me by his side, Where the tran-quil wa- on glide, {Pure in heart I still would be, Let my Sav-iourdwell in me. Poor in spir - it would I be,— Let my Sav-iourdwell in me. DS Rich in faith I still would be,— Let my Sav-iourdwell in me. ig) arceaes ee a Soo ET SR SE PD BN oS SEP Se Ap —4 —_ a ae er Se ce MA | eS (a a a ts ea VY x h- - e e e Y a a S 4 nya BN IA BE a ‘ef -y-* More like Je-sus, while I go, Pil-grim in this world be-low; He will teach me how to live, All my sin - ful thoughts for-give; Born of him, through gracerenewed, By his love my _ willsub-dued, A-men. G- -8- -G- -B- oy, Qe A, ra 2 o- C7 6 OE PE = ee a ae) aes a - | ees we ce z - Se Ee att yh A PRS “Eee —Be GY AES RACR Guan) mo ees 191 O For a Closer Walk With God William Cowper, 1772 BALERMA,. C.M. R. Simpson | eS }—4—-— + - ee a ee RE RAE TS ET Seren aeewiors >+—@ ere oe at Al eee 7 Ws ERY ATR 1,0 for a clos-er a with God, A calm and heav’n - ly frame, 2. Where is the bless-ed-ness I knew When first I saw the Lord? 3. What peace-ful hours I then en-joyed! How sweet their mem - ’ry still! 4. Re-turn, O Ho - ly Dove, re-turn, Sweet mes-sen-ger of rest; | ae lon S moneerpe wer MiAGAca Pl et a = wena: wee a = ww eran eg WN AES es SLE 3 et, Tora greene os ee filo te Ct ee ee ee eee SR WR > VERE eS Came Oe Une: Ser ERENT, 6 CTTW OTE 4 a a EF TS RN ot CE ed OE EE THE CHRISTIAN LIFE ~~) | Jae pair lo Sas | Te 25) I iL 2 CaaS [avy | sai fe 2 a ae Setet at Oc ae ety ees ce eo Se ee ee ee ee ee -~Z AG | | es e A light to shine up-on the road Thatleads me to the Lamb! Where is the soul - re-fresh-ing view Of Je - sus and his word? But they have left an ach-ing void The world can nev - er fill. I hate the sins that made thee mourn, And drove thee from my breast. A-men. Purer Yet and Purer MARY MAGDALENE. 6,5,6,5. D. J. W. von Goethe, 1749-1832 192 J. B. Dykes, 1862 ‘I would be in mind, Dear-er yet and dear - er In the hour of pain, Sur-er yet and sur - er Out of clouds and night, Near-er yet and near - er Ev-er on-ward run, Firm-er yet and firm - er 1. Pur-er yet and pur - er 2. Calm-er yet and calm - er 3. High-er yet and high -er 4. Swift-er yet and swift - er, a AE aR OVOP Deel ES all rant | WOME SER SE IR Haack ces iene. Jal et 7a Gate Be ETA ae eee SS eet See i Fast nd < 5S 5e—e— PE DA YT oY “ET m1 ja el S| -G- Ev-’ry du-ty find; Hop-ing still, and trust - ing Peace at last to gain; Suff-’ring still and do - ing, Ris - ing to the light,— Light se-rene and ho - ly, Step as I go on. Oft these earn-est long - ings 6 fe - ay (onan anon ee eI God with-out a fear. To his will re-signed, Where my soul may rest, Swell with-in my breast; y, feito Sy es | |}. —___f J ste” elie ee Gg aL ST A RL) 1 = FE BBLENTs 8 Sas — Z [— 3 —_ os — Sp oe ee th tet eo oe -o | | | ~ B- Pa - tient- ly be -liev - ing He will make all clear. And to God sub - du - ing Heart and will and mind. Pur - i- fied and low - ly, Sanc - ti - fied and blest. Yet their in- ner mean - ing Ne’er can be ex- pressed. A-men. | A ~B- -o- es THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 193 O Jesus I Have Promised ANGEL’S STORY. 7,6,7,6. D. J. E. Bode, 1869 Arthur H. Mann, 1881 O Je - sus, I have prom - ised To serve thee to the .O Je - sus, thou hast prom - ised To all who fol-low thee, Oh, let me feel thee near’ mel! The world is ev-er near; Oh, let me hear thee speak - ing In ac - cents clear and _ still, Be thou for-ev - er near me, My Mas-ter and my Friend; That where thou art in glo - ry There shall thy ser-vant be; I . see thesights that daz - zle, The tempt-ing sounds I hear; A - bove thestorms of pas- sion, The mur-murs of _ self-will. ree I shall not fear the bat - tle If thou art by my side, And, Je - sus, I have prom - ised To serve thee to the end; My foes are ev - er near me, A - round me and with - in; Oh, speak to re - as-sure me, To has - ten or _ con-trol! -o y a aa) Nor wan -derfrom the path-way If thou wilt be my Guide. Oh, give megrace to fol - low, My Mas -ter and my Friend! But, Je- sus, draw thou near - er, And shield my soul from sin. Oh, speak, and make me iis - ten, Thou Guard-ian of my soul! A - men. THE CHRISTIAN LIFE _ 194 Christian, Dost Thou See Them ST. ANDREW OF CRETE. 6,'5,6,5. D. St. Andrew of Crete, 700. Tr. J. M. Neale, 1862. Alt. ; J. B. Dykes, 1823-1876 p re erie i 1. Chris-tian, dost thou see them On the ho - ly _— ground, 2. Chris - tian, dost thou feel them, How they work with - in, 3. Chris -tian, dost thou hear them, How they speak thee fair? 4. “Well I know thy trou - ble, O my ser - vant true; +p tae SE How the hosts of Com-pass thee a - round? Striv - ing, tempt - ing, i Goad-ing in - to sin? ‘Al - ways fast and i i Al = ways watch and prayer?’’ Thou art ver- y was wea- ry _ too; Chris'- tian, up and smite them, Count - ing gain but loss; Chris-tian, nev - er trem - ble; Nev - er be down = cast; Chris -tian, an - swer bold - ly: “While I breathe I pray:” But that toil shall make _ thee Some day all mine own, Smite them, Christis with thee, Sol - dier of the cross. Gird thee for the bat - tle, Thou shalt win at last. Peace shall fol - low bat - tle, Night shall end in day. And the end of sor - row Shall be near my throne.” A-men. THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 195 More Love to Thee, O Christ Elizabeth Prentiss, 1869 6, 4, 6, 4, 6, 6, 4 W. H. Doane, 1868 (\.. he avai oa —_ a ES a seen A CR A, ca we mn oa ra DMS A fon aa se, = Tra = eee ae eee ae -o- ~o x -o- 1. More love to thee, O Christ, More love to _ thee! Hear thou the 2. Once earth-ly joy I craved, Sought peace and rest; Now thee a- 3. Then shall my lat-est breath Whis-per thy praise; This be the rain oes i DE Ci Ge ee Ee |<) —__@ ——_-@—- - (ea eee pee g BREST Es MW AEE Meo fy iG EE Jee" Be AS -—ae--___F penwiey = JO Wee ae" Eee P= ta = GEE ae Ea prayer I make On bend=ed knee; This is my _ ear= nest plea: lone I seek, Give what is best; This all my prayer shall be; part - ing cry My heart shall raise; This still its prayer shall be; —la\s 4 > _ oe ETB moe te eT fe m= = SG) Ai te St (a ee oF SA SWE ER Pees OBR DRE SEE ND. 2 a ee ee a (45 a A a ee, 2. @. @ @. 8 -2- Copyright by W. H. Doane. Used by permission 196 Saviour, Teach Me, Day By Day J. E. Leeson, 1842 POSEN. 7,7,7,7 G. C. Strattner, 1650-1705 (ana? L Fe Re rae eT EE ee re ASP AOS Psa ee —- << A OEE A os wo | | 1. Sav-iour, teach me, day by day, Love’ssweetles- son to 0 = bey; 2. With a child-like heart of love, At thy bid-ding may I move; 3. Teach me all thy steps to trace, Strong to fol- low in thy grace; 4. Love in lov-ing finds em-= ploy, In 0 - beedience all her joy; THE CHRISTIAN LIFE / Sweet-er les-son can-not be, Lov-ing him who first loved me. | Prompt to serve and fol - low thee, Lov-ing him who first loved me. | Learn-ing how to love from thee; Lov-ing him who first loved me. Ev - er new that joy will be, Lov-ing him who first loved me. Da -o- : o- gg eo CG- 7 | | aa ae a Goes 8 Jae ee ee rer f bed exe ZT wae i ' i lal te eo C x A) Ed . a, Ci eto | i Q Wammetd fe. 7 | | 197 Lord, For Tomorrow and Its Needs “VINCENT. 8, 4, 8,4. D. Sybill F. Partridge Horatio R. Palmer, 1834-1917 la Files, Soe a aN Wall SD Ce rae : Px?-b gt ee 6 — oo —_ 8 —__ a — Ss a eat rts ACM se ee. 1. Lord, for to-mor-row and ‘itsneeds I. do not pray; Keep me, my God, from Z2. Let menowrongor i- dle word Un-think-ing say; Set thou a seal up- | 3. And if, to-day, this life of mine Should ebb a-way, Give me thy sac-ra- () Bee Lame a Ld a ma RN TT nL Sek 0 NES ed RE RAR Bi KOS 2 etree eee a Oa oe co ba a a et at ‘Spa: 7 Sen lS 6 seca eT ines 3 A 1. Lord, as we thyname pro-fess, May ourhearts thy love con - fess; 2. Make us res-o- lute to do What thou show-est to be _ true; 3. May thy yoke be meek-ly worn, May thy cross be brave -ly borne; 4. Gra -cious Saysour, heav’n-ly Friend, On thy grace our souis de - pend; 3 Cd | Ze) — "ae EE ee Zo an je g OM ARCs ae « Jie ig S {@)-)-3—— ohne ink cance ee <= Simran it Fe Sere wea i po — 6 -B- = ee REFRAIN ———— a eee rm Se EEE Bo ES Ge RIT MES CSE —s-— 3% | Chad BTA Set AT i st Dein | ER a -o- -@- =o - ae Seo ER mate -2- -@- On-ward,Chris-tian sol «= diers, March-ing as to war, = = SS Sie ee ee ere ERSTE 1 car wees bal tad MNS A — a E (mF With the cross of Je = sus, Go -ing on be - fore. A - men. Be eh eit we THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 210 Lead On, O King Eternal Ernest W. Shurtleff, 1888 LANCASHIRE. 7s, 6s, D. Henry Smart, 1813-1879 Bacay ——$———-. 1. Lead on, O King E - ter- nal, The day of march has come; 2. Lead on, O King E - ter- nal, Till sin’s fierce war shall cease, 3. Lead on, O King E - ter- nal, We fol- low, not with fears; ty o—,— 6. PE fe a ee —— a= ae ress =|-———gj— + 0 @ Hence-forth in fields of con - quest Thy tents shall be our home. And ho - li - ness shall whis - per The sweet A-men of peace; For glad -ness breaks like morn - ing Wher-e’er thy face ap- pears; Through days of prep- a - ra - tion Thy grace has made us strong, For not withswordsloud clash - ing, Nor roll of stir-ring drums; Thy cross is lift- ed o’er us; We jour-ney in _ its light: o- eae F oe And now, O King E- ter- nal, We lift our bat- tle song. With deeds of love and mer- cy, The heaven-ly king-dom comes. The crown a- waits the con-quest;Lead on, O God of might. A- men. ec ESS eri 4 ae THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 211 Lord, Speak to Me, That I May Speak F. R. Havergal, 1872 CANONBURY. L.M. Robert Schumann, 1810-1856 1. Lord,speak to me, that I may speak In liv- ing ech-oes of thy tone; 2. Oh,strengthen me, thatwhile I stand Firmon_ the Rock, and strong in thee, 3. Oh, teach me,Lord, that I mayteach The pre-cious things thou dostim-part; 4. Oh, fill me with thy ful -ness,Lord, Un- til my ver-y _ hearto’er-flow eae sees ow a ein canter oe As thouhastsought,so let meseek,Thyerr-ing chil -dren lost and lone. I maystretchouta lov -inghand To wrest-lers with the trou-bled sea. And wing my words,that they may reach The hid-den depths of many a heart. In kind-ling thought and glowing word,Thy love to tell, thy praise to show. A-men. 212 Children of the Heavenly King John Cennick, 1742 PLEYEL’S HYMN. 7s. I. Pleyel, 1757-1831 aaee Bev | ae tat ve heey: {Pe ee ee ee eee ee eee rr ea gt ge On ge = 1. Chil-dren of theheavenly King, As ye jour- ney,sweet-ly sing; 2. Ye. are trav-’ling home to God, In the way the fa - thers trod; 3. Lord, sub- mis - sive make us___ go, Glad-ly leav- ing all be - low; 7 SEO A PIT MORE RA WO eS wa Sait o ORL FG 2 2S ee a = | at pear Paes, Se STAT ee LE ee | pene | Maene in Go ol Sing your Sav-iour’s wor- thy praise,Glo-rious in his works and ways. They are hap - py now, and ye Soontheirhap -pi-ness_ shall see. On - ly thou ourLead-er be, And we still will fol -low thee. A-men. THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 213 Am I a Soldier of the Cross Isaac Watts, ja ARLINGTON. C.M. Fainieele A. pais 1710-1778 [aaa 1. Am I a sol-dier of thecross, fol-lower of Lamb, 2. Must I _ be car-ried to _ the skies Gs flow-’ry beds Ha ease, 3. Are there no foes for me to face? MustI not stem the flood? 4. Sure I mustfight, if I would reign; Pe sk cour-age, Lord; eta? ee == = 2. “6. =f a= shall I fear to own hiscause, Or blush to speak his name? And While oth - ersfought to win the prize, Andsailedthro’blood-y seas? Is this vileworld a friend to grace, To help me on to God? I'll bear the toil, en-dure the pain, Sup-port-ed by thy word. A-men. -o- bee 214 Master, No Offering Costly and Sweet LOVE’S OFFERING. 6, 4, 6, 4, 6, 6, 4 Edwin P. Parker, 1888 Edwin P. Parker, 1888 1. Mas-ter,no of-fer-ing Cost- ly ah sweet,May we, like Mag- da-lene, 2. Dai - ly our lives would show Weakness made strong,Toilsome and gloom -y ways 3. Some word of hope, for hearts Bur-dened with fears;Some balm of peace, for eyes 4, Thus, in thy ser-vice,Lord, Till e- ven-tide Clos-es the day of life, ere Lay at thy feet; Yet may love’s in-censerise,Sweet-er than sac - ri-fice, Bright-ened with song;Some deeds of kind-ness done,Some souls by pa-tience won, Blind - ed with tears;Some dews of mer-cy shed, Some way-ward foot-step led, we a - bide. And whenearth’sla-borscease, Bid us de-part in peace, we Be as a 2 $—2—— See a eS 156 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE : Dear Lord, to thee, Dear Lord, to thee. A - men. ~ J sat | eee a ee ee ee o Benen Weer sa 1 — SS eee Se ee 215 Know, My Soul, Thy Full Salvation Henry Francis Lyte, 1825 ZUNDEL. 8s, 7s, D. John Zundel, 1815-1882 SSeS SS SS Se * cs 1. Know, my soul, thy full sal-va-tion; Rise o’er sin and fear and care, 2. Hastethee on fromgrace to glo-ry, Armed by faith, andwing’d by prayer; _@ @ @ @ gees ain a ey ere —-— ee Fm AA SNe CRC rg > Yea, Be a Poles = Joy to find, in eve - ry sta-tion, Some-thing still to do or bear: Heav’n’s e - ter-nal day’s be - fore thee; God’s own hand shall guide thee there: 14) eee Mae of bie ts Bride eM Sek :})_ o_o —_4_e _|_o—_ — Se eg Bp ag hs ghee rare 2S Soe See ee a nr ba ne | and Tere Sees ln Vere oon age es —=—— = eo ee cas Pe oz +t —— 7 —h ee be ré calm eon ee Re ureie Think what Spir -it dwells with-in thee: Think what Fa-ther’ssmilesare thine; Soon shallclosethy earth-ly mis-sion; Soon shallpass thy pil - grim days; Sy ea a ees Le aw oe eee eee a Think what Je-sus did to win thee: Child of heav’n,canst thou re-pine ? Hope shallchangetoglad fru - i- tion, Faith to sight, and pray’r to praise. A-men. ee _@_@ _@ ped Na Fz =saa [ MMT RC fHE CHRISTIAN LIFE 216 We March, We March to Victory G. Moultrie, 1867 MARCH TO VICTORY. P.M. Irregular J. Barnby, 1869 = SSS ee a ae vic - to - ry, With the cross of the Lord be - o- - -O- -o- -2-° -B- - MELE hE Ls) Bae S sat See =a = fore us, With his lov - ing eye look-ing down from the sky, And his -@&- KR —3—41—, 2: eRe eee ~. ss | { | ead Ml eer Wie Soh FINE. Last verse only met ee Oe a a ato oie Bee es Pee et ar a |—- ~~ ep © ho - ly armspreado’er us, His ho-ly armspreado’er us. o’er us. A-men. 1. We come in themight of the Lord of light, With 2. Our sword is the Spir - it of God on high, Our 3. And the choir of an - gels with song a - waits Our 4. Then on - ward wemarch, our arms to prove, With the - mor bright to meet him; And we put _ to flight the hel - met is his’ sal - va - tion; Our ban - ner, the cross. of march to the gold-en Zi - on; For our Cap -tain has bro - kenthe ban - ner_of Christ be-fore us, With his eye of love look-ing ee ee ee eee ee = 158 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE ar - mies of night, That the sons of the day may Cal - va ~ ry, Our watch- word, the In - Car - bra - zen gates, And burst the bars of down from a - bove, And his ho - ly arm spread is $3 — 45 1 bake aR EN AOR Ha a a a ee Or Oe —— sess sey sates i = SS Se ve aant Sain greet him, The sons of the day may greet him. - tion, Our watch-word, the In - car - na - tion. WwW ron, And burst the bars. of i - fron. : us, And his ho - - ly arm spread o’er us. 217 Blest Be the Tie That Binds John Fawcett, 1782 DENNIS. S.M. H. G. Nageli, 1768-1836 oe re Sreeee ag ae pale 1. Blest be the tie that binds Our hearts in Pie tian love; 2. Be - fore our Fa - ther’sthrone We pour our ar - dent pray’rs; 3. We share our mu - tual woes, Our mu -tual bur - dens bear; a - sun - der part, It a us ‘i - ward pain; = eo -o- | me meatal ne aero ee ee eens —— a ———— os —- rs The fel - low- nd of -_ dred minds Is like to that a-bove. Our fears,our hopes,our aims are one, Ourcom-forts and ourcares. And oft - en for each oth -er flows The sym - pa - thiz - ing tear. But if shall still im cat in heart, And tia to meet a-gain. A-men. —— ee sole Oe HG THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 218 Brightly Gleams Our Banner ST. THERESA. 6s,5s,81. With Refrain T. J. Potter, 1862, ad. Arthur Sullivan, 1842-1900 1. Bright - lygleams our ban - ner, Point- ing to the sky, 2. Je sus, Lord and Mas - ter, At thy sa- cred feet, 3. All our days. di - rect us In the way we g0, 4, Then withsaints and an - gels May we join a - bove, Wav-ing on Christ’ssol-diers To theirhomeon high. March-ing ‘thro’ the Here with heartsre - joic-ing See thy chil-dren meet: Of - ten have we Lead us on vic-to-rious O - ver ev- ’ry foe: Bid thine an - gels Offring pray’rs and prais-es At thythroneof love; When the toil is Tic tae eee) | des - ert, Glad - ly thus we pray, Still with heartsu- nit - ed left thee, Of - ten gone a-stray; Keep us, might-y Sav -iour, shield us When the storm-cloudslower, Par - don, Lord,andsave us o - ver, Then come rest and peace, Je - sus in his beau - ty, Sing-ing on our way. Bright-ly gleamsour ban-ner, Point-ing to the In the nar - row way. In the last dread hour. Songs that nev-er cease. THE CHRISTIAN LIFE sky, Wav -ing on Christ’ssoldiers To theirhomeon highe A- men. Ba ORS ern Elbe te tee : Toe, Saeed RCL Pee OE A ———__-— faucet —=—— oer aot i ee Eee oe Ld : z+ fe a a OF a »— $e See | = -9-° J -G-* -G-* | —_ 219 We Would See Jesus Anna B. Warner, 1858 FELIX (Raynolds). 11s,10s. F. Mendelssohn, 1809-1847 ae Je - sus; for the shad -ows length-en A - cross this Je - sus, the great rock foun- da - tion Where - on’ our Je - sus: oth - er lights are pal - ing, Which for long Je - sus: this is all we're need - ing; Strength,joy, and ——— lit - tle land-scapeof our life; We wouldsee Je - sus, our weak faith to feet were set by sov-’reign grace: Nor life nor death, with all their ag - i - years we have re-joic’dto see; The bless-ings of our pil-grim-age are will - ing-ness come with the sight; We would see Je - sus, dy - ing, ris - en, oS ea a eee eae tae ee EE ——— = Sa Sa eel strength-en, For the last wea - ri - ness, the fi - nal strife. ta - tion, Can thence re - move _ us, if we see his face. fail - ing; We would not mourn them, for we g0 to thee. plead - ing; Then wel-come day, and fare- well mor - tal night. A-men. a: me ee oye P -G- ea ao a A Qf or Boe ee a ee ee ee od $$! 161 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 220 Fouward! Be Our Watchword Henry Alford, 1865 ST. ALBAN’S. 6s, 5s, D. F. J. Haydn, 1732-1809 | joe Seal IectA Maer PINT aT ENC as = wees ea F 1. For - ward! be our watch - word, Steps and voic - es joined; 2. Far o’er yon ho - ri - zon Rise the cit - y _ tow’rs, 3. Glo - ries up - on glo - ries Hath our God pre - pared, ——— Een BE era nimesimas cinema C1 2 Sa a ee 2 ee or ae eee Seek the things be - fore a Not a look be - hind: Burnsthe fier - y Whereour God a - bid - eth; Thatfairhome is ours: Flash thestreetswith By the souls that love him, One day to be shared:Eye it not be - Lit pil - ih At our arm-y’s_ head; Who shalldream of shrink -ing, jas - per, Shine the gates with gold; Flows the glad-d’ning riv - er, held them, Ear hath nev-er heard; Nor of these hath ut - tered Pas mie By our Cap-tain led? $For-wardthro’ the des - ert, Thro’ the toil and fight: Shedding joys un-told; Thith-er, on-wardthith-er, In the Spir-it’s might: Tho’t or speech a word; For-ward,marching east-ward Where the heav’nis bright, wn ES fee THE CHRISTIAN LIFE ee Bie atau Jor - dan flows be- fore us, Zi - on beams with light! Pil-grims to your coun - try, For- ward in - to light! Till the vail be lift - ed, Till our faith be sight! A-men. a a a ANCE Sa ej ___|____ 5 —47-—_, sat SS ae ee eet 221 Father, to Thee We Look FATHER, TO THEE WE LOOK. 11s, 10s. F. L. Hosmer P. C. Lutkin, 1897 pee ee | Abie an ciel A? 270 1 Salle 5 NAS Nad I a eae SS 2 sae Seen S Zerg ee gg Ss Batt 1. Fa - ther, to thee we look in all our sor -row, Thou art the 2. When fond hopes fail, and skies are dark be -fore us, When the vain 3. Naughtshall af-fright us, on thy good-ness lean - ing, Low in _ the 4. Pa - tient, O heart,thoughhea-vy be thy. sor- rows, Be not cast ng gas oie ame 2" — ee ee eee cage paeeetmen eee CA OMe anne: Seago. SSS ae foun-tain whence our heal-ing flows; Dark though thenight, joy com-eth with the cares that vex our life in-crease, Comes with its calm the thought that thou art heart faith sing -eth still her song; Chast-ened by pain, we learn life’s deeper down, dis-qui-et -ed in vain! Yet shalt thou praise him,when these darkened ———_99—_s —_ 9 — 0 3 NB PIS as iN : ee ee ee ER a ee ae es ee cand eee eee mor - row; Safe -ly they rest, who on thy love’ re- pose. o’er us, And we grow qui - et, fold-ed in thy peace. mean-ing, And in our weak-ness,thoudost make us _ strong. fur - rows, Wherenow he plough-eth, wave with gold - en grain. A - men. = —e—_s—|-7—_e— a tt Copyright, 1904, by I. S. Moses 163 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 222 My Jesus, As Thou Wilt B. Schmolke, 1716 JEWETT. 6s,D. Tr. by Jane Borthwick, 1854 C. M. von Weber, 1786-1826 Noo g ty Hae t SaaS aH) Ma Sy: ———- Je - se as thou wilt ! O may thy will be mine! Je - sus, as thou wilt ! Tho’ seen’ thro’ man-ya tear, | a sus, as thou wilt ! All shall be . well for me; ral) “se oc ieih a ma SET ge os eel ENR RET ed BO Se LA Bee Pasian) ea Se a REN 9 —__9-—__— — 0 ie [aeees eran (er irish ie In - to thy hand of love I wouldmy all re = sign; Let not my star of hope Grow dim or dis - ap - pear; Each chang-ing fu-turescene I glad - ly trust with thee; Thro’ sor - row, or thro’ joy, Con - duct me _ as _ thine own, Since thou on earth hastwept, And sor - rowed oft a - lone, Straight a my home _ a ~bove I trav - el calm -ly on, And‘ help me still to say, te Lord, i will be noha’ If I must weep withthee, My Lord, thy will be done! sing, in life or death, My Lord, thy will be done! A - men. = 2 et are oats Tihaak Giees Lee THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 223 Come, Thou Fount of Every Blessing Robert Robinson, 1757 NETTLETON. 8s,7s,D. J. Wyeth’s Coll., 1812 pra = Se ee oe eT KD CIO }|—_—,— + — SS ee Z 2 ee SS aE Se a eee 1. Come,thoufount of ev-’ry bless-ing, Tune my heart to sing thy grace; 2. Here I raise my Eb-e- ne - zer;Hith-er by thy help I’m come; sya 6) to grace how great a debt-or Dai - ly I’m con-strainedto be! | RE ees Me dig Ge RS | > C—-—— acer) pA sai 23 2352> i= So = eee a Sc SS. Deve (a RO NEN es ae “LS FTN eS eee Sea eg pee ae Streams of mer- cy mnev-er ceas-ing, Call for songs of loud-est praise: And I hope, by thy good plea-sure, Safe -ly to ar- rive at home: Let that grace,Lord, like a fet- ter, Bind my wan-d’ring heart to thee. —e 3a —_ eo 5s —_a— Teach me some me - lo-dious son-net, Sung by flam -ing tongues a- bove; Je - sus sought me when a _stran- ger, Wan -d’ringfrom the fold of God; Prone to wan-der,Lord,I feel it; Proneto leave the God I love; -@- -&- IN No _@ Meh eels as BE “7 a Zp o—2—* pa Be IE: = Se ee cee i wet cee ee Se Praise the mount,— O fix me on _ it, Mount of God’s un- chang-ing love. He to save my soul from dan-ger,In - ter-posed his pre-cious blood. Here’s my heart; Lord,takeandseal it; Seal it from thy courts a- bove. A-men. THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 224 The King of Love My Shepherd Is H. W. Baker, 1868 CECILIA. 8s, 7s. Irregular J. B. Dykes, 1868 4- er rr a ee 1. The King of love my Shep-herd is, Whose good -ness fail- eth nev - ef; z. Where streamsof liv-ing wa- ter flow My ran-somedsoul he lead - eth, 3. In death’sdark vale I fear no ill With thee, dearLord,be-side me; 4. And so thro’ all the com-ing days, Thy love shall fail me mev -er: o e re a SO Cee tee ae: = tappeotpee = cago Bom ce rae a ae VY ae = ia ial Se Sree ae ee 2 Sisk I noth-ing lack if I am his And he ismine for - ev - er. And,where the ver-dant pas-tures grow, Withfood ce-les- tial feed -eth. Thy rod andstaff my com - fort still, Thy cross be-fore to guideme. Good Shep-herd,may I sing thypraise With-in thy housefor - ev - &t- A-men. ot bl ne - i 225 Jesus, Still Lead On Count Zinzendorf, 1721 Tr. by Jane Borthwick, 1853 HUBERT. P.M. Rev. L. Darwall, 1731-1780 eee ee ee re -@- 1. Je - sus, still lead on, Till our rest be won; And _ al-though the 2. If the way be drear, If the foe be near, Let not faith-less 3. When we seek re - lief From a_ long-felt grief; Whentemp-ta- tions 4. ie - sus, still lead on, Till our rest be won; Heav’nly Lead - er, 2 @ @ a. ce Boe ee ea BN MTA TEL ess ee sve glose aol Ean G4 sss 4S] way be cheer - less, We will fol - low, calm and _ fear - less: fears o’er-take us, Let not faith and hope for- sake us; come al - lur - ing, Make us. pa - tient and en - dur - ing; still di - rect us, Still sup - port, 2 - ee eS - tect oe cee {2 oe ae es Seder Se =e THE CHRISTIAN LIFE us by thy hand through man - ya _ foe, To our home we us that bright shore, Wherewe weep no we safe - ly stand In our Fa - ther . ry se — (rms caer ce SER ear FOTN ARONSON RENE GLE EF am af a ee a 226 Miss C. Elliott, 1871 FLEMING. 8,8, 8,6 Ho - ly Sav -iour! Friend un - 2. What thoughthe world de - ceit - ful prove, 3. Though oft I seem to tread a = lone 4. Thoughfaith and hope are of - ten tried, ware O Holy Saviour! Friend Unseen F. Fleming, 1778-1813 ae ee ee ates 2 o— ; 1.0 Frier Since on thine And earth - ly Life’s drear - y I ask not, me, through-out pa- tient, un - com - life’s in SO of so love, calm, ££ ¢ ght LE = arm thou bidst me Help friendsand hopes re = move? With waste, with thorns o’er = grown, The voice need not, aught be - _ side; So safe, Gwe: -- -f2- -o-° fe (2 —_+5— ae ae a 5a — ao chang - ing By faith to cling to plain - ing love, Still would I cling to gen - tlest tone, Still whis-pers,“‘ Cling to is - fied, The soulthat clings to THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 227 I Live for Those Who Love Me BRADFORD. 7,6, 7, 6, 8, 8,8, 7 G. Linnaeus Banks, 1860 Arr. fr. Haydn, 1732-1809 ee eo ee ese ee ee 1.1 live for those who love me, For those I know are true, — 2.1 live to hail the sea - son, By bards and seers fore - told; 3.1 live for those who love me, For those who know me true, Ste eee l== am eee ee pee neat derma rors ee “e | aes Rae ( =e rd For the heav’nthatsmiles a - bove me, And a-waits my spir-it too; When men shall live by rea - son, And not a-= lone for gold; For the heav’nthatsmiles a - bove me, And a-waits my spir - it too; pales a pipe tht fae me aS SS a a ieseg= -_-—_- §—__@ 0 — @- 4-4 —se@e —e i 3 ovo e— =H — For all hu-man ties that bind me, For the task by God as-signedme, When man to man u-=- nit - ed, And ev - ’ry wrong thing right-ed, For the wrong that needsre - ig - tance, For ERS cause thatlacks as - sis- tance, iS = =e Seats z ess = =] SS ae Se eel eo_@ wa Mr the bright hopesleft be - hind me, Ae good that I can do. The wholeworldshall be light-ed, As E -den was of old. For the fu-ture in the dis-tance, For the good that I can do. A-men. os: 6 P= ood eg iat tet ye py eee THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 228 How Firm a Foundation rye Keith, 1787 PORTUGUESE HYMN. 11s. J. Reading, 1690-1776 acre SSS . How firm a foun-da- tion, ye saints of the Lord, Is laid for your . “Fear not, I am with thee;O be not dis- mayed! Lieere am thy 2 “When thro’ the deep wa - ters’ I call thee to go, Theriv - ers of . * Thesoul that on Je - sushath leanedfor re- pose I will not, I eee eee = ane faith in his ex - cel - i ier at more can he say than to God, and will still give thee aid; I'll strength-en thee yhelp thee, and sor - row Shall not Oo - ver flow; For I will be with thee, thy will not de- 7 to his foes; That soul, though all hell shoulden - ae ——— =e ae is SES ee pene sa a een —— you he hath ae To Se who for ref - ‘2 to Je -sus have cause thee to stand, Up-held by my right-eous,om - nip - o- tent trou-bles to bless, Andsanc - ti - fy to thee thy deep-est dis - deav -or to shake, Ill nev - er, no ney -er, no nev - er for - ea phesee—e = =: ee fled? To you who for ref - uge to Je - sus have fled? hand, Up - held by my right-eous, om - nip - o - tent hand. tress, And sanc- ti - fy to thee thy deep - est dis-tress. sake, Ill ie -er, no nev -er, no nev - er for- sake.” A-men. eg = f= ret rae \ 169 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 229 When Wilt Thou Save the People COMMONWEALTH. 7,6, 7,6, 8, 8, 8,5 Ebenezer Elliott, 1781-1849 Josiah Booth, 1852——— 1. When wilt thou save the peo - ple? O God of mer - cy, when? 2. Shall crimebringcrime for - ev - ef, Strengthaid-ing still the strong? 3. When wilt thou save the peo - ple? O God of mer - cy, when? peat ee tS o- 2 ate i S—eer Not kings and lords, but na - tions! Notthrones andcrowns,but men! Is it thy will, O Fa- ther, That man _ shall toil for wrong? The peo- ple, Lord, the peo - ple, Not thrones andcrowns, but men! Flowers of thyheart,O God, are they; Let them not pass,like weeds, a - way, “No,” say thy mountains; “ No,” thy skies; Man’sclouded sun shall bright-ly rise, God save the peo-ple; thine they are, Thy chil-dren, as thy an-gels fair; Lee aaia a Sia o- oa Their her-i-tage a sun-less day, God savethe peo-ple! And songs be heard in - stead of _sighs;God save the peo-ple! From vice, op-pres-sion, and de - spair, God save the peo-ple! A-men. t= a oheg-o 170 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 230 #£Thro’ the Love of God Our Saviour AR HYD Y NOS. 8,4,8,4, 8, 8, 8,4 (WELSH HYMN) ~~ Welsh Traditional Melody | Mary Peters, 1847 E. Jones’s Relics of the Welsh Bards, 1784 the love of God our Sav-iour, All will be well; 2. Tho? we pass thro’ trib - u - la- tion, All will be _ well; 3. We ex - pect a bright to - mor-row; All will be _ well; : | x Ps | | | o-__¢ _» ——-*_¢. ee ee ee OTT Free and change-less_ is His fa - vor, Ours is such a full sal - va - tion, Faith can sing thro’ days of sor - row, == a ee ee Oe ge poe pet ra es oa me oe ame oe? Pre-cious is the bloodthatheal’d us; Per-fect is the grace thatseal’d us; Ha - py, still in God con-fid -ing; Fruit-ful, if in Christ a - bid - ing, On our Fa-ther’s love re - ly - ing, Je - sus ev-’ry need sup-ply_-ing, taf eed eer es 3 ie fs: =| ot can es —— oe ate Strong the handstretch’dout to shield us; All must be well. Ho - ly, thro? the Spir - it’s guid-ing; All must be well. Or in liv - ing or in dy -ing, All must be well. A-men. 171 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 231 In Heavenly Love Abiding Anna L. Waring, 1820-1910 7,6, 7, 6, 81. Felix Mendelssohn, 1809-1847 1. In heav’n-ly love a-bid - ing, No change my heart shall fear, And 2. Wher-ev - er he mayguide me, No want shall turn me back; My | 3. Green pas-tures are be-fore me, Whichyet I have not seen; Bright --e 7 p ale CT OE DW GEL “See GL” ERT ip 1a SE Si rare ; Te Ak ea | | eek safe is such con-fid - ing, For noth-ing chang- es here. The Shep-herd is be-side me, And noth-ing can I lack. His skies will soon be o’er me, Wherethe darkcloudshave been» My The storm may His wis -dom My life I storm may roar with - out me, My heart may low be laid; wis - dom ev - er wak -_ eth, His sight is nev- er dim; life I can-not mea - _ sure, The path of life is free; TOAL eater tel? with e« out me, ev - - - - er wak - eth, can - - = not mea = sure, af ~ a a LF £e- 2° 2 -@- -9- po ee ee : = re eee cs| eo C4 aE Sy IEC, The storm may roar with-out me, His wis = dom ev - er wak -eth, My life I can - not mea ~sure, } cres aS fa 9 —@ ra e923 Z But God is round a-bout me And can I _ be dis-mayed; But He knows the way he tak - eth, And I will walk with him; He My Sav-iour has mytrea - sure, And he will walk with me; My | & - ri ee a ee a —~—j— —— SS ea But God is round a-= bout... . c me, But God is round a - He knows the way he _ tak - - - - eth, He knows the way he My Sav-iour has my trea - - -= sure, My Sav-iour has my THE CHRISTIAN LIFE And can I be dis-mayed? An i with him. with me. p mn Ce 2 SS SF God is round a - bout me, And can I be dis-mayed? knowsthe way he tak- eth, And I will walk with him. al iour has = trea- ae. And he will walk with me. A-men. _ ~~ = P a < as Z See ee —S- Pa bout me, And can dis-mayed? tak - = - - eth, And will ie with him. trea - - - - sure, And te will walk with me. 232 O Love That Wilt Not Let Me Go G. Matheson, 1882 ST. MARGARET. 8, 8, 8, 8,6 A. L. Peace, 1885 Love that wilt not let me_ go, I rest my Light that fol - lowest all my way, I yield my Joy that seek- est me through pain, I can = not Cross that lift - est up my _ head, I dare not gaa -9-° = de -9- ad * at : Py) — 15 RUS ee eres === = ae zeae =a -&- wea -ry soul in thee; I give ae ai the life owe, That flick-’ring torch to thee; Myheart re-stores its peta ray, That close my heart to. thee; I trace the rain- bow thro’ the rain, And ask to fly from ae I lay in dust life’s glo-ry dead, And pee Se 2a ee ee eee PSS ee -in thine o -ceandepthsits eS ae rich- er, full - er be. in thy sunshine’sblaze its day May bright-er, fair - er be. feel the prom-ise is mnotvain Thatmornshall tear-less be. from the ground there blossoms red Life that shall end- less. be. ea men. - ee 2D betel oo Sa A THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 233 Jesus, Lover of My Soul Charles Wesley, 1740 REFUGE. 7s,D. J. P. Holbrook, 1864, by per. 1. Je - sus, lov - er of my soul, Let me to thy bo-som fly, 2. Oth - er ref - uge have I none; MHangsmy help-lesssoul on thee; 3. Thou, O Christ, art all I want; Morethan all in thee I find; 4, Plen-teousgrace with thee is found, Graceto cov-er all my sin; Sgt Ste SSS SS While the near - er wa-ters roll, While the tem - pest still is high; Leave, ah! leave me not a- lone, Still sup -port and com-fort me! Raise the fall - en, cheerthe faint, Heal the sick, and lead the blind. Let the heal - ing streamsa-bound, Makeand keep me _ purewith-in. Hide me, O my Sav-iour, hide, Till the storm of life is past; | All my trust on thee is stayed, All my help from thee I bring; Just and ho- ly is thy Name; I am all un - right - eous-ness; Thou of Life the foun - tain 7 Free-ly let me take of Sia 3,55 === EES ra =o Seas eee: aigddie = Bee Safe in-to the ha-ven re O re- ceive ar soul at aot Cov - er my de-fense-lesshead With the shad-ow of thy wing. Vile andfull of sin I am, Thou art full of truth and grace. Spring thouup with-in my heart, Rise to all e - ter - ni - ty. A-men. o —@- -g- 3 -@- | : @_- oe, o— THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 233 MARTYN. 7s. D. S. B. Marsh, 1798-1834 (SECOND TUNE) po Ser at Saas pet Seaton Posse Pens SORISNDsReka ear ee = aS — 1. Je - sus, lov - er. of my soul, Let me to thy While the near - er wa - ters roll, While the tem - pest D.C. Safe in - to the ha - ven guide, O re - ceive my bo - som fly, ae me, O my Sav - iour still is high; Till the storm of life ‘is soul at last. 234 Cast Thy Burden on the Lord George Rawson, 1857 SEYMOUR. 7s. C. M. von Weber, 1786-1826 1. Cast thy bur-den on the Lord; Lean thou on -ly on _ his word; 2.Ev - er in the rag-ing storm, Thou shalt see his cheer -ing form, 3. Cast thy bur-den at his feet; Lin - ger near his mer -cy - seat: 4. He will gird thee by his pow’r, In the _ wea - ry, faint -ing hour; ASPs Ev - er will he be thy stay, Tho’ the heav’nsshall melt a- way. Hear hispledgeof com-ing aid: “It is IT; be not a-fraid.” He willlead thee by the hand Gen-tly to the bet-ter land. Lean,then,lov-ing on his word; Cast thy bur - den on theLord. A-men. THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 235 God Be With You Till We Meet J. E. Rankin, 1879 GOD BE WITH YOU. P.M. W. G. Tomer, 1879 2S Se ae ee 1. God be with you till we meet a - gain!—By his coun-sels guide, up - 2. God be with you till we meet a - gain !— ’Neath his wings pro - tect- ing 3. God be with you till we meet a - gain!— Whenlife’s per-ils thick con - 4. God be with you till we meet a - gain!— Keep love’sban-ner float-ing ee ___——_,_9-—_ 9 —_9—__9—__9 —@ —_#°—0——_;4—_s— «= — ye (ee eas : ss hold you, With his sheep se-cure -ly fold you; God _ be hide you, Dai - ly man- na _ still pro-vide you; God be found you, Put his arms un - fail - ing round you; God be o'er you, Smite death’sthreat’ning wave be-fore you; God be -@- = CE PUNE STE E. i ye ~~ CHORUS | with you till wemeet a-gain! Till we meet! Till we meet! Till wemeet! Till wemeet a = gain! 2. @. oN 2... @ @ @ @. ini eraen te and aaa @ oe ee 2 = a ay ee a ———e See Till wemeet at Je - sus’ feet; Till we meet! Till we meet! Till we meet! THE CHRISTIAN LIFE feN . —— a - es 2 Ns Eo ; fa aus Bas ede ‘ A ee a Till we meet! God bewith you till wemeet a - gain! A -men. Till wemeet a - gain! . ~o @ @ OE rca mae Re PNY Mies ie ae hs ae eo se ee eee ee 236 Rock of Ages, Cleft for Me A. M. Toplady, 1776 TOPLADY. 7s, 6l. Dr. Thos. Hastings, 1784-1873 =Seie ses == SiS SS ey 1. Rock of A- ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my- self in thee; 2. Not the la- bors of myhands Can ful-fill thy law’s de-mands; 3. Noth-ing in my hand I bring, Sim - ply to thy cross I cling; 4, While I draw this fleet- ing breath, Whenmineeye - lids close in death, Let the wa - ter and the blood, From thy side, a _ heal - ing flood, Couldmy zeal mno_ res -pite know, Could my tears for - ev - er flow, Na -ked,come to thee for dress; Help -less,look to thee forgrace; When I rise to worlds un-known, See thee on thy judg-mentthrone,— eS ea hae ed Ins eT ea Ys “eg See ieeaieeae ee =e SSS Seal Be of sin the dou-ble cure, Save from wrath andmakeme pure. All for sin could not a-tone; Thoumustsave,and thou a - lone. Vile, I to the foun-tainfly, Washme,Sav-iour, or I die. Rock of a- ges, cleft for me, Let mehide my-self in thee. A-men. THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 237 My God, My Father, While I Stray Charlotte Elliott, 1834 HANFORD. 8,8,8,4 Arthur S. Sullivan, 1874 . My God,my Fa - ther,while I stray Far from my home, on life’srough way, . Tho’ dark my path, and sad my lot, Let me be still and mur-mur not, . What tho’ in lone - ly grief I sigh Forfriendsbe-loved no lon-=ger nigh: . Tho’ thouhastcall’d me to re-sign Whatmost I prize,—it ne’er was mine: . Re - new my will from day to day; Blend it withthine,and take a - way -O- -@- -6-° -@- -f@. . yee OO Oe ea OS Pa = 2S eS Se 5 ~e |__& | __ re oes reesei 4 es ane O a4) oe o- be a ® WwW DH = teach me from my heart to say, “Thy will done!’ Or breathe the pray’r di - vine - ly taught,“Thy will be done!” Sub -mis -sive still would I te - ply, **Thy will be done!” I on - ly yield thee what is thine; “Thy will be done!” All that nowmakes it hard to say, “Thy will be done!” A-men. : oh = es es ee Se 238 Jesus, Saviour, Pilot Me E. Hopper, 1871 PILOT. 7s, 6l. J. E. Gould, 1871 es lbaeets 2p Pisce ~ Slide ee “a eae Peet . a aE 1. Je - sus, Sav-iour, pi - lot me O - ver life’s tem-pest-uous sea; 2. As a moth-er stills her child, Thoucansthush the o -ceanwild; 3. When at last I near theshore, And the fear - ful break-ers roar Os. Names 2 Un - known waves be-fore me __ roll, Hid - ing rock andtreach’rous shoal; Boist-’rous waves o-bey thy will Whenthousay’st to them,“Be still.’’ *Twixt meand_ the peace-ful rest, Then, whilelean-ing on thy breast, eee ee eae e EE ES oe ==. = = — ad re ~ s.r ene! 178 THE CHRISTIAN LIFE Chart and com-pass camefromthee: Je- sus,Sav - iour, pi - lot me. Wondrous Sov’reignof the sea, Je - sus,Sav - iour, pi - lot me. May I hearthee say to me, “Fearnot, I will pi -lot thee.’ A-men. ae ee a 239 Sun of My Soul, Thou Saviour Dear HURSLEY. L.M. J. Keble, 1820 P. Ritter, 1792. Arr. by W. H. Monk, 1861 Uo ea See eon ep pe RM pe De ee I Sa a a= = 1. Sun of my soul, thou Sav - iour dear, It is not 2.A - bide with me from morn till eve, For with - out 3. If some poor wan- d’ring child of thine Have spurn’d to - 4. Come near and bless’ us when we wake, Ere thro’ the on -o- ite ete red ares put Oré Wem AER EA, WS oa Ss —= =e Sea = thou be _—si near; Oh, may no earth - born can - not live; A - bide with me when voice di - vine, Now, Lord, the gra - cious way we take, Till in the o> =, | cean -- -2- -O-« -@- -4- os -2- ae Ya eA iiteae SEE TEA eM S08 MOROTER TI ee eee ae uaa mena Skea demaneae SSS aed To hide thee from thy _ ser - vant’s eyes. For with- out thee I dare not die. Let him no more lie down in sin. We lose. our - selves in heav’n a - bove. A - men. (a. -6-° THE CHRISTIAN LIFE 240 Rise, My Soul, and Stretch Thy Wings AMSTERDAM. 7s, 6s, D. Robert Seagrave, 1742 Dr. James Nares, 1715-1783 Jeaser ie SeES= see er cs 1. Rise, my soul, and stretch thy wings, Thy bet - ter por- tion trace; 2. Riv- ers to the o-cean run, Nor stay in all their course; 3. Cease, ye pil - grims,cease to mourn;Press on-ward to the prize; Rise from tran - si - to - ry things T’wardheav’n,thy na - tive place; Fire, as - cend-ing, seeks the sun; Both speed them to _ their source: Soon our Sav -iour will re - turn, Tri - um~ phant in the _ skies; Sun and moon and stars de-cay;Time shallsoon this earth re -move; So a soul that’s born of God Pants to view his glo - rious face, a sea - son, and youknow Hap - py en-trance will be given, | ¢—_*-_¢ —-— decom Sh fee Bath Cw) Sona" Laas = Ewer toeee 9 ——_2——_o—— Pa a Let rr Ree eee ie eS Rise, my soul,and haste a- way To seats pre-pared a - bove. Up-wardtends to his a- bode, To rest in his em-brace. All our sor-rows left be - low, Andearth ex-changedforheaven. A-men. -S- S355! nn — mel THE CHURCH 241 Glorious Things of Thee are Spoken J. Newton, 1779 AUSTRIA. 38s, 7s, 81. F. J. Haydn, 1797 1. Glo-riousthings of thee are spo-ken, Zi - on, cit -y of our God; 2. See, thestreamsof liv- ing wa-ters Spring-ing from e- ter - nal love, 3. Round eachhab - i - ta - tion hov-ring, See the cloudand fire ap - pear 4. Blest in- hab -i-tants of Zi - on, biberasty in the Re-deem-er’s blood! sae He ee fe He whosewordcan-not be bro-ken, Form’dthee for his own a - bode; Well sup-ply thy sons and daughters, And all fear of want re -move. For a glo-ry and a cov’ring, Show - ing that the Lord is near; Je - sus,whomtheir souls re - ly on, Makes themkingsandprieststo God. e - -o- -@ -@- - = SSS Se SaaS On the os hi A - ges fee. What canshake thy sure re- pose? Who can faint,whilesuch a_riv -er Ev - er flows their thirst t’ as-suage, Thus de - riv-ing fromtheir ban-ner, Light by night, and shade by day, ‘Tis his love his peo-ple_ rais-es O - ver self to reign as kings: CFF RESIS y “Sa +, — — == ee eat erga —_—s a een ane ee yd al al — Bi Lee ars researc ers oe ae = With sal-va-tion’s walls oe Thou may’st oe at all thy foes. Grace which, like the Lord, the giv - er, Nev- er fails from age to age. Safe theyfeed up-on theman-na Whichhe gives them when they pray. And ___ aspriests,his a, a prais-es Each for a thank- of-f’ring ai oe . : ai sal aes -o- = eee AER RS ey THE CHURCH 242 O Where are Kings and Empires Now Arthur Cleveland Coxe, 1838 ST. ANN’S. aS M. Dr. Wm. Croft, 1697-1727 lo ‘oo a ig Ae Ed ae a ae PAS. Se A AM EP —s 3 ae 1.O where are kings and em-pires now Of old that went and came? 2. Wemark her good-ly bat- tle-ments, And her foun - da-tions strong; 3. For not like king-doms of the world Thy ho - ly church,O God! 4. Un-shak - en as e-ter- nal hills, Im - mov-a - ble she stands, Sou fe fe! al a Po ne 2a eS ee But, Lord, thy church is pray-ing yet, A thousand yearsthe same. We hear with-in the sol- emn voice Of her un-end - ing song. Tho’ earthquake shocks are threat’ning her, And tem-pestsare a- broad. ‘A moun-tain that shall fill the earth, A housenot made er A-men. Tacomas) a Co Weer a) 1 gh ty —r SS ee See 243 Triumphant Zion! Lift Thy Head Philip Doddridge, 1775 ANVERN. L.M. Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 1. Tri-umph-ant Zi - on! lift thy head From dust and dark - ness 2. Put all thy beau-teous gar-ments on, And let thine ex - cel - 3. No more shall foes un-clean in-vade, And fill thy hal - lowed 4. God from on high has heard thy pray’r; His hand thy fru - ins ¥ OVER oad a We ca —j— eran “RA G3 Se ee 2 ee ee is as! and the dead; Tho’ hum-bled long, a- wake at length, And gird thee lence be known; Deck’d in the robes of right-eous-ness, The world thy walls withdread; No more shall hell’s in - sult-ing host Their vic - t’ry ' Shall re - pair; Nor will thy watch-ful mon-arch cease To guard thee THE CHURCH rit. peaey? Bea Bal iy PI a pag fg YS with thy Sav - iour’sstrength,And gird thee with thy Sav - iour’s strength. glo-riesshall con -fess, Theworldthy glo-ries shall con - fess. and thy sor - rows boast, Theirvic-t’ry and thy sor - rows boast. in e-ter- nal peace, To guardthee in e-ter-nal peace. A-men. aN 2. -@- .-@-) -@:) bh “ -e- o- -B- uiRy ie. i So an Se eee Fray wt we 244 The Church’s One Foundation Samuel J. Stone, 1865 AURELIA. 7s, 6s, D. Dr. S. S. Wesley, 1810-1876 eekeeb —= o—_o—e peal ia or -¢—s — os a 1. The Church-’s one foun-da - tion Is Je - sus Christ her Lord; 2. Thoughwith a _scorn-ful won-der, Men see her sore. op- prest, 3. "Mid toil and trib - u - la - tion, And tu- mult of her war, ee e—_#@ 5 SSS a | She is his new cre -a - tion By wa - ter and _ the word. By schi-sms rent a- sun - der, By her - e - sies_ dis-trest: She waits the con-sum-ma - tion Of peace for ev - er-more; == SS eae ss oe arn ne Apt ‘Suan ae rie fet ee ete ee as ——— px el o—_@-——__- sl From heav’n he came .and sought her To be his ho - ly Bride; Yet saints their watch are keep - ing, Theircry goes up “How long?” Till with the vi - sion glo - rious Her long - ing eyes are blest, With his own blood he bought her, And for her life he died. And soon the night of weep-ing Shall be the morn of song. And the greatchurchvic - to - rious, Shall be thechurch at rest. A-men. | if el LA SS aren (PET raise ie aa Md em ca ae a 4 Ca Lamy? a (eS LEG El” ’ SE i Sea 20) 2.05 et 0 a Be ee Gee ° = 183 @- THE CHURCH 245 On the Mountain’s Top Appearing Thomas Kelly, 1804 ZION. 8s, 7s, 4s, 7s. Dr. Thos. Hastings, 1784-1872 O48 shoot — fa a. —§ ——- | 1. On the moun-tain’stop ap-pear-ing, Lo! the sa-cred her - ald stands, 2. Has thy night been long and mourn-ful? Have thy friends un-faith-ful prov’d? 3. God, thy God, will now re-store thee; He him-self ap-pears thy Friend; 4. En - e-mies no moreshalltrou- ble, All thywrongsshallbe re- dress’d; @.- @ -@. _f2 « #- -—@.+ -@. fey rane Saal bb a Pal ne BC 7 AR ee . om ky »—_p— All thy foes shall flee be-fore thee; Here their boasts and tri- umphs end: For thyshamethou shalt have dou - ble; In the Ma-ker’s fa - vor bless’d; _@ @ @ ff 2.9 | ee ot: == a eee Fae 6 ° —— ae, = Mourn -ing cap - tive, God _ him - self will loose thy bands, Cease thy mourn- ing; Zi - on _ still is well be - lov’d, Wel-comenews to Zi- on bear -ing, Zi - on, long in hos - tile lands; Have thy foes been proud and scorn-ful, By thy sighs andtears un -mov’d? Great de- liv - ’rance Zi - on’s King will sure - ly send, All thy con - flicts End in ev - er - last - ing rest, Mourn-ing cap - tive, God him-self will loose thy bands. Cease thy mourn-ing; Zi - on still is well be - loved. Great de - liv -’rance Zi - on’s King will sure - ly send. All thy con-flics End in ev - er - last - ing rest. A-men. THE CHURCH 246 Zion Stands with Hills Surrounded Thomas Kelly, 1806 me 8s, 7s, 4s, 7s. Dr. ie Hastings, 1784~1873 = Sma te, eee =a SSS . Zi - onstands with hills sur-round -ed — ff - on, kept by pow’r di - vine; Z Ev -’ry hu- man tie may per - ish; Friend to friend un-faith- ful prove; 3. In the fur- nace God may prove thee, Thence to bring thee forth more bright, Se eee Baha ss SSS All herfoes shall be con-found-ed, Tho’ theworld in arms com- bine: Moth-erscease their own to cher-ish; Heav’nandearth at last re- move; But can nev - er cease to love thee:Thou art pre-cious in his sight: Hap - py Zi =- on, What a fa - vor’d lot is thine! But no chang - es Can at - tend Je - ho - vah’s love; God is with thee,— God thine ev - er = last - ing light; so eon See. sd ity Bl pes bh Aa Nr ee Se ees a fa - vor’d lot is thine. But no chan- ges Can at~-tend Je- ho = vah’s love. with thee,—God, thine ev - er-last - ing light. A - men. THE CHURCH 247 I Love Thy Kingdom, Lord Timothy Dwight, 1800 ST. THOMAS. S.M. G. F. Handel, 1685-1759 SSS love thy king - dom, Lord, The house of thine a - bode, * For her my tears. shall fall; For her my pray’rs as - cend; 3. Be - yond my high -est joy I prize her heav’n-ly ways, 4. Sure as oar sti! truth nl last, To Zi - on shall be giv’n aaa ea The church our blest Re-deem-er saved With ee own pre-cious blood. To her mycaresand toils be giv’n, Till toils and cares shall end. Her sweetcom-mun-ion, sol-emmn vows, Her hymns of love and praise. The a Om glo -ries earth can yield, Andbright-er bliss of heav’n. A-men. 248 Christ is Made the Sure Foundation CANTERBURY. 8s, 7s, 61. Latin, i cent. tr. J. M. a Bo alt. H. J. Gauntlett, 1805-1876 bt 1. Christ i made the sure tas tion, Christ the head and cor -ner- stone, 2. To this tem-ple,where we call thee,Come, O Lord of hosts,to - day: 3. Herevouch-safe to all thy ser-vants What they ask of thee ’to gain, 4, Laud and hon-or to the Fa-ther,Laud and hon-or to the Son, Chos-en of the Lord, and pre-cious, Bind-ing all the churchin one; With thy wont-ed lov - ing-kind-ness Hear thy peo- ple as they pray; What they gain from thee for-ev - er se the bless- ed to re - tain, Laud and hon-or to theSpir-it, Ev - er Threeand ev- er One, THE CHURCH —isyg-s te es = ae ee so-peter ae er eee Ho-ly Zi-on’s help for-ev-er, And her con - fi-dence a -lone. And thy full-est ben-e- dic-tion Shedwith-in’ its walls al - way. Andhere-af-ter in thy glo-ry Ev - er-more withthee to reign. One inmight,and One in glo-ry, Whileun-end-ing a-ges run. A-men. 249 Faith of Our Fathers, Living Still F. W. Faber, 1814-1863 ST. CATHERINE. L.M., 61. H. F. Hemy, 1865 Se eae eee ae 1. Faith of our’ fa - thers, liv - ing still, In spite of dun - geon, 2. Faith of our fa - thers,faith andpray’r Have kept our coun - try 3. Faith of our fa - thers, we will love Bothfriend and foe in Goa: i? -@- e and sword, Oh, how our hearts beat high with joy, and free; And thro’ the truth that comes from God, our strife; And preach thee, too, as love knows how, Ss = ee ee aaa fea aE er a ; —|——_]_ mos EY cee PRE “Ramer === AEDS | br ar ee eo —% -o- * r [ When-e’er we hear that glo - riousword— Faith of our fa - thers, Her chil-dren have true lib - er - ty! Faith of our fa - thers, By kind - ly words and vir - tuous life. Fait of our fa - thers, Ho - ly faith, We will be true’ to thee till death. A - men. THE ORDINANCES 250 O Thou Who in Jordan Didst Bow George W. Bethune, 1857 GOSHEN. IIs. German LO who in Jor - dan didst bow thy meek head, 2. Thy foot - steps we fol - low, to bow in the tide, 3. O Je - sus, our Sav - iour, O Je - sus, our Lord, 4. Till, crown’d with thy glo - ry, and wav - ing the palm, J ray @ -f2. oe @ 2. oa @ -€. i a: -O- a ‘J cone P eo {Bhi ad @ , ?whelmedin our sor - row, didst sink to the dead, Andarebur - ied with thee in . the death thou hast died; Bythe life of thy pas - sion, the grace of thy word, Our gar - ments all white from the blood of the Lamb, Then rose from the dark - ness. to glo =" Ty a ~ bove, Then wake in thy like - ness to walk in the way Ac - cept us, re - deem us, dwell ev - er with- in, We join the bright mil - lions of saints gone be - fore, claimedfor thy cho - sen the king - dom of love — That bright-ens and bright-ens to shad - ow-less day. To keep, by thy Spir - it, our spir - its from sin. And bless thee, and won - der, and praise ev - er -more. A - men, mes -0- THE ORDINANCES 251 O, Happy Day, That Fixed My Choice Philip Doddridge, 1755 HAPPY DAY. L.M. E. F. Rimbault, 1816-1876 1.0, hap-py day, that fixed mychoice On thee, my Sav-iour and my God! 2. ’Tis done—the great trans-ac-tion’sdone; I am myLord’s,and he is mine; 3. Now rest, my long - di- vid- ed heart, Fixedon this bliss-ful cen-ter, rest; 4. High heav’n thathearsthe sol-emn vow, Thatvow re-newed shalldai- ly hear; Well may this glow ~ing heart re-joice, And tell its rap-tures all a-broad. He drew me, and I _ fol-lowed on, Re-joiced to own the call di- vine. Here have I found a no-bler part, Hereheavy’nly pleas-ures fill my breast. Till in life’slat- est hour I bow, Andbless indeath a bond so dear. _ flee? SAU eee ea _ 7 @ 6. 2 @& # pp. a Shee Se == =| CHORUS : ce le A dM at SSeS ee ee ee SS fie neneveionnanienel ° . Hap - py day, hap - py day, When Je - suswashed my sins a - way! wll ; f 2 FF @ -5.-, 2. -9- é | ee ee oe ee a Som DES aie wate? cans 4 ahaa a : — —j—« teen ate te SSS == ee ee He taughtme how to watchand pray, And live re-joic - ing ev-’ry day; ¢-$—8—8-- 3-8 6 8 Sess eee (OER aS == : Saenoee ete eee =| "7 act 1 basa Eee vans ka moe am ee Baa a Se NN hb . o- pees se ee -@. -@- . Or pp. ia pee =a L=Al a pe o—}+—_ t+ — Ht ian aro C2 EE CMS EWA TA AT A 189. THE ORDINANCES . 252 Come, Holy Spirit, Dove Divine Adoniram Judson, 1788-1850 ERNAN. L.M. Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 Sof eee pi. jt eiag t aorg ge eee = eee es 1. Come, Ho - ly Spir - it, Dove Di - vine, On these bap - 2. We love thy name, we love _ thy laws, And joy - ful - 3. We sink be - neath thy mys - tic flood; O bathe us 4. And as we rise, with thee to live, O let the tis - mal wa - ters shine, And teach our hearts, in high - est strain, ly em - brace thy cause; We love thy cross, the shame,the pain, i thy cleans-ing blood; We die to sin, and seek a grave, o - ly Spir - it give The seal-ing unc-tion from a - bove, \Te- -6- -@--0- si po 8 Pi IT £ MEAN Gor RT ee oe eo —= | a) RA To praise the Lamb, for sin - ners slain. O Lamb of God, for sin - mers slain. With thee, be - neath the yield - ing wave. The breath of life, the fire of love. A- men. 253 +Bread of Heaven, on Thee We Feed Josiah Conder, 1824 HOLLEY. 7s. G. Hews, 1806-1873 a ee Seem sala MER Loe Se —= es is Gade ree Sor eieeee — 95 aoe a “E51 =n —Z — J _— 1. Bread of heav’njon thee we feed, For thy flesh is meat in - deed: 2. Vine of heav’n,thy blood sup - plies This blest cup of sac -ri - fice: 3. Day by day, with strengthsupplied Thro’the life of him who died, THE ORDINANCES ‘a ve VY teed | | acer 8, ee | 4 A} (eT Be ad cas P| ee few sil tet S| bal eee RR aes Cty 7 o&—» 1-4 = e—e — SS SS ee | ei WS EEee ES Ev -er let our souls be fed Withthis true and liv -ing bread. Lord,thy wounds our heal-ing give, To thy cross we look and live. Lord of life, O let us be _ Root-ed, graft-ed, built in thee! A-men. —~ mcd DOXOLOGY Sing we to our God above Praise eternal as his love; Praise him, all ye heavenly host, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. 254 Bread of the World, in Mercy Broken R. cima 1826 EUCHARIST. Qs, 8s. J. S. B. Hodges, 1869 SS SSS eS Seer aoa hig. ee eae, fF. + aie eee ee ee 257 Till He Come, O Let the Words Edward H. Bickersteth, 1866 ROSEFIELD. 7s,6l1. Dr. C. H. A, Malan, 1787-1864 inal ee So eee eae Sera ee ee ee =——— 1. “Till he come,”O let the words Lin - ger on the trem-bling chords; 2. Cloudsand con-flictsround us press; Would we have one sor- row less? 3. See, the feast of love is spread: Drink the wine, and break the bread; eee tea esse [SSS 3S SSS = teen Bn Oe ea Let the lit - tle while be- tween In their gold-en light be seen; All the sharp-ness of the cross, All that tells the world is loss; Sweet me - mo-rials,—till the Lord Call us round his heav’n-ly board; eee eae Sth Tete” o— CaaS SS Se A RR A A a ON ET a fh em an as Soe. —— f- Let us think howheav’nandhome Lie be-yond that‘ Till he come.” Death and dark-ness and the tomb On- ly whis - per, “Till he come.” Some from earth,from glo - ry some: Sev-er’d on-ly ‘Till he come.” A-men. oh eee eee — =f @ SS eed 193 MISSIONS 258 Fling Out the Banner! Let It Float George W. Doane, 1848 DOANE. L.M. J. B. Calkin, 1872 1. Fling out the ban-ner! Let’ it float Sky-wardand sea-ward,high and wide; 2. Fling out the ban-ner! An-~gelsbend In anx-ious si-lenceo’er the sign, 3. Fling out the ban-ner! Hea-then lands Shallseefrom far the glo-rious sight; 4. Fling out the ban-ner! Let it float Sky-wardand sea-ward,high and wide; BH +- -@-- -@. -@- il =o SS Genc: ae — oo — es —%S—e—e : @o—Letet oe te | kg | The sun shalllightits shin-ing folds, The cross on which the Sav -iour died. And vain-ly seek to com-pre-hend The won-der of thelove di-vine. And na-tions,gath’ring at thecall, Theirspir-its kin-dle in its light. Our glo-ry on - ly in thecross,Our on-ly hope the Cru - ci- fied. A-men. 259 Thou, Whose Almighty Word John Marriott, 1813 ITALIAN HYMN. 6,6,4,6,6,6,4 F. Giardini, 1716-1796 1. Thou, whose al - might - y word Cha -os and dark - ness heard, 2. Spir - it of truth and love, Life -giv - ing, Ho - ly Dove, 3. Bless- ed and Ho - ly Three, Glo - ri- ous Trin - i - ty, And took their flight, Hear us, we hum-bly pray; And wherethe gos- pel’s day Speed forth thy flight: Moveo’er the wa-ter’sface, Bear-ing the lamp of grace; Truth,Love and Might! Boundless as o-cean’stide, Roll-ing in full - estpride, | 5 ee gt 194 MISSIONS Sheds not its glo - rious ray, Let there’ be light! And, in earth’s dark - est place, Let there be light! Thro’ the world, far and wide, Let there be light! A - men. 260 #£jJesus Shall Reign Where’er the Sun Isaac Watts, 1719 DUKE STREET. L.M. John Hatton, 1790 : ee ee ee af 3 — 2 a as = F 1. ib - sus shall reign wher - e’er the sun Does his. suc - 2.To him shall end - less. pray’r be made, And_- end -less 3. Peo - ple and realms of ev - ’ry tongue Dwell on his 4. Let ev- ry crea - o rise and ie Pe - cu - liar ces - sive jour-neys run; His king-dom spreadfrom shore to _ shore, prais - es crownhis head; His namelike sweet per - fume shall rise love with sweet-est song, And in-fant voic - es shall pro - claim hon - ors’ to our King; An - gels de - scend with songs a - gain, SSS Se Till moons shall wa and wane more. With ev - ‘ry mom -_ ing sac - fi - fice. Their ear - ly bless - ings on his name. And earth re - peat the loud A - men. A - men. MISSIONS 261 We've a Story to Tell Colin Sterne, 1896 MESSAGE. 10,8,8,7,7. With Refrain 4H. E. Nichol, 1896 VOICES IN UNISON as me 5 I ta 1. We’ve a_ sto - ry to. tell to the na -_ tions, That shall 2. We’ve a_ song to be sung to the na - tions, That shall 3. We’ve a mes- sage to give to the na - tions, That the 4. We’ve a Sav -iour to show to the na -. tions, Who the turn their hearts to the right; A sto -ry of truth and sweet - ness, lift their hearts to the Lord; A song that shall con- quer e - vil Lord who reign-eth a -bove, Hathsent us his Son to save us, path of sor - row has trod, That all of the world’sgreat peo - ples ) i ee (SSS Se eee: = Se Sea aR ere ae A sto- ry of peace and light, A sto - ry of peace and light. And shat-ter the spear and sword, And shat-ter thespear and sword. And show us that God is _ love, And show us that God is love. Mightcome to the truth of God, Mightcome to the truth of God! F le - - - t Hp ; OL A MNTEDT ESATA LAT SP NOSMITET BD pose eee = See =_| Maal eS on ae REFRAIN MISSIONS -&- Afid Christ’s great king-dom shall come on earth, The king-dom of love and light. A-men. 262 Christ for the World We Sing S. Wolcott, 1813-1886 CUTTING. 6,6,4,6,6,6,4. W.F. Sherwin, 1826-1887 SESE ESE Se =e SS —_——_~—_ o—__ | _a—___ 4 1. Christ ad ine world we sing; The ante aes we bring, 2. Christ for the world we sing; The world Hi Christ we bring, 3. Christ for the world we sing; The world to Christ we bring, 4. Christ for ing; The world to Christ we bring, ama Seed BOR ee eee é a ea Sa SS ee eee fae V = s_| ° With lov-ing zeal; The poor, and them thatmourn, The faint and With fer-vent prayer; The way-ward and the lost, By rest- less With one ac- cord; With us the work to share, With us _ re = With joy - ful song; The new-born souls,whose days, Re - claimed from fe Ce, =E Se ee —— (ee! EL = te pee —— ee ee © - ver-borne, Sin-sick and sor -row-worn, Whom Christ doth heal. pas - sion tossed,Re-deemed,at count-less cost, From dark de-spair. proach to dare, With us thecross to bear, For Christ our Lord. er - ror’sways, In-spired with hope and praise,To Christ be- long. A-men. MISSIONS 263 Watchman! Tell Us of the Night WATCHMAN! TELL US. 7s,D. Sir John Bowring, 1823 Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 1. Watch-man! tell us of the night, What its signs of prom-ise are. 2. Watch-man! tell us of the night; High -er yet that star as-cends. 3. Watch-man! tell us of the night, For the morn-ing seems to dawn. o- -o | vo | Trav -’ler! o’er yon mountain’sheight,See that glo - ry-beam-ing star. Watch-man! Trav ~ ler! bless-ed-ness and light; Peace and truth,its course por-tends.Watch-man! Trav - ler! dark-ness takes its flight; Doubt and ter - ror are with-drawn. Watch-man! does its beau-teous ray Aught of joy or hope fore- tell? Trav - ’ler! will its beams a-lone Gild the spot that gave them birth? Trav - ’ler! let thy wan-d’ringscease, Hie thee to thy qui - et home. Trav - ler! imi. yes; it brings the day, Prom-is’d day of Is - ra = el. a - ges are its own; See, it bursts o’er all the earth. lof the Prince of peace, Lo! the Son of God is come. A-men. MISSIONS 264 O Zion, Haste, Thy Mission High Fulfilling TIDINGS. 11s,10s. With Refrain Mary A. Thompson, 1870 J. Walch, 1876 f) oa en sen ace 5 Pe A WR od WL 8 (5 a ee a Kan: amma ‘sew “ele ew =_— a 5 dae & Y a ae ti Baan HerwaG font 267 O God, We Pray for All Mankind 3 PRAYER FOR ALL MEN Howard J. Conover ORTONVILLE. C.M. Thomas Hastings, 1837 SS = 1. O God, we _ pray for all oman-kind, The na - tions 2. Thou know - est, Lord, man’s sin - ful state, The source of 3. With hum - ble plea on thee we call For na - tions 4. Help all the na - tions, near and far, A - wake, thy gf —— SS ~o—"-s: ope Ber bine a reer care games —@ aS: far a - stray; We plead that all thy grace may find, In hu - man woe, His e - vil heart, his greed and hate, But in dis - tress; Of one hast thou not made us_ all? O glo - ry _ see; Be-hold the bright morm-ing star, The this thy gra-cious day, In this thy gra-cious day. whith-er can he_ go? But whith-er can he _ go? God, our kin-dred bless! O God, our kin-dred bless! Christ of Cal - va - ry, The Christ Ph Cal - va - ry! A - men. MISSIONS 268 Hark, the Voice of Jesus Calling Daniel March, 1868 LUX EOI. 8s,7s,D Arthur S. Sullivan, 1842-1900 ae Be ee eS ee f= e ra 1. Hark, the voice of Je-sus call -ing,“‘ Who will go and a to wiih 7a 0 you can-not cross the o-cean, And the hea- then lands ex-plore, 3. Let nonehear you i - dly say-ing, ‘‘Thereisnoth-ing I can do,” ones peg) E EE ieee saa -@- e -@- Fields are white,and har-vests wait -ing, Who will bear the sheaves a - way?” You can find the hea-then near-er, You can help them at your door; While the souls of men are dy- ing, And the Mas- = calls for you: Ea a a ot eS Sire = == = Loud and long the Mas-ter call-eth, Rich re-ward he of - fers free; If you can-not give your thousands,You can give the wid - ow’s mite; Take the task he gives you glad-ly; Let his work Bins pleas -ure be; a see = Who will an-swer, glad-ly say - ing,“‘Heream I, send me, send me?” And theleast you give for Je -sus Will be pre-ciousin his sight. An - swer quick-ly when he call-eth,““Heream I,send me, send me.’ A-men. MISSIONS 269 From Greenland’s Icy Mountains MISSIONARY HYMN. 7s, 6s, D. Reginald Heber, 1819 Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 4S 65 555— 1. From Green-land’s. i - cy moun-tains, From In-dia’s co- ral _ strand, 2. What tho’ the spi - cy breez- es Blow soft o’er Cey-lon’s isle; 3. Can owe, whose souls are light - ed By wis-dom from on high, 4. Waft, waft, ye winds, his sto - ry, And you, ye wa-ters, Where Af -ric’s sun -ny foun - tains Roll down their gold - en sand; Tho’ ev - ’ry pros-pect pleas - es, And on - ly man is_ vile? Can we to men be-night - ed, The lamp of life de - ny? Till, like a sea of glo - ry, It spreadsfrom pole to _ pole: -a-* or -2- - ff. aos waelliales mecca es man-yan an-cient riv - er, From man-ya palm-y plain, In vain, with lav - ish kind-ness, The gifts of God are strown; Sal - va-tion! O sal - va - tion! The joy-ful soundpro - claim, o’er our ran-som’d na - ture The Lamb, for sin- ners slain, Fs i —t B ee zd PGi eeeasion Cosas samen ree aA | nz —¥ wre o - Or aN. They call us to de- liv - er Theirland from er -ror’s chain. The hea-then, in his blind-ness,Bowsdown to wood and stone. Till earth’s re - mot-est na - tion Has learn’d Mes-si- ah’s name. Re - deem -er, King, Cre - a - tor, In bliss re-turns to reign. A-men. MISSIONS 270 The Whole Wide World for Jesus 7,6,7,6,D. With Refrain | Will L. Thompson Unison. WOMEN’S VOICES -o- -o- -@- we es ew 4 we o- 1, The whole wide world for Je - sus! Once more, be - fore we _ part, 2. The whole wide world for Je - sus! From out the Gold-en Gate, 3. The whole wide world for Je - sus! Its hearts, and homes, and thrones; UNISON. MEN’S VOICES e By = sels s~ ow a -@- Ring out the joy - ful watch-word From ev -’ry grate -ful heart; Thro’ all the South Sea Is- lands, To Chi - na’s prince -ly state; Ring out a- gain the watch-word in loud and joy - ous tones; ee =e The whole wide worldfor Je -sus! Be this our bat-tle - cry; The From In-dia’s valesand moun-tains, Thro’ Per-sia’sland of bloom, To The whole wide worldfor Je - sus! With pray’r aes song we’ll wing, And e 2. @.. + - 4 2 @ @ BAT ATS | —* pT BE ee sar ino mez Sil aoe aD ec BEE The whole wide world for e- sus! Be this our bat-tle - From In = dia’s vales and moun-tains, Thro’ Per - sia’s land of The whole wide world for Je- sus! With pray’rthe song we'll CHORUS Os Sst =paaaes Cru - ci - fied shall con-quer, And vic - to - i tes. This whole wide world for sto- ried Pal-es - ti - na, And Af-ric’s Pree ert gloom. speed the pray’r withla-bor, Till earth shall crown Him King. Pn mama cry; shall con-quer, bloom, Pal-es - ti - na, wing, with la = bor, Copyright, 1908, Hore PusBLisHING Co., owner 204 “MISSIONS 271 The Morning Light is Breaking S. F. Smith, 1843 WEBB. 7s, 6s, D. G. J. Webb, 1830 1. The morn - ing light is break-ing; The dark-ness dis - ap- pears; 2. Rich dews of grace come o’er us In ma-nya_ gen - tle shower, 3. See hea-then na -tions bend -ing Be - fore the God we _ love, ; + —__ @___@ _@ ge e Se eS eee era Seb Oe ee oe ee eh gut. eran vila dans Paid titi geged Se tee nih Les Sass ae o——s_|—_4# ——g { The sons of earth are wak- ing To pen - i - ten-= tial tears; And bright- er scenes be- fore us Are op-’ning ev - ’ry_ hour: And thou-sandhearts as-cend - ing In grat- i- tude a- bove; SSS sane ae se mi Each breeze that sweeps the o - cean Brings tid - ings from a - far Each cry, to heav- en go - ing, A - bun-dant an-swers brings, _ While sin~ ners, now con- fess - ing, The gos - pel call o- bey, Seles Of na-tions in com-mo -tion, Pre-par’d for Zi - on’s war. And heav’n-ly gales are blow - ing, Withpeace up - on their wings. And seek the Sav-iour’s bless -ing, A na-tion in a day. A-men. Sse as ae SS =A 205 SOCIAL BETTERMENT 272 Work, for the Night is Coming WORK SONG. P.M. Annie L. Walker, 1865 Dr. Lowell Mason, 1792-1872 1. Work, for the night is com - ing, in ms a morn -ing hours; 2. Work, for the night is com - ing, Work in the sun - ny noon; 3. Work, for the night is com - ing, Un - der the sun - set skies; {+ * ena ss tseobs: ae oe ene iene a i Se 5 ont ras pated om soe ima wacenae? jae aa ae a Work while the dew is_ spark - ling, Work ’mid spring-ing flow’rs: Fill bright-esthours with la - bor, Rest comes sure and _ soon. While theirbrighttints are glow - ing, Work, for day - light flies. | _*— fa —— Soe sa -pomet Joe mR sen Kwa (ears eee Ter mE: a et == SS ©= Work when the day grows bright - er, Work in the glow-ing sun; Give ev -’ry fly -ing min - ute Some-thing to keep in store: Work till the last beam fad - eth, Fad - eth to shine no more; -@- e -@- - - OPEN ROSITA RSENS —_—=_—_ ss vate Ae Work, for thenight is com - ing, When man’swork is done. Work, for thenight is com - ing, When man works no more. Work while thenight is dark ~-’ning, When man’swork is o’er, A-men. SOCIAL BETTERMENT 273 We are Living, We are Dwelling A. C. Coxe, 1840 AUSTRIA. 8s, 7s, 81. F. J. Haydn, 1797 1. We are liv -ing, we are dwelling, In a grandand aw- ful time, 2. Worlds are charg -ing,heav’n be - hold-ing, Thouhast but an hour to fight; 3. On! let all the soul with-in you For the truth’ssake go a - broad. = P= Saar aes ee aera ae ——e--#— ne kee Boa [a eEre o- o# In an age of a - ges tell - ing; To be liv-ing is sub-lime. Now the bla-zonedcross un - fold -ing, On, right on-ward,for the right! Strike,let ev - ’ry nerve and sin - ew Tell on. a-ges,tell for God. Ce a eee oe org re sa a. m. -3- ! a ‘ours ees coe eR Pe we tg Rese aman soem eee SoS walnlaod nae ee ae Hark,the wak-ing up of na-tions, Gog and Ma- gog to _ the fray: Hark,what soundeth?is cre-a - tion Groan-ing for its lat-ter day? A- men. SOCIAL BETTERMENT 274 OQ Master, Let Me Walk with Thee W. Gladden, 1880 MARYTON. LL.M. . H. P. Smith, 1874 1.O Mas-ter, let me walk withthee In low-ly paths of ser - vicefree; z. Help me the slow of heart to move By someclear,win-ning word of love; 3. Teachme thy pa-tience; still withthee In clos-er, dear-er com- pa-ny, 4. In hopethat sends a shin-ing ray Fardownthe fu-ture’s broad’ning way, Tell me thy se-cret, helpme bear The strain of toil, the fret of care. Teach me the wayward feet to stay, And guide themin the home-ward way. In work that keeps faith sweet and strong,In trust that triumphs o - ver wrong, In peace thaton - ly thou canst give, With thee, O Mas-ter, let melive. A-men. et pte eee bn ot) Sie ee ag SSeS Spe See 275 O Brother Man, Fold to Thy Heart John G, Whittier, 1807-1892 ILONA. 11,10,11,10 J. W. Lerman, 1908 \s 1.Q broth-er man, fold to thy heart thy broth - er; Where pit - y z. For he whom Je - sus lovedhas tru-ly spo - ken—The ho- lier 3. Fol-low with rev -’rent steps the great ex - am - ple Of him whose =e REE SU » Wes S ie 2 aa ore? ier cae : 7. a a7 a ~h P=a { (ana) ae c la Teal ms . +#_—-@ -|—— 5 — — oe ed eo -o- & | bu — v4 dwells, the peace of God is there; To wor- ship right- ly is to love each wor - ship which he deigns to bless Re-stores the lost, and binds the spir -it ho - ly work was “do -ing good; So shall the wide earth seem our Fa-ther’s e 4 @ a, q e -o- ate |. = » = i —) ey F 2 JAE ed = i a ae bee” 1 2 Oe le | ae ; - r — b+ i e A 3 : a SOCIAL BETTERMENT oth - er, Each smile a hymn, each kind- ly deed a _ pray’r. bro - ken, And feedsthe wid - ow and the fa - ther-less. tem - ple, Each lov -ing life a psalm of grat -i- tude. A- men. — @. @ -@- a -o- 2 © @. — i EL TS A AR FS ee OT OY TE aa Sop eo [IETS al le epee ee ae in a a pom iee pees ess 276 Where Cross the Crowded Ways of Life F. Mason North, 1905 GERMANY. L.M. Ludwig van Beethoven, 1815 of 1. Where cross the crowd - ed ways life, Where sound the 2. In haunts of wretch - ed - ness and need, On shad - ow’d 3. From ten - der child-hood’s help - less - ness, From wo-man’s 4,0 Mas - ter, from the moun - tain side, Make haste to of men _ shall learn thy love And fol - low SeLill sons of race and clan, A - bove the noise of self - ish thresh- holds dark with fears, From paths where hide the lures of grief, man’s bur - den’d toil, From fam~ish’d souls, from sor -row’s heal the hearts of pain, A - mong these rest - less throngs a - where thy feet have trod: Till glo-rious from thy heav’n a - strife, We hear thy voice, O Son of man! greed, We catch the vi - sion of thy tears. stress, Thy heart has nev - ef known re ~ coil. bide, O tread the cit - y’s_ streets a - gain, bove Shall come the Cit viae 1 Oty = our God. A - men. , -¢- ye 2 a rs e. -2- = ys r eo ys =e —f2.__—. S ees «| ive - = 6 HEAVEN 277 O Mother Dear, Jerusalem D. Dickson, 1583-1663 MATERNA. C.M., 81. Founded on “‘F. B. P.” MSS., 16th or 17th Cent. S. A. Ward, 1882 oe 2 = =e Be 1.0 Moth-er dear, Je - ru - sa-lem! Whenshall I come to thee? 2. No murk - y cloud o’er- shad-ows thee, Nor gloom, nor dark-some night; 3. Thy gar-densand thy good-lywalks Con - tin- ual- ly are green, 4. Thosetrees for ev - er-more bearfruit, And ev - er-more do_ spring: CET a = Se Biba : He 8a Mlb ne ee = o Ss rape ——o ar ee es = Pe When shall my sor-rows have an end? Thy joys when shall I see? But ev - ’ry soulshines as the sun; For God him- self gives light. Where grow suchsweetand pleas- antflow’rs As no-where else are seen. There ev - er-more the an- gels are, And ev - er-more do _ Sing. 8 ig ig I ——— Qh va O hap - py har=-bor of God’ssaints! O sweet andpleas-ant soil! O my sweet home,Je -ru - sa-lem, Thy joyswhenshall I see? Right thro’ thy streets,with sil - ver sound, The liv-ing wa-ters flow, Je - ru - sa-lem, my hap - py home,WouldGod I were in __ thee! In thee no sor-row may befound, No grief,no care, no toil. The King that sit-teth on thythroneIn his fe - lic - i - ty? And on _ thebankson eith-er side, Thetrees of life do grow. Would God my woeswere at an end, Thy joys that I might see! A-men. @. @. | A “ | +e 4° 210 HEAVEN 278 For Thee, O Dear, Dear Country RUTHERFORD. 7s, 6s,D. Bernard of Cluny, about 1145 Crétien D’Urhan, 1834 Tr. by J. M. Neale, 1858 Arr. by Edward F. Rimbault (SS 1. For thee, O dear, dearcoun - try! Mine eyes their vi- gils keep, 2. O one, O on - ly man - sion! O par - a-dise of joy! 3. O sweet and bless- ed coun - try, The home of God’s e - lect! - -@- - -B-+ For ver - y love, be- hold - ing Thy hap - py name, they weep; Wheretears are ev- er ban- ished, And smileshave no al - loy: O sweet and bless-ed coun - try, That ea- ger heartsex - pect! -2- 2- -0- -6- (rs) : “SB er se reesese Saas = a ee ee ee eo { The men- tion of thy glo - ry Is unc - tion to the breast, The Lamb is all thy splen - dor, The Cru - ci - fied thy praise; Je - sus, in mer- cy bring us T that dear land of _ rest, Sa parses Seer | And med-i-cine in sick- ness, And love and life and rest. His laud and ben - e-dic - tion Thy ran-somed peo-ple raise. Who art, with God the Fa - ther, And Spir-it, ev - er blest. A- men. -2- Sil eo -~ -0- -@- -@- HEAVEN 279 Give Me the Wings of Faith to Rise Isaac Watts, 1709 HAVEN. C.M. Dr. T. Hastings, 1784-1872 oS a 1. Give me the wings of faith to rise With-in the veil, and see . 2. Once they were mourn-ing here be - low, And bath’d their couch with tears: ae | ask them whence their vic-t’ry came; They,with wu - nit -ed breath, 4. They mark’d the foot-stepsthat he trod; His zeal in - spir’d their breast; # ee — SSS Seal | | | The saintsa - bove,how great their joys, Howbrighttheirglo-ries be. They wres-tled hard,as we do now, Withsins and doubts and fears. As -cribe their con-quest to the Lamb,Theirtri-umphto his death. And, fol - l’wing theirin- car - nate God, Pos-sess’dthe prom-is’d rest. A-men. (eo, atzt a pa ey 280 Come, Ye Disconsolate, Where’er Ye Languish COME, YE DISCONSOLATE. 11s, 10s. v. 1&2, Thomas Moore, 1816 v. 3, Thomas Hastings, 1830 S. Webbe, 1740-1816 1. Come, ye dis- con - so-late, wher-e’er ye lan - guish; Come to the 2. Joy of the des - o-late, light of the stray.-ing, Hope of the 3. Here see the Bread of Life; see wa-ters flow -ing Forth from the eo oo mer - cy-seat, fer - vent - ly kneel; Here bring your wound - ed hearts, pen - i-tent, fade- less and pure; Herespeaks the Com - fort - er, throne of God, pure from a - bove; Come to the feast of love; @ -@- -) ——___ = ——— ae mcd meas thas, > ea 2 2 ————f poet iamaenen FES | -s- 3 212 s here tell your an ~ guish, Earthhasno sor-row that Heav’n can not heal. ten - der-ly say - ing, Earthhasno sor-row that Heav’n can not cure. come,ev-er know-ing Earthhasno sor-row but Heav’ncanre-move. A-men. a. 281 There is a Land of Pure Delight Isaac Watts, 1707 VARINA. C.M.D. Johann C. H. Rink, 1770-1846 | 2232 SSS s SSS Sie So pase —4*-G eee Ore Oe Sg ae ae a ae REL 1. There is a land of pure de-light, Wheresaints im-mor- tal reign; 3. Sweet fields be-yond the swell-ing flood Standdress’din liv - ing green; —— eo v E - ter- nal day : ex-cludes the night, And plea-suresban - ish pain. So to the Jews old Ca-naanstood, While Jor - dan roll’d be - tween. Se Sea wens A 1S creas orem Wika a SY == eee ee ra a as Be relies Hi a SSS SS 2. There ev - er-last - ing spring a-bides And nev - er-fad - ing flow’rs; 4. Could we butclimb where Mo-sesstood, And view the land-scape o’er,— re aL 2.» | eis am Vasa eins a rer maaan leg l Oe a Death, like a nar-row sea, di-vides Thatheav’n-ly land from ours. Not Jor-dan’s stream nor death’s cold i flood Should fright us from the shore. A- men. -@- a = — HEAVEN 282 On Jordan’s Stormy Banks I Stand PROMISED LAND. 8,6,8,6. With Refrain Rev. Samuel Stennett, 1787 Arr. by W. T. Dale 1,On Jor-dan’sstorm-y banks I stand, And cast a wish-ful eye 2. Oh, the trans-port-ing, rapt-urous scene That ris - es to my sight, 3. All o’er those wide-ex-tend-ed plains, Shinesone e - ter-nal day; 4. When shall I reachthathap - py place, And be _ for - ev - er blest? cathe cea iD A eV cet iene a ome zi Set pig Be ee ett gate a a oes rar ar pera To Ca-naan’sfairand hap-py land, Where my pos - ses-sions lie. Sweetfieldsar-rayed in liv-ing green, And _ riv - ers of de - light. There God, the Son, for - ev - er reigns, And _ scat- ters night a - way. When shall I see my Fa-ther’s face, And in his bo-som rest? eed). zSSS SSS i= = £3 Serer ee eT Sao a : am bound for the Promised Land, . . . I amboundfor the Promised Land; Promised Land, 283 For All the Saints W. W. How, 1864 SARUM. 10,10,10, With Alleluia. J. Barnby, 1869 2 he eer Soames aE |__|. ie rucaea eee Gs eS . For all the saints who from their la- bors rest, Who thee by . Thou wast their rock, their for-tress, and their might: Thou,Lord, their . Oh, may thy sol-diers, faith-ful, true, and bold, Fight as the Oh, blest com-mun - ion, fel - low-ship di - vine! We fee - bly . And when the strife is fierce, the war-fare long, Steals on the . The gold-en eve-ning bright-ens in the west; Soon, soon. to An fk WN faith be-fore the world con- fessed, cap - tain in the well-fought fight; Thou, in the dark-mness saints who no- bly fought of old, And win, with them, the strug-gle, they in glo - ry shine; Yet all are one in ear the dis - tant tri- umph-song, And hearts are brave a faith - ful war- riors com - eth rest; Sweet is the calm_ of be for-ev-er blest. Al- le-lu- ia! Al-le- lu - ia! drear,theirlight of light. Al- le -lu- ia! Al-le -lu - ia! vic - tors’crownof gold. Al- le -lu- ia! Al-le- lu - ial thee, for all are thine. Al- le-lu- ia! Al-le- lu - ia! gain, and arms are strong. Al- le -lu- ia! Al-le- lu - ia! Par - a-dise the blest. Al - le -lu- ia! Al-le- lu - ia! A-men. Sate Sas ece! HEAVEN 284 The Homeland! O the Homeland! H. R. Haweis, 1872 HOMELAND. 7s, 6s, 8I., Arthur Sullivan, 1872 nr ern a nn ——| LAB A OR ea Ras 8 —y-—-- = ee GS <__g§—_g@—_e_ |, —» _'_* oe _o_o- 1. The Home-land! O the Home-land! The land of souls free-born! — 2. My Lord is in the Home-land, With an - gelsbright and fair; 3. For loved ones in the Home-land Are wait -ing me to come vain ees Sat ee Fea Pimeern —b- a LOE A AN Tos LY EEA Bees a > DCR Zp a =e oo aaa aS No gloom-y night is knownthere, But aye the fade-less morn: No sin - ful thing nor e - vil Can ev -er en- ter there; Where neith- er death nor sor- row In - vade their ho - ly home: I’m sigh -ing for that coun - try, My heart is ach - ing here; The mu- sic of the ran -somed Is ring - ing in my ears, O dear, dear na - tive coun - try! O rest andpeace a - bove! There is no pain inthe Home-land,To which I’m draw-ing near. And when I think ofthe Home-land,;My eyes are wet with tears. Christ bring us all tothe Home-land Of his e- ter-nal love. A-men. HEAVEN 285 Jerusalem, the Golden Bernard of Cluny, 1150 EWING. 7s, 6s, D. | Tr. by J. M. Neale, 1851 cue Ewing, 1830-1895 a) een ee at ama TOE a Eade Be 2: aes ——— ee =a ar | eo -o -@- p LP | 1. Je - ru - sa- lem, the gold - en, With milk and hon - ey blest! 2. Theystand,those halls of Zi - on, All ju - bi - lant with song, 3. O sweet and bless-ed coun-try, Shall I e’er see thy face? Be -neath thy con - tem-pla - tion Sink heart and voice op-pressed; And bright with man - yan an = gel, And all the mar-tyr throng; O sweet and bless- ed coun - try, Shall I e’er win thy grace? ene Se ee ae ae pe eae 5 ose FEE eee oe i a ee ee ee I know not, O I know not What joys a- wait me there; The Prince is ev - er in them, The day-light is se -rene; Ex - ultt O dust and ash - es! The Lord shall be thy part; SSS aa pol tell What ra - dian - cy + glo - ry, Whatbliss be- yond ite The pas-tures of the bless -ed Are deckedin glo-rious sheen. His on - ly, his for - ev - er, Thoushalt ci and thou art! A-men. ae eee Ses 2)7 HEAVEN 286 Hark! Hark, My Soul F. W. Faber, 1849 VOX ANGELICA. P.M. With Refrain Henry Smart, 1867- tof estas es ee ee SSS Se | 1. Hark! hark, my soul! an - gel - ic songs are swell-ing O’er earth’sgreen 2. On - ward we go; for still we hear them sing - ing, ‘Come, wea - ry 3. An - gels, sing on! fe faith-ful watch-es keep-ing; Sing us sweet Zee peer a see f= Gain? se a2 ——— | fields, and o-cean’s wave-beat shore: How sweet the truth those bless-ed strains are souls, for Je- sus bids you come!”? And thro’ the dark its ech-oes sweet-ly frag'-ments of the songs a- bove, Till morn-ing’s joy shall end the night of Sify ne eee eee eae GS eo zie @ 3? si aa tell -ing Of that new life ve sin shall be Ne more! An-gels of Je- sus, ring- ing, The mu-sic of the gos-pel leads us home. weep-ing, And life’s long shadows break in cloudless love. An - gels of light, Sing -ing to wel-comethe pil-grimsof the night! A-men. Sat HEAVEN 287 When I Can Read My Title Clear Isaac Watts, 1707 PISGAH. C.M. J. C. Lowry eRe 1.When I can read my ti-tle clear To man-sions in the skies, 2. Should earth a - gainstmy soul en- gage, And fier- y darts be hurled, 3. Let cares, like a wild del-uge come, Andstormsof sor-row fall! 4. Thereshall I bathe my wea-ry soul In seas of heav’n-ly rest, -@ ae 6 Oe ee oe. BS = oe ee | : ac o__ sa Pil bid fare-well to ev - ry fear, And wipe my weep-ing eyes, Then I can smile at Sa-tan’s rage, And face a _ frown-ing world, May I but safe-ly reach my home, My God, my heav’n,my _ all, And not a wave of trou-ble roll A - cross my peace-ful breast, SS ee ea i ce Se DRAM nalawonn Aes e@ - -@ And wipe my weep-ing eyes, And wipe my weep-ing eyes. Andface a _ frown-ing world, And face a frown-ing world, My God, my heav’n,my all, My God, my heav’n, my ll. A-cross my peace-ful breast, A - cross my peace-ful breast. Pia, ae Pr et ae o——- ee eg a Ag ees Bat —}- — fs — CA = = on oe we ea ee “— | | | | Z —a— Rn act ars Td PPL ESSTRAOA a al earner wo ——— eee are = eel —_@—-} — ee Fa a -o- - | -@- (w -G-e -- I'll bid fare-well to ev-’ry fear, And wipe myweep-ing eyes. Then I cansmile at Sa-tan’srage, And face a frown-ing world. May I but safe-ly reachmyhome, My God, myheav’n,my © all. And not a wave of trou-ble roll As- cross mypeace-ful breast. A-men, | i - Soya aes os ae ee ots RAD. AM al Ente wiie cE Eee See fe os oe et H 219 HEAVEN 288 My Days are Gliding Swiftly By David Nelson, 1835 SHINING SHORE. 8s, 7s, D. Geo. F. Root, 1855 v 1. My days are glid- ing swift-ly by, And I, a pil-grimstran-ger, 2.Onr ab-sentKing the watch-word gave: “Let ev - ’ry lamp be burn -ing;” 3. Shouldcom-ing days be darkand cold, We will not yield to sor - row; 4. Let sor -row’s rud - est tem-pest blow, Eachchord on earth to sev - er; Wouldnot de- tain them as they fly, Thosehours of toil and dan - ger. We look a - far a-cross the wave, Our’ dis - tanthome dis-cern - ing. For hope will sing, with cour-age bold, There’sglo - ry on the mor- row. Our King says Come, andthere’sourhome For - ev - er! O for- ev - er! =S=s REFRAIN N ae apes oF Wa) Sa ee For, O, we stand on Jor-dan’sstrand, Ourfriendsare pass- ing 0 - ver; efistpab sere El And just be-fore, the shin-ing shore We may al-most dis-cov - er. A - men. HEAVEN 289 From All Thy Saints in Warfare Earl Nelson, 1867 WEBB. 7s, 6s, 81. G. J. Webb, 1830 oman = een as Page as es we Se 4-3 ee Somnus oa tc 1. From all thy saints in war - fare, For a thy saints at rest, 2. A - pos- tles, proph-ets, mar - tyrs, And all the sa -cred throng, 3. Then praise we God the Fa - ther, And praise we God the Son, To thee, O bless-ed Je - sus, All ani es be ad-dress’d. Who wear the spot-less rai - ment, Who raise the cease-less song; And God the Ho - ly Spir - it, E - ter~-nal Three in One; Sg bese ee Sa eee See ee en eee ee el aa ees Thou, Lord, didst win the bat - tle That they might con-q’rors be; For these,pass’don be- fore us, Sav -iour, we thee a - dore, Till all the ran-som’d num - ber Be down be- fore the _ throne, d___¢ eZ oe pap tee ——— Se Their crowns of liv -ing glo - ry Are lit with rays from thee. And, walk -ing in their foot - steps,Would serve thee more and more. And hon - or, pow’r,and glo - ry As- cribe to God a - lone, A-men. Sie Sia ees inate 221 HEAVEN 290 Sunset and Evening Star A. Tennyson, 1899 CROSSING THE BAR. Irregular 1 sgl hak 1893 SS Ss a =o teee =e | 1. Sun - set and eve - ning ne ne one clear call for me! And may there be no moan-ing of the bar min I put out to a te—3—$ get ee ge 22 ie ae ee See oe ee = Pesos spl Esk ae a ax 2. But such a tide as movy-ing seems oe Too full forsound and foam, | a 2 = = Ce PII AT js valle a eee: fat eae eh ee wig ee When that which drew from out the nt ee Turns a - gain home. = je ae ae A gare EES at toa SS A Ja 1 —o-—_@—_a—_—__ home. wi - 3. Twi-lightand eve- Ba bell, And aft - er that the dark! And may there | - = - light and Ach aaa HEAVEN crveés - - be no sad-ness of fare-well When I pepe 4. es tho’ from out our Pi - lot face to ca When ae crost tT. A-men. eee ee aed re = Ee Se oe ——————————— o—_—_—— 291 If, on a Quiet Sea A. M. Toplady, 1772 STATE STREET. S.M. PSC. eee ae 1844 Goma == eS Se aa {ae Siar ome Se a ae teat, on a qui - et sea, T’wardheav’n we calm - ly sail, 2. But should the arial ~ pes rise, And rest de- lay to come, 3. Teach us, in state, To make thy will our own, 2.2 Si = __ = SS = (SSS Ss ae Or With: grate-ful hearts,O God, to thee, We’ll own the fa - ies gale. Blest be the sor - row, kind the storm, Which drivesusnear-er home. And, seth the joys of sense de-part, To live by faith a - lone. A-men. Or Oar te 2) EASE TEMS iii eee ce Ss ee coe HEAVEN 292 Ten Thousand Times Ten Thousand Henry Alford, 1866 ALFORD. P.M. ' Rev. J. B. Dykes, 1823-1876 1. Ten thou-sandtimes ten thou-sand, In spark-ling rai- ment bright, 2. What rush of hal - le - lu- jahs_ Fills all the earth and sky! 3. O then what rap-tured greet-ings On Ca-naan’s hap - py shore! -@- ai so .. oF ee = a a ee ee WS Sed jy Rieins akan ane oan — aa oc nna mca SSF oe ee SE The at- mies of the ran-som’dsaintsThrong up the steeps of light: What ring-ing of a thou-sandharps Be - speaks the tri -umph nigh! What knit-ting sev - er’d friend-shipsup, Where part-ings are no more! _te. tiptoe pe 5-5 — ee cee -{—_1_,__ ee ss b-p —|— hae Sh ET | kasi ao —*— EE OTN Fi gS ——S— “be a a, *Tis fin - ish’d, all is fin-ish’d, Their fight with death and _ sin: O day, for which cre - a - tion And _ all its tribes were made! Then eyes with joy shall spar-kle, Thatbrimm’dwithtears of late, Fling o- pen wide the gold-en gates, And let the vic-tors in. O joy, for all its for-merwoes A _ thou-sand-fold re - paid! Or-phans no lon-ger fa -ther-less, Nor wid - ows des - 0 - late. HEAVEN 7A ¥en No Shadows Yonder Rev. H. Bonar, D.D., 1856 HOLY CITY. 5s, 4s. Rev. W. T. Dale, 1913 Slow and tenderly SSS co 1. No shad-ows yon-der! light and song; Each day won - der, 2. No weep-ing yon-der! at fled a= way; While here i wan - der 3. No part - ing yon-der, No space or time Shallhearts e’er sun-der 4. Nonewant-ing yon-der, Boughtby the Lamb,All gath-er’d wun - der See gia eee ser eel And say‘‘How long Shalltime me _ sun- dex From that dear Hees Each wea-ry day, I sigh and pon-der My long, long stay. In that fair clime; But dear-er, fond-er, Our love sub-lime. The eee bet palm, Loud as the thun-der Swellsthe glad psalm. A-men. 294 Forever With the Lord OLMUTZ. S.M. James Montgomery, 1825 Arr. from a Gregorian Chant, by Dr. L. Mason, 1824 go Sr ee er 1. “For - ev - er with the Lord!” Pe - men! so tet it Ve Life 2. Here in the bod - y' pent, Ab-sent from him I _ roam, Yet 3. My Fa-ther’shouse on high,— Home of my soul—how near, At 4. “For - ev - er with the Lord?” Fa - ther, baa "tis a will, The SSeS 6RS from the dead is in thatword—’Tis im-mor-tal-i - ty. night- ly pitch my mov-ing tent A _ day’s marchnear-er home. tines, to faith’s fore-see-ing eye, Thy gold-en gates ap - pear! prom-ise of that faith-ful word E’en here to me _ ful - fill. A -men. = HEAVEN 295 Servant of God, Well Done Charles Wesley, 1708-1788 VICTORY. iS/Mi. ©", H. A. Whitehead ee eo ne Sa Sale eg We 1. Ser - vant of God, well done! sid glo - rious war-fare’s past; 2. With saints en-thron’d on high, Thou dost thy Lord pro - claim, 3. 0 hap - py, hap - py _— soul! In ec - sta-sies of praise, 4. Re -deem’d from earth and pain, Ah! when shall we as - cend, oer eee eee = sgctioinl Ee | ae om 2a SS ee cee ere = =o} e—Ze —_F_ = 4 — — oo», *o —| i Waly tia The bat- tle’sfought,therace is won, And thou artcrown’d atlast; And still to God sal -va- tion cry, Sal- va-tion to theLamb! Long as ee - ter-nal a - ges roll, Thouseestthy Sav-iour’s face. And all ~ ke - ee) pres - oe reign Withour trans-lat-ed friend? A-men. fine sites ec ame o-oo P Wek aici eis SSE tF tet is = Sais 296 Abide Midian Me H. F. Lyte, 1847 EVENTIDE. 10s. W. H. Monk, 1861 en ee, aa 1. A - bide with uy Fast falls the e - ven-tide; The dark-ness deep- ens, 2. Swift to its close ebbs out life’s lit - tle day; Earth’sjoys grow dim, its cpa! need thy pres-ence ev- ’ry pass-ing hour, What but thy grace can 4. Hold thou thy cross be- fore my clos-ing eyes; ipa through the gloom,and SS —— eS Lord,with me a- bide! When oth-er na -ers fail, and com-forts flee, glo- ries pass a-way;Changeand de-cay in all a-round I see; foil the tempter’s power? Who, like thy - self, my guide and stay can be? point me to theskies;Heav’n’s morning breaks,and earth’s vain shad-ows flee! HEAVEN Help of the help - less, re) a- bide with me. O thou, who chang -est not, a- bide with me! Thro’ cloud and sun-shine, O a- bide with me! In life, in death, O Lord, a- bide with me! A - men. 297 O Paradise, O Paradise F. W. Faber, 1862 O PARADISE. C. M. With Refrain Joseph Barnby, 1868 (oe es el ~& —@-——_ 8 —_@ ao -O Par - a-dise,O Par -a-dise, Who doth not crave for rest? O Par - a-dise,O Par - a-dise, ’Tis wea-ry wait -ing here; .O. Par - a - dise, 2 Par - a-dise, I want to sin no more; EP SG ata En? Waite sls ate wae ir aor meee aa : ba 2 2 ee See eee i ian ——— eee ES | a ro et =e ae ate eeaee SS fae Peres a Who would not seek the hap - py land, aa they that loved are blest, I long to be where Je - sus _ is, "To feel, to see him _ near. I want to be as_ pure. on earthAs on thy spot-less shore. REFRAIN Where loy - al hearts and true : J, $+ — — +, - ee eee tier Sans Cane ara eo Ren Pe = =| ———— —~» —-e—!_|_| -@—__ e-—__y— or Ae Pas al heartsand true Stand ev - er in the light, cot oe Sees Se Sane scree =a All rap - ture through and through, In God’s most i - ie sight. ae ~men. FR ce omnes 2 asst epi pe fae cie ce | HEAVEN 298 Peace, Perfect Peace, in This Dark World E. H. Bickersteth, 1875 sores TECUM. es 21. G. T. Caldbeck, 1877 peace, in this dark world of peace, by throng - ing du - ties pte peace, our fu - ture all un = known: peace, death shad -’wing us and ours: nough; earth’s strug - wie soon shall cease, -G- -O- @ The blood of Je - sus whis-pers peace with in. To do the will of Je - sus, this is rest. Je - sus we _ know, and _ he is on the throne. Je - sus. has van-quish’d death and all its pow’rs. And Je - sus call us to heav’n’s per - fect peace. A-men. ae 299 Asleep in Jesus! Blessed Sleep Margaret Mackay, 1832 REST. L.M. W. B. Bradbury, 1816-1868 SSS SS 1. A-sleep in Je-sus!bless-ed sleep, From whichnone ev - er wakes to weep; 2. A-sleep in Je-sus! O howsweet To be for such a_ slum-bermeet! 3. A-sleep in Je- sus! peaceful rest, Whose wak-ing is su-preme-ly blest: = eee -—— = = = eal A calmandun - dis-turb’d re - pose, a bro-ken by the iat of aes With ho -ly con - fi- dence to sing That death has lost its ven-om’d sting. No fear,no woe shall dim that hour That men -i-fests the Sav-iour’s pow’r. A- men, OCCASIONAL OUR COUNTRY 300 O Beautiful for Spacious Skies Katherine Lee Bates, 1893, MATERNA. C.M.D. Samuel A. Ward, 1882 revised, 1910 1.O beau - ti-ful for spa-ciousskies, For am-ber wavesof _ grain, 2.O beau - ti- ful for pil - grimfeet, Whose stern,im- pas-sioned stress 3. O beau - ti-ful for glo - ry-tale Of lib-er - at- ing strife, 4.O beau - ti-ful for pa - triotdreamThat sees be-yond the years, aX “Saga ee ar ani sea eal ies tae ee — pur - plemoun-tain ma = jes-ties, A - bove the fruit-ed plain; A thor - ough-fare for free - dom beat A-cross the wil-der- ness; When val - iant-ly, forman’s a ~vail, Men lav-ished pre-cious life; Thine al - a-bas-ter cit - iesgleam, Un-dimmedby hu-man tears; ee eee set SE A - mer - i - cal i God shed his grace on thee, A - mer -i-ca! A- mer - i - ca! God mend thine ev - ’ry flaw, A - mer - i-ca! A- mer - i = ca! May God thy gold _ re- fine, A-mer-i-ca! A-mer - i - ca! God shed his grace on thee, And crown thy good with broth -er-hood, From sea to shin-ing sea. Con-firm thysoul in self-con-trol, Thy lib-er-ty in law. Till all suc-cess be no - ble-ness, And ev -’ry gain di - vine. And crown thy good with broth -er-hood, From sea to shin-ing sea. A-men. Copyright, 1908, by W. W. SLEEPER. (Free) 229 OCCASIONAL OUR COUNTRY 301 Mine Eyes Have Seen the Glory BATTLE HYMN OF THE REPUBLIC. 15, 15, 15,6. With Refrain Julia Ward Howe, 1862 William fe Tes 1852 Gi Vira eee a Mine eyes haveseen the glo - ry of thecom- ing of the Lord; 2.1 haveseenhim in the watch-fires of a hun - dred cir - cling camps; 3. He hassound-ed forth the trum-pet that shallnev - er call re - treat; 4.In the beau-ty of the lil - iesChristwasborn a-cross the sea, He is tramp-ling out the vin-tagewhere thegrapes of wrath are stored; They have build-ed him an al- tar in the eve- ningdews and damps; He is sift - ing out the hearts of men be-fore his judg-ment seat; With a glo-ry in his bos | ~ om that trans-fig- ures you and me; a O22 eee eee @: @ @- Se a oo ie ae Pago te Ban Po a le a es ea Ora 2 ob ¢& He hathloosed the fate - ful light - ning of his ter - ri- ble swiftsword; canread his right-eous sen-tence by the dim and flar - ing lamps, be swift, mysoul, to an-swerhim; be ju - bi- lant, my feet! he died’ to make men ho - ly; -lethr) us die to, make men free! 8 Pais b ¢ ae ES aco BNE oo 33 Ss ore es His truth is march -ing Glo - ry! glo - ry! Hal- le-lu - jahl His day is march- -ing ai Our God is march-ing on. While God is march-ing on. OCCASIONAL OUR COUNTRY aa ai awa = ati LE ee a i ee ee el —G—pzy—_* Hal - le - lu - jah! His truth is march-ing on. A-men. 302 My Country! ’Tis of Thee S. F. Smith, 1832 AMERICA. 6,6,4,6,6,6,4 Henry Carey, 1685-1743 = sae: ——_ : assed a — aes aera 9 $s 2g 1. My coun-try! ’tis of thee, Sweetland of lib - er - ty, 2. My na-tive coun = try, thee, Land of the no = ble free, 3. Let mu- sic swell the breeze, And ring from all the trees 4. Our fa- thers’ God,’ to thee, Au - thor of lib - er - ty, i528 — oe ——_* z= = Ss __ oe -# -o- Of thee I sing: Landwhere my fa -thersdied! Land of the Thy name I love; I love thy rocks and rills, Thy woods and Sweet free-dom’ssong: Let mor-tal tongues a- wake; Let all that To thee we sing; Long may our land be bright With free-dom’s -@- Pil-grims’ pride! From ev - ’ry moun-tainside Let freedom ring! tem - pledhills; My heart with rap-turethrills, Like that a-bove. breathe partake; Let rockstheir si-lencebreak,—The sound pro-long. ho - ly light; Pro-tect us by thymight, Great God, our King. A-men. OCCASIONAL OUR COUNTRY 303 Oh, Say, Can You See, by the Dawn’s Early Light THE STAR-SPANGLED BANNER. P.M. Francis Scott Key, 1814 j- S. Smith, 1780 Re eo pa ee cae apa as ae wee re Kaen ~~ | ; eae wlio aie See 1. Oh, say, can you see, by the dawn’s ear - ly light, 2. On the shore, dim - ly seen’ thro’ the mists. of the deep, 3. And where is that band, who so vaunt-ing - ly swore thus be it ev - er when free - men shall stand r pis —— 4} ae A 8 eee a == What so proud - ly we hail’d at the twi-light’s last gleam - ing? Where the foe’s haugh-ty host in dread si- lence re - pos - es, That the hav - oc of war and the bat-tle’s con - fu - sion, Be - tween their lov’d homes and the war’s des - o - la - tion; A - -2- 2. ane ae ees ee Sree smmemim see 9 hc we i ars EE Sl EN SE SANE EO wd BM WT) onrrn eee ee Wig beat cers: Caretta a Se eat eee —— pe ee > Fd URS POPE 2 a4 er eee c | Fe -& Whose broadstripes and bright stars, thro’ the per - il - ous fight, What is that which the breeze, o’er the tow - er - ing steep, A home and a coun - try should leave us no more? Blest with vic - try and peace, may the Heav’n-res - cued land di O’er the ram- parts we watch’d,were so gal - lant - ly stream - ing? As it fit - ful- ly blows, half con-ceals, half dis - clos - es? Their blood has wash’d out their foul foot~steps’ pol - lu - tion; Praise the Pow’r that hath made and pre-serv’d us a na = tion! OCCASIONAL OUR COUNTRY i See And the rock = ets’ red glare, the bombs burst - ing in air, Now it catch - es the gleam of the morn-ing’s first beam, No ref - uge could save the hire - ling and_ slave Then con - quer we must, when our cause it is just; proof thro’ the night that our flag was _ still there. full glo - ry re-flect - ed, now shines on the stream: ter - ror of flight or the gloom . of the grave. this be our mot - to: “In God is our trust!?? Oh, say, does that star-span- gled ban - ‘Tis the star-span - gled ban-ner; oh, long may _ it wave And the star-span - gled ban - ner in tri - umph doth wave And the star-span - gled ban - ner in tri - umph shall wave gps Se ae | 4 OCCASIONAL OUR COUNTRY 304 God of Our Fathers, Known of Old Rudyard Kipling, 1897_, WYVILL. L.M., 61. Z. Wyvill, 1762-1837 | 1.God of our fa - thersjknown of old, Lord of our far-flung 2. The tu- mult and the -shout-ing dies; The cap-tains and the 3. Far- called our na - vies melt a- way, On dune and head-land 4. If drunk with sight of pow’r, we loose Wild tonguesthat have not 5. For hea-then heart that puts her trust In reek -ing tube and jj |—__}—_ +} + —— vetind Putz as ee t eee na ( cemey (CET See tle line, Be - neath whose aw - ful hand we _ hold de - part: Still stands thine an = cient sac - ri - fice, the fire; Lo, all our pomp of yes- ter - day in awe, Such boast - ing as the Gen - tiles use ron shard, All val - iant dust that builds on dust, Do - min-ion o-= ver palm and pine, Lord God of Hosts, be An hum-ble and; a con-trite heart.Lord God of Hosts, be ds one with Nin -e - veh and Tyre! Judge of the na - tions, Or less- er breedswith-out the law, Lord God of Hosts, be And guard-ing calls not thee to guard,For fran - tic boast and pte SS ee = Seal with us yet, Lest we for - get, lest we _ for - get! with us yet, Lest we _ for - get, lest we _ for - get! spare us yet, Lest we for = get, lest we for = get! with us yet, Lest we _ for = get, lest we for = get! fool - ish word, Thy mer -cy on thy _ peo - ple, Lord! A - men. Bee Ea OCCASIONAL OUR COUNTRY 305 O Beautiful, My Country WESTWOOD. 7,6,7,6,D. Frederick L. Hosmer, 1884 Robert H. McCartney, 1844-1895 2S] = SS 10 beau-ti- ful, aa coun - try! Be thine a we bler care 2. For thee our fa - thers suf - fered; For thee they toil’d and pray’d; 3. O beau-ti- ful, our coun -try! Roundthee in love we draw; ein Kes beet 5 mae ace IT ee ae ere A tate See ee eeetes anes a t¢- 2° Than all thy wealth of com - merce, Thy har - vests wav - ing fair; Up - on thy ho - ly al - tar Their will - ing lives they laid. Thine is the grace of free - dom, The wma - jes - ty OT laws eQpssee agit a tbe QS ys35 5 Ar Sareea = , Be it thy pride to Pee up The man-hood of _ the _ poor; Thouhast no com-mon birth-right, Grandmem-’ries on thee shine; Be right-eous-ness thy cep - ter, Jus- tice thy di - a - dem; (|S Bees cies pe ess Be thou to the op -press-ed Fair free -dom’s o - pen door! The blood of pil-grim na- tions Com-min-gledflows in thine. And on thy shin-ing fore -head Be peace thecrown-ing gem! A-men. ara OCCASIONAL OUR COUNTRY 306 God Bless Our Native Land John S. Dwight, 1844 ITALIAN HYMN. 6,6,4,6,6,6,4 F. pi 1716-1796 1. God bless our - tive land; Firm may she ev - er stand 2. For her our nates rs shail rise To God, a - ou the skies; == Thro’ storm and night; Whenthe wild tem-pestsrave, Rul - er of winds and wave, On him we wait; Thou who art ev - er nigh, Guard-ian with watch-ful eye Do thou our coun - try save By thy great might. To thee a - loud we Cry, God save the _ state. A - men. DOXOLOGY To God,— the Father, Son, And Spirit, — three in one, All praise be given! | Crown him in every song; To him your hearts belong; Let all his praise prolong,— On earth, in heaven, 236 OCCASIONAL THANKSGIVING 307 Come, Ye Thankful People, Come ST. GEORGE'S, WINDSOR. 7s, D. Henry Alford, oy Sir “EP J. Elvey, 1858 Gna HS | 1. Come, ye thank-ful peo- ple, come, Raise the song of har - vest home! 2. We our-selvesare God’s own field Fruit un-to his praise to yield; 3. For the Lord our God shallcome, And shalltake his har-vesthome; - ee Sod ——, | | __ G2 Se ae et | All is safe-ly gath -ered in, Ere the win -ter storms ~ wha’ Wheat and tares to-geth - er sown Un - to joy or sor- row grown; From his field shall purge a - af All thatdoth of - Bt that day; ree wi ils US spear ae ee Spat oe 8 ee or God, our Mak-er, doth pro-vide For ourwants to be _ sup-plied: First the blade, and then the ear, Then the full corn shall ap - pear; Give his an - gelscharge at last In the fire the ah to Reet a an a o- 29 =a 85 eae a tee de SS — Come to God’sown tem - ple, come, Raise the song of har-vesthome. Lord of har-vest!grant that we Wholesome grain and pure may be. But thefruit-ful ears to store In his gar-ner ev-er-more. A-men. 7 FF 2 i ee es eel ids gape each at 2s SS ee eee ee OCCASIONAL DEDICATION 308 Christ is Made the Sure Foundation REGENT SQUARE. 8s, 7s, 61. Anon. (Latin, 6th or 7th Cent.) 7” J. M. Neale, 1851 H. Smart, 1867 BoB FSS RL Oi EOE ae. oo ererer ee seer eS -@- 1. Christ is made the sure foun~da - tion, Christ the head PR cor - neotel 2. All that ded -i - cat- ed cit - y, Dear =-ly loved of God on high, 3. To thistem -ple,where we call thee, Come, O Lord of hosts, to - day: 4. cat vouchsafe to all thy ser-vants What ses ask of thee to gain, ee eee SS = See es eee i o--- 8g __ gg —@——_ 9 —- 9 ti Chos-en of the Lord, andpre-cious, Bind-ing all the church in one; In ex - ult - ant ju - bi-la- tion Poursper- pet - ual mel - 0 - dy; With thy wont-ed lov ~ing-kind-ness, Hear thy peo - ple as they pray; What they gain from thee for-ev - er With the bless-ed tore - tain, | -o- prs stot aac aS a a = tae cal anes : f-__2 ee Ful GREG TEA Yeerks!” Fine hae OARDIL'|” FTreeey CUES CER ENTE =r ee eee ee re ae Rei =e AN 2 or ne ee es eee eS onges=s ee See cea eae a caeel Ho - ly Zi-on’s help for-ev - er, a ee con - ae dence a - lone. God theOne in Three a-dor-ing In gladhymnse - ter-nal - ly. And thy full-est ben - e-dic-tion Shedwith-in its wallsal - way. And here-af-ter in thy glo -ry Ev - er-more with ae rm rie A-men. 2 ee o- a. eine ss seer oe See =I Ao er ei a eastyieitors = Dok ecea 1 arena maa ME RES 309 For the Beauty of the Earth F. S. Pierpont, 1864 DIX. 7s, 61. Conrad Kocher, 1786-1872 SSS SS SSS 1. For He beau-ty of the earth, ae the beau-ty of he! skies, 2. For the won-der of each hour Of the day and of _ the night, 3. For the joy of hu-man love, Broth-er, sis - ter, par- ent, child, 4. For eo self, best Gift Di Ni To our race so free - ly giv’n, Beate nee == Ge ee sta Se = Q : 4 at OCCASIONAL i Pierce Aad ME ACA TAME (ASIAN ST == ar ey SH SES RANE AAI MONE RP CTTTNY (A a RS WR —__——@—_» oo 3 — —_—__9-—--—_@ — | Ce o For the love whichfrom our birth O - ver and a- round us lies— Hill and vale, and tree and flow’r, Sun and moon, and stars of light— Friendson earth,andfriends a - bove, For all gen -tle tho’ts and mild— For that great,great love of che Peaceon earth’ and joy in heav’n— 2 See = Shs eS 2 | Run naty oak a ele rar 7 Bersales = -- aS eee eee ae 3 one $-----— —@—f& —@— == perpen fear Tel” KATE) aaa et Ra ars == ie ee 2.2 = laa asia H OPENING AND CLOSING YEAR 310 Great God, We Sing That Mighty Hand LUTHER’S CHANT. L.M. Philip ey 1702-1751 H. C. Zeuner, 1795-1852 335) Ess aa Fg = pe Sp 12 1. Great God, we sing thatmight-y aa By whichsup-port-ed still we stand; 2. By day, by night, at home, a-broad, Still we are guarded by our God; 3. With grate-ful heartsthe past we own; The fu-ture,—all to us un-known,— 4.In scenesex-alt-ed or de-pressed,Be thouour joyandthou our rest; ee ya hl a i clack ek a . @ @. @- ih eas 2 Se ee poses a ea] SSS = er sr ete Ber ree Pea The op-’ning year thy mer-cy shows; Let mer-cycrownit till it close. By his in-ces-santboun-ty fed, By his un-err-ingcoun-sel led. ‘We to thyguard-ian carecom-mit, And peacefulleave be-fore thy feet. Thy good-ness all our hopes shallraise, A -dored thro’ all our changing days. A-men. ~B- -B- eu en ee Sel OCCASIONAL _ THE NEW YEAR 311 Another Year is Dawning Frances R. Havergal, 1874 AURELIA. 7,6, 7,6,D.° Samuel S. Wesley, 1864 Sete == Sar SSeS Se 1, An - oth- er year is dawn - ing, Dear Fa- ther, let it be 2. An - oth-er year of mer- cies, Of faith- ful-ness and grace, 3. An -oth-er year of ser - vice; Of wit-mness for thy love, In work-ing or in wait - ing An - oth - er year with thee; An-oth-er year of glad-ness In the shin-ing of thy face; An - oth - er year of train - ing For ho - lier work a - bove; a. oe eee A aecateree Se Sa Roe SSS SS er year of prog -ress, An - oth - er year mp praise, er year of lean- ing Up - on thy lov - ing breast, er year F ah -ing, Dear Fa - ng let it be SSS SSS Sl es F&F oa eazy An-oth-er year of prov-ing Thy pres-ence all the days; An- oth - er year of trust -ing, Of qui- et, hap-py rest,— On earth, or else in heav- en, An oth- er year for thee. A-men. gorse fee —— —— 240 OCCASIONAL DEATH 312 Beautiful Valley of Eden KELLEY. C.M. With Refrain Walter O. Cushing, 1823-1903 William F. Sherwin, 1826-1877 1. Beau - ti-ful val- ley of E- den! Sweet is thy noon-tide calm; 2. O «= ver the heart of the mourn-er Shin-eth thy gold - en day, 3. There is the home of my Sav-iour; There, with the blood-washed throng, CR ee O - ver the heart of the wea - ry, Breath-ing thy waves of balm. Waft - ing the songs of the an - gels Down from the far a = way. O - ver the high-landsof glo - ry, Roll - eth the great new _ song. REFRAIN my Shee ap 8 cee eae ee SE Sere Ie, Hee “omer ye Beau - ti- ful val-ley of E =- den, Homeof the pure and blest, How the pure and blest, oft - en a-mid the wild bil-lows I dreamof thy rest, sweet rest! A-men. -@- -0- OCCASIONAL DEATH 313 My Latest Sun Is Sinking Fast C.M. With Refrain | J. Hascall Wm. B. Bradbury, 1816-1868 Ne : oe ieee ares =e me er ae cs Ae “BEG Sr ( iene a oe oe ee — 1. My lat -est sun is sink-ing fast, My race is near-=-ly_ run; 2.1 know I’m near-ing ho - ly ranks Of friendsand kin -dred dear, 3. I’ve al-mostgainedmy heavenly home, My spir - it loud = ly sings; 4.0, bear my long-ing heart to Him, Whobled anddied for me; -0- -~- @- 9 -»- -@- [—*_-* 8 oo eae eee ee === 2a oe ioe ee Sie eI Gustto tN a My strong-est tri - als now are past, My tri-umph is _ be - gun. ForI brush the dews on Jor-dan’s banks, The cross-ing must be near. Thy ho = ly ones, be-hold, they come! I hear the noise of wings. Whose bloodnowcleans-es from all sin, And gives me vic - to - ry. ~- -»- © -o -9- o- 8- © 5» 2 -@- : PPCM DRONE I CE PE ee CR EROS 2S — oe: Sieateaieee See | ae A So 7 os (SS = 2 ma evans = : a OT AT Oe fe el Oe Or OO ere ae gk ge | 3 f | ay a eee snow - y wings To my im-mor-tal home; O, bearme a- way on your snow =-y wings To my im-mor -tal home. A - men. ms, -@- : -o- o- .- -». -s- -O-- ~@- C—s—s RA ox Se ee ae oc r2-Tp =p ti sat a is A AEG cre i eerie be — eee at aimee w GOSPEL HYMNS INDEX OF GOSPEL HYMNS Adoration I’ve found a Friend, 318 I will sing the wondrous story, 315 Low in the grave he lay, 317 Man of sorrows! What a name, 321 More about Jesus would I know, 324 My Jesus, I love thee, 323 Praise him, praise him, 326 Sing them over again to me, 314 Take my life, and let it be, 327 Take the name of Jesus with you, 320 There is no name so sweet on earth, 316 ’Tis so sweet to trust in Jesus, 322 We praise thee, O Lord, 328 What a friend we have in Jesus, 319 Ye servants of God, your master pro- claim, 325 Invitation Almost persuaded, now to believe, 335 Come, every soul by sin oppressed, 331 Come ye sinners, poor and needy, 341 God calling yet, shall I not hear, 336 I can hear my Saviour calling, 338 I hear the Saviour say, 337 I have a Saviour, he’s pleading, 332 Jesus is tenderly calling thee home, 334 My Father is rich in houses and lands, 342 Out of my bondage, sorrow and night, 340 Rescue the perishing, 329 Sinners Jesus will receive, 330 Softly and tenderly Jesus is calling, 339 While we pray, and while we plead, 333 Devotion Come, we that love the Lord, 343 I must tell Jesus, 347 I need thee every hour, 346 Jesus is all the world to me, 351 Jesus, keep me near the cross, 350 Lord, I hear of showers of blessing, 348 Pass me not, O gentle Saviour, 349 Saviour, more than life to me, 344 Tell me the old, old story, 345 When the sun shines bright, 352 Assurance All the way my Saviour leads me, 360 Be not dismayed, whate’er betide, 366 Blessed assurance, Jesus is mine, 359 Conquering now and still to conquer, 361 Encamped along the hills of light, 355 He leadeth me, O blessed thought, 364 In the Christian’s home in glory, 358 My hope is built on nothing less, 362 My soul in sad exile, 353 O safe to the rock, 354 Precious promise God hath given, 356 Safe in the arms of Jesus, 357 Stand up, stand up for Jesus, 365 There is never a day so dreary, 367 When peace like a river, 363 7 Consecration Give of your best to the Master, 375 Have thine own way, Lord, 384 I am thine, O Lord, 368 I gave my life for thee, 378 I love to tell the story, 385 I’m pressing on the upward way, 374 It may not be on the mountain’s height, 379 Nearer, still nearer, 376 On a hill far away (The Old Rugged Cross), 369 Saviour, lead me lest I stray, 370 Saviour, like a shepherd lead us, 377 Saviour, thy dying love, 380 Take time to be holy, 386 There’s a call comes ringing, 381 Thou my everlasting portion, 382 Thy word is a lamp to my feet, 372 True-hearted, whole-hearted, 383 When we walk with the Lord, 373 Yield not to temptation, 371 Heaven Face to face with Christ, 390 It may be at morn, 389 I will sing you a song, 399 Not now but in the coming years, 388 O land of rest, for thee I sigh, 398 One more day’s work for Jesus, 387 One sweetly solemn thought, 392 O think of the home over there, 393 Our Lord is now rejected, 391 Shall we gather at the river, 394 Some day the silver cord will break, 395 There’s a land that is fairer than day, 396 When my life work is ended, 397 ADORATION 314 Sing Them Over Again to Me WORDS OF LIFE. 8,6,8,6,6,6. With Refrain Philip P. bliss, 1838-1876 Philip P. Bliss, 1838-1876 ea eens eee |e es RE Nhe = ee iar ea a a a eee iia CO A ns -o- -@-. %- -« -o- -o- -@. -§: Nn woe: 1. Sing them o-ver a-gain to me, Won-der-fulwords of life, 2. Christ, the bless-ed One,gives to all Won-der-fulwords of life, 3. Sweet-ly ech-o the gos- pel call, Won-der-fulwords of life, Soest peace Se ee ee es er ac | | N a is ——— Sees heen”, oe -o. Let memore of theirbeau-ty see, Won-der-ful words of life. Sin = ner, list to the lov --ing call, Won-der-ful words of life. Of - fer par-don andpeace to all, Won-der-ful words of life. of life and beau - ty, Teach me faith and du - ty; so free-ly giv - en Woo - ing us to heav - en, sus, on - ly Sav - iour, Sanc - ti - fy as - ev - = Beau -ti - ful words, won- der - ful words, Won-der-ful words of life; « « @ « « @ @ @-: -o- = ee ee aL ME > a Ramee -—-—-— = basso play ie hat SOR Demow «Daas “ona pets mee =e SS SS Ball - ful words,won-der - ful ae Won-der -ful words of od A-men. a wy Copyright, 1917, by The John Church Co. Used by permission. 245 ADORATION 315 I Will Sing the Wondrous Story F. H. Rowley 8,7,8,7. With Refrain | Peter P. Bilhorn SaaS SS will sing the won-drous sto - ry, Of the Christ who died for me, : was lost, but Je - susfound me, Foundthe sheep that went a-stray, I wasbruis’d,but Je - susheal’dme, Faint was I from many a fall, He will keep me abi me riv - er ee its wa-ters at my feet; eee ebitee a =e =e =3e5 1. 2. 3. 4. 3 Bunsen! Aaa ~. B Lf : How he left hishome in glo - ry, For the cross on Cal - va-ry. Threw his lov - ing arms a-round me, Drewme back in-to his way. Sight was gone, and fears pos-sess’d me, But he freed me from them all. Then he’ll bear me safe - ly o - ver, Wherethelov’d ones I _ shallmeet. $e Tee fa seat -@-* -@- oa Hp sete meee 3 Jase Sa | CHORUS | teste 2 [2 SEES — ei et “Ete a abies pe gers eee yg a eee Yes, ll sing the won-drous sto - ~ ry Of the Yes, Ill sing the won-drous sto - ry, -0- -@-- -@- Christ whodiedfor me, Sing it with the saints in Of the Christ sages Words and music copyrighted, 1887, by Ira D. SANKEY. Renewal, 1914, by P. P. BirHorN 246 ADORATION glo - ry, Gath-er’d by the crys-tal sea. A-men. the oe bets glo -ry, Gath-er’d by thecrys-tal sea, the crys-tal sea. 316 There is no Name so Sweet on Earth SWEETEST NAME. 8s,7s. With Refrain Geo. W. Bethune, 1805-1862 Wm. B. Bradbury, 1816-1868 SS 1. There is no name so sweet on earth, No ret so sweet in heav-en, 2. And when he hung up = on the tree, They wrote this name a - bove him 3. So now, up-on his’ Fa-ther’sthrone—Al -might-y to re-lease us 4. O Je-sus! by that match-lessName Thy grace shall ii us nev - er; oes === 2 c coon — peeoereee = The name, be-fore his won-drous birth, To cist the Sav-iour giv - en. That all mightsee the rea-son we For’ ev - er- more must love him. From sin and pain—he_ ev - er reigns, The Princeand Sav-iour Je - sus. To - day as yes-ter- day thesame, Thou art the same for ev - er! 2a ae SEN PR Std PR ES ies ee Api sank = ae We love to sing of aig ome aces And hail him bless-ed ‘Je - sus!” Spice FS aia For there’sno word ear ev -erheard So dear. sosweet as Je -sus! A - men. owe 2 ADORATION 317 Low in the Grave He Lay CHRIST AROSE. 6,5,6,4. With Refrain Robert Lowry, 1826-1899 Robert Lowry, 1826-1899 1. Low in thegrave he lay— Je-sus my Sav-iour! Wait-ing the com-ing day— 2. Vain - ly they watchhis bed— Je-sus my Say-iour! Vain-ly theyseal the dead— 3. Death can-not keep his prey— Je-sus my Sav-iour! He tore the bars a - way— | va Je - sus my Lord! Up from the grave he a-rose, With a Hea rose, ~9- wang Je hs sn hanes SS ae might-y tri-umpho’er his foes; ee He a-rose a_ Vic-tor from the e a-rosel a. —— ad He a- rose! a -rosel He a-rose! sais 'Hal -le-lu- jah!Christ a- rose! A-men. -@- Copyright, 1916, by Mary Runyon Lowry. Renewal. Used by permission 248 . ADORATION 318 P’ve Found a Friend J. G. Small, 1866 8s, 7s, D. Geo. C. Stebbins, 1878 oH —&_|_4 — ed eae er al ae : -O- -@- 1. ’'ve found aFriend, oh, such aFriend!He loved me ere I knew him; 2. I’ve found aFriend, oh, such aFriend!He bled, he died to save me; 3. ve found aFriend, oh, such aFriend!All pow’r to him is giv = en, 4. I’ve found aFriend, oh, such aFriend!So kind, and true, andten - der, —— niiooy SS Bam lei” a Wa meses em pre 5 He drew me with the cords of lor , And thus he bound me to him. And not a-lone the gift of lite, But his own self hegave me. To guardme on my on-wardcourse,And bring me safe toheav - en. So wise a Coun =~ sel - or andGuide,So might- y a De-fend -er! AE Spee mgee epee te ey And ’round my heart still close-ly twine Those ties which naught can sev - er, Naughtthat I have my own I call, I hold. it for the Giv - er: Th’ e ~ ter -nal glo-ries gleam a-far, To nerve my faint en-deav -or: From him, who loves me now so well, What pow’r my soul cansev - er? For I ambhis, and he _ is mine, For-ev - er and for-ev-er. My heart,my strength,my life, my all, Are his, and his for-ev- er. So now to watch, to work, to war, Andthen to rest for-ev - er. Shall life or death, or earth or hell? No; I am _ his for-ev-er. A -men. —_9—--_g@—_— Copyright, 1919, Renewal. Horr PUBLISHING Co., owner 249 ADORATION 319 What a Friend We Have in Jesus Joseph Scriven, 1855 ERIE. 8s,73,D. — C. C. Converse, 1868 —,—|_®_ fh __ ASSETS. WE PONS PETRA TATION EL <= a = SS 1. What a Friendwe have in Je - sus, All our sins andgriefs to bear! 2. Have we tri- als and temp-ta - tions? Is theretrou-ble an - y-where? 3. Are we weakandheav-y la - den, Cum-bered with a load of care? us -2- -9-° 9-6 2 _ «0 —_*__»__2_____1 +94 — —— sept tt=2- fpf ays ppt te Pisa ecole Naa Li a nae Reais Bei pa Fe Reraeren Ta = SS se Sa ee Sree eee a What a priv -i- lege to car - ry Ev -’ry-thing to God in pray’r! We shouldnev-er be dis-cour-aged, Take it to the Lord in pray’r. Pre - cious Sav-iour, still our ref - uge— Take it to the Lord in pray’r. a a ae ta i a 2. —— fag e-—-— <6 _§ eo —_ »_ 6 o_o _* Ee = ee ee =e Yt (4A Cae (cht a ares Sods, eel stl ke wos —peie RU ai “Sp ea ee ee are fe oe Se oes See : +e | O, whatpeacewe oft-en for - feit, O, what need-less pain we bear, : Can’ we find a’ Friendso faith - ful, Who will all our sor-rows share? | Do thyfriendsde-spise,for-sake thee? Take it to the Lord in pray’r; ial ea es ae Pc a 5 el ah Saale Cart” eto bj st -2- -0- 2- -2- -2-° = = SS = isu == rt Ye ree ae es sa Poe ee ———— SSS Se eel : 3 -o- Z - == Sora: Ten ee All be-causewe do not car - ry Ev - ’ry-thing to God in pray’r! Je - susknows our ev -’ry weak-ness, Takeit to the Lord in pray’r. In hisarmshe’lltakeandshieldthee; Thouwiltfind a sol-ace there. A-men. ADORATION | 320 Take the Name of Jesus With You Mrs. Lydia Baxter, 1809-1874 8,7,8,7. With Refrain W. H. Doane, 1831-1915 1. Take the name of Je-suswith you, Child of sor-rowand of woe; 2. Take the name of Je-sus ev - er As_ a _ shieldfromev -’ry snare; 3. O the pre-ciousnameof Je- sus! How it thrills our souls with joy, 4. At the name of Je-sus bow - ing, Fall-ing pros-trateat his feet, Fear Fh Rare oy aE * e re RCE EE pa It will joy andcom -fort give you, Take it then,wher-e’er you go. If temp-ta-tionsround you gath - er, Breathethat ho- ly name in pray’r. Whenhis lov- ing arms re-ceive us, And _ his songs our tongues employ! King of kings inheav’nwe’llcrownhim, When our jour-ney is com-plete. . &- -@-. Pre - cious name, O how sweet! Hope of Pre - cious name, O how sweet! —_——_ 9-9 —__0—__,_@ === SS SSS wy | 0 aa 2 . ——s— era ban ws A LR A mp pee -O-« -#- of heav’n; Pre - cious name, O how “o- —" Pre-cious name, O how bs alae A —— oo @® @ @- F —— # aor ae = oe ee eer a EERE ! meee VALE TET Se eo ci es AAT i ee | v e a +--+} rae —_——— Se eee sweet! Hope of earth and joy of heav’n. A-men. sweet, how sweet! -@- mm es oe a ma { eae es a 6 im a} e Cm INVITATION 329 Rescue the Perishing 6,5,10,6,5,10. With Refrain Fanny J. Crosby, 1823-1915 William H. Doane, 1831-1915 —— a SS aa ====>=== eer sa 1, Res - cue the per-ish-ing, Care for the dy - ing, Snatchthemin pit - y from 2. Tho’ they areslighting him, Still he is wait-ing, Wait - ing the pen -i-tent 3. Down in the hu-manheart,Crush’d by the tempt-er, Feel - ings lie bur -ied that 4. Res-cue the per-ish-ing, Du - ty de-mandsit; Strength for thy la- bor the —f;-—-——+-—- —_}--——. Sein eed — aE Pe UROL: OW [ een =o ese ESS == sin and the grave; Weep o’er Re er -ringone, Lift up the fall - en, child to re-ceive; Plead withthem ear-nest-ly, Plead with them gen-tly, gracecan re-store; Touch’dby a lov-ingheart, Wak-en’d by kind-ness, Lord will pro-vide; Back to the nar-rowway Pa -tient-ly win them; -@- -@- os se Se. ad o @. at eer ros eer Be ue} ET Fe. en SAY wed ERED! SEN ON Ss oe ee pss rs gree) Sea vy nt pcuveaeg eo ease ae ities aad Toon ener tale mritepagtag ea Th ee HT Nan NR a, FOR? SRR SCRE Sa DENE DOTME LONE BATE a MH Even a And Fo —=3— 3-5 a oes Eee ee eee -@- Tell them of Je - sus themight-y to save. Res-cue the per - ish -ing, He will for-give if they on - ly be-lieve. Chordsthat are bro- ken wiil vi - brateonce more. Tell thepoor wan-d’rer a Sav- jour has died. -_ SS sie === tae ae SJ) —} ps SSS Saag aS al Care for the dy -ing; Je -sus is mer-ci-ful, Je-sus willsave. A-men. Lh ADE es coh streeee ie Po Mr fe Sse ba oe Sawa SS peh Fetes asic Copyright property of W. H. Doane. Used by permission 259 INVITATION 330 Sinners Jesus Will Receive Arr. from Neumaster, 1671 7s. With Refrain James McGranahan = 1, Sin - ners Je - sus will re-ceive: Sound thisword of grace to all 2. Come,and he’ will give yourest; Trust him,for his word is plain; 3. Now myheart con-demns me not, Pure be-fore the law I stand; 4, Christ re-ceiv - eth sin - ful men, E - ven me with all my sin; Sosa Sse SS Who theheav’n-ly path-wayleave, All who lin - ger, all who fall. He willtake the sin - ful-est; Christ re-ceiv - eth sin - ful men. He whocleans’dmefrom all spot, Sat - is-fied its last de-mand. Purg’d fromev -’ry spot andstain, Heav’nwithhim I en-= ter in. a+ @. and o’er a - gain; Christ re = Sing it o’er say - is Sing it oy er ey -gain; Christ re - Freee ea 2 = aa a Ne 1 aaa SS ceiv. - - eth sin-ful men; Makethemes - - = sage ceiv-eth sin - ful men, Christ re-ceiv- eth sin - ful men; Make the mes-sage plain, -0- -0--0- -@--@-- -o- #0. 0: @. 2. @. @ @. fey? iol A RAR RRO BD a a ae i | of ae 5 fee | 5 me | oi" a eo =i ae “Sr enen one ook on aon on aoe ee or ee ee wo ei ted Copyright, 1910, by Mrs. AppizE McGRANAHAN Renewal. International copyright secured. TABERNACLE Pus. Co., owner 260 INVITATION clearand plain: Christ re - ceiv - eth sin - ful men. A- men. Make the mes-sage plain: ge SST Eo, a ea a ce 2a eee See 331 Come, Every Soul by Sin Oppressed HEL S, ONLY TRUST HIM. 8,6,8,6. With Refrain J. H. Stockton = oa Sooo e $= 53> == =Ee S52 ia a i Come, ev - ’ry soul by sin ai ayes smer-cy with af Lord, 2. For Je - sus shed his pre-cious blood, Rich bless-ings to be -stow; 3. Yes, Je - sus is the Truth, the Way, That leads you in - to rest; 4, ste oe ae on this es - of band, And on to glo - ry 60) —» I a —f— —e— ft Fe Se Fert Dae ees Seer ees eee rarer aera == And he will sure- ly give you rest By a -ing in his word. Plungenow in- to the crim -son flood That wash-es white as_ snow. Be - lieve .in him with-out de-lay, And you are full - y_ blest. To dwell in that ce - les - tel land, Where joys im - a -tal flow. . @- @. -g-- ~~ : ca oe seed mcs feta aie = ee Se CHORUS ae Spas age es trust him, on - ly trust him, On - ly _ trust 2 now; a et ee ee ee ee (To Re FC a ee , Fest tn SS an EL Cee es es fants eet eS 24S SS al He aie save you, he’ will save you, iB will save you now. A-men. . ae fee E== = at a Pe pt Sates ae INVITATION 332 I Have a Saviour, He’s Pleading I AM PRAYING FOR YOU. 11,11,12,11. With Refrain S. O’Maley Cluff Ira D. Sankey, 1840-1908 SSeS Seay ots ose oe tee + FZ I have a Sav-iour, he’splead- ing in glo - ry, A dear, lov- ing vl have a Fa-ther; to me he has giv- en A_ hope for e - | have a_ frobe;’tis re-splen- dent in white-ness, A - wait -ing in - When Je- sus has found you, tell oth-ers the sto-ry, That my lov-ing ee RMA ree eS | JS] ge er ee ree SEES eS: ‘ wr a -o- -o- pans Oe A Sav-iour tho’ earth-friends be few; And now he _ is watch-ing in ten - der-ness ter - ni - ty, bless-ed and true; And soon will he call me to meet him in glo - ry my won-der-ing view; Oh, when I re-ceive it all shin - ing in Sav-iour is your Sav-iour too; Then pray that your Sav-iourmay bring them to @. @ 2. an” . J CHorus === al — z— elma ys — Sa oe See o’er me, And, oh, that my Sav-iour were your Sav-iour too! Foryou I am heav-en, But oh, that he’d let me bring you with me too! brightness,Dear friend,couldI see you re -ceiv- ing one too! glo - ry, And pray’r will be an-swer’d— ’twas answer’d for you! Copyright, 1904, BIGLow AND Marin Co., owner 262 INVITATION 333 While We Pray and While We Plead El Nathan WHY NOT NOW? 7s. With Refrain C. C. Case SSS SSS 1, While we pray and while we plead, While you see your soul’s deep oe 2. You havewan-der’d far a - way; Do not risk an - oth - er day; pd a the world you’ve fail’d to find Aught of peace for troub-led mind; 4. Come to Christ, con - fes-sion ot eich to ara and par -don a Shey While our Fa - ther calls you home, Will you not, my broth-er, come? Do not turn from God thy face, But to-day ac-cept his grace. Come to Christ, on him be - lieve, Peaceand joy you shall re - ceive. Trust in him from day to day, He willkeep you all the way. a ee a eens CHORUS a Ee ee ee et — -$- Why not now? Why not now? Why not come to Je -sus now? Why not now? Why not now? — @ @ @. @ @. @. ae — ae —— — —, o—__ 9 o-—_a— 7 1 —— Bee ee een ee 22 | Hin. SL. Hee ar Sate ea ooes is aaa = a Dueken he, - oi here —— Sos Ns SSS aaa Saal \ SORE Why not now? Why not nee we Why not come to Je-sus ie A-men. Why not now? oN not now? @ @ @. O--O-5 SSeS ip See rey sy Copyright, 1891, by C. C. Case, Used by per. 263 INVITATION 334 Jesus is Tenderly Calling Thee Home Fanny J. Crosby, 1823-1915 10,8,10,7. With Refrain Geo. C. Stebbins, 1846—— ___ so as—¢g ene ona Seas memo ease = a soe ~ - 1. Je -sus is ten-der - ly call - ing thee home— Call - ing to- day, 2. Je -sus is call-ing the wea-ry to rest— Call-ing to- day, 3. Je - sus is wait-ing; O come to him now— Wait-ing | to- day, 4. Je -sus is plead-ing; O list to his voice:;* Hearhim ‘to - day, . @. @. sis call-ing to-day; Why from the sun-shine of love wilt thou roam call- ing to-day; Bring him thy bur-den and thou shalt be biest: wait-ing to-day; Come with thy sins; at his feet low = ly bow; hear him to-day; They who be-lieve on his nameshall re - joice; Far - ther and far-ther a = way? Call . ing to - day, He will not turnthee a =- way. Come,and no lon-ger de = lay. Quick-ly a-rise and a - way. Call - ing, call - ing to-day, to - day, @- -@- — o—o——_ es Call - - - ing to - day, Je - - - sus is Call - ing, call - ing to -day, to - day, Je - sus is ten - der - ly -o- & o* 2 2 2 -o- -o- Ca” eo of ae RTT (064 i539 GE ER MATS = eo a is ae a a Oh eae eS # a - a 4 Copyright, 1911, renewal. Hope PusBLisHinG Co., owner 264 INVITATION .. fon spent | . SS SSE 1 aa ing, is ten- der-ly call-ing to - day. A- men. all-ing -to = day, at Sey 335 Almost Persuaded Now to Believe P. P. Bliss, 1852 ALMOST PERSUADED. P.M. P. P. Bliss, 1838-1877 ee Sfcr ars fre == ae ga et ee at 2 ogee Bae 1. “Al - most per-suad -ed” now to be-lieve; ‘Al - most per-suad - ed” 2. “Al - most per-suad - ed,” come,come to = day, ‘Al - most per-suad - ed,” 3. “Al - most per-suad - ed,’? har-vest is past! ‘Al - most per-suad = ed,” Sao srs Op oe : labia a a oe aw eee Christ to re - ceive. Seems now somesoul to say, “Go, Spir - it, ‘turn not a - way. Je - sus in-vites you here, An-= gels are doom comes at last! ‘Al - most”can not a- vail; ‘Al - most” is go thy way, Somemorecon-ve-nient day, On thee J’ll call.” lin-g’ring near, Pray’rsrisefromheartssodear; O wand’rer, come! but to fail! Sad, sad that bit - ter wail—‘Al - most,’ but lost! A - men. ei es eee a = _jae_s efits st eee *, 5 : = sales 4B 3 ae au SS eee ee re Sa ‘ass === a ab INVITATION 336 God Calling Yet! Shall I Not Hear? G. Tersteegen, 1750 WOODWORTH. L.M. Tr. by cerertta Borthwick, 1853 Wm. B. Bradbury, 1816-1868 (oS Sepia a Fires See seer e sae ( 1. bod call- ing ‘yet! shall I not hear? Earth’s pleasures shall I still hold dear? 2. God call-ing yet! and shall he knock,And [ my heart the clos-er lock? © 3. God call-ing yet! fay shall I give No heed,but still in bond-age live? 4. ne call- ing aly can not stay; 2 hee si fe ea a pi iad eo eet ay Fr a pet doe AS reese eS mas Free reise: Shall life’s swift passing years all fly, And still my soul inslumber lie? He still is wait-ing to re-ceive,Andshall I dare hisSpir-it grieve? I wait,but he doesnotfor-sake;He calls me still! myheart,a - wake! Vain world, farewell; from theeI part; ’ The voice of God hath reach’d my heart. A-men. V ine 337 I Hear the Saviour Say JESUS PAID IT ALL. 6,6,7,7. With Refrain Mrs. H. M. Hall, tae John T. Grape Gab Sebi terse Sir Pz aa 1% \ hear the Sav-iour SS aorge strength indeed is small, Bare of weakness,watch and 2. Lord,now in-deed I find Thy pow’r,andthine a-lone, Can change the lep-er’s 3. For noth-ing goodhaveI Where-by thy grace to claim—I’ll wash my garments 4. And when,be-fore the throne,I stand in him complete, “Jesus died my soul to saath ae en eae | me Sao isieti = ge pray, Mall ’ me thine all in all.” Je-sus paid it all, to him I spots, And melt the heart of stone. white In theblood of Cal-v’ry’s Lamb. save,” My lips shall still re - peat. INVITATION | Sin had left a crim-son stain, He oe it white as snow. -@-* -@-- = Sars ae =a 338 I Can Hear My Saviour Calling A- men. E. W. Blandly 8,8,8,9. With Refrain J. S. Norris SS See ese | O-. -@- pray My ot “O-. -o- "yy Ie a gn eee ae can hear my Sav-iour call-ing, I can hear my Sav -iour call -ing, 2. ll go with him thro’ the gar-den, T’ll go with himthro’ the gar- den, 3. Pll go with him thro’ the judgment, I’ll go with himthro’ the judgment, 4. He will ee me graceand glo-ry, He will give megrace and glo - ry, 25 =s Se ee aes = fa = ef aca Ni pmaese —@G eee iE mall s Satins I | a | ——-— FEIT n 5 SSS Soe Poe Se Sa en ® le vee Oo. -O -G. v I canhear my Sav -iour call- -ing, ‘‘Take thy cross re fol-low, fol - low me.” Pil go with himthro’ the gar- den, T’ll go withhim,withhim all the way. I'll go with him thro’ the judg-ment, Pll go with him, jwithhim all the way. He will give megraceand ae ry, And go with a with me all the way. === ae eee " are pete : SAD ccm LR Pes 0 ' Where he leads me ran will fol-low, Where heleads me I will fol - low, ===5 oo a — i. SE -el Wherehe leadsme I will fol-low, T’ll go Laat Bear theway. A-men. INVITATION 339 Softly and Tenderly Jesus is Calling W. L. Thompson THOMPSON. 11,7,11,7. With Refrain Will L. Thompson Very slow bp m rey hn ne Tg os, SOME RT a A ( ; -o- -o- 1. Soft - ly and ten-der-ly Je- sus is call-ing, Call-ing for 2. Why should we tar- ry when Je - sus is plead-ing, Plead-ing for 3. Time is now fleet-ing, the mo-ments are pass-ing, Pass-ing from 4. Oh! for the won-der-ful love he has prom-ised, Prom-ised for you and for me; See, on the por -tals he’s wait- ing and watch-ing, you and for me? Why should we lin- ger and heednot his mer-cies, you and from me; Shad -ows are gath-er - ing, deathbeds are com-ing, you and for me; Tho’ wehavesinn’d,jhe has mer-cy and par-don, Watch-ing Mer - cies come home, pay awe! Come home, et Ye who are wea-ry, come home; Ear-nest- ly, ten - der - ly, fen -- -O- -0- -@- -@-. NN & -e- ——— Hork PuBLISHING Co., owner. Used by per. 268 ee INVITATION 340 Out of My Bondage, Sorrow and Night W. T. Sleeper 9,8, 9,6,9,9,9,6 Geo. C. Stebbins, 1846—— -@- -@-e 1 my bond-age, sor - row and night, Je-sus, I come, Je-sus,I come; 2. Out of myshame-ful fail-ure and loss, Je- sus, I come, Je-sus,I come; 3. Out of un-rest and ar - ro-gantpride, Je-sus, I come, Je-sus,I come; 4. Out of the fear and dread of the tomb, Je- sus, I come, ee I come; 3 tp o-oo 6 ——-@ Oe eee nee (a ao ene —— = SS cee meee SS In - to thy free-dom,glad-ness and light, Je-sus,Icome to thee; Out of my In - to the glo- riousgain of thy cross, Je-sus, Icome to thee; Out of earth’s In - to thy bless-ed will to a-bide, Je-sus, Icome to thee; Out of my- In - to the joy and light of thy home, Je-sus,Icome to thee; Out of the sick- ness in - to thyhealth,Out of mywant and in - to thy Lae sor - rows in - to thy balm, Out of life’s storms and in - to thy calm, self to dwell in thy love, Out of de-spair in-to rap-tures a - bove, depths of ru- in un-told, In- to thepeace of mei shel-ter-ing fold, =e = =s SeSeeee eT Out of my sin and in- to meee Je -sus, I come to eet Out of dis-tress to ju - bi-lantpsalm, Je-sus, I come to _ thee. Up -wardfor aye on wingslike a dove, Je-sus, I cometo thee. Ev - er thy glo-riousface to be-hold, Je-sus, I cometo thee. A -men. o--_@—@-—_9 + cB pee eee ie —— aera eee Copyright, 1914, Renewal. Horr PusLisHinG Co., owner 269 INVITATION 341 Come, Ye Sinners, Poor and Needy ARISE. 8, 7,8, 7. With Refrain jJ- Hart, 1759 Arr. {) VA08)) Ay, CER A hie SS pam Bera = “fea TREES : Peres & ee era Ses EE TR Pe IN) {as GY: a aR | | oS ee 2 eat m © 1. Come, ye sin~-ners, poorand need-y, Weak and wound-ed, sick and sore; 2. Come, ye thirst - y, come,and welcome, God’sfree boun - ty glo - ri - fy; 3. Come, ye wea - ry, heav-y - lad-en, Lost and ru - ined by the fall; 4. Let not consciencemakeyou lin-ger, Nor of fit - nessfond~ly dream; A 1 AP | a aol fs adel EauerTeRuee d askecie Ay? > a hia” Pid ae Le a = NSD. L_¢ 4 Bree ey = @ e 1 a) | -o Je - sus read-y stands to saveyou, Full of pit -y, love and pow’r. True be = lief and true re - pen-tance, Ev - ’ry grace that brings you nigh. If you tar-ry till you’re bet-ter, You will nev-er come at ll. All the fit-ness he re - quir-eth Is to feel your need of him. I will a-rise and go to Je-sus, He will em-brace me in his arms; a INVITATION 342 My Father Is Rich In Houses and Lands A CHILD OF THE KING. 10, 11, 10,11. With Refrain Hattie E. Buell Rev. John B. Sumner, arr. a or eater ar ee See 1. My Fa-ther is rich in hous - es and lands, He hold - eth the 2. My Fa-ther’sownSon, the Sav -iour of men, Once wan-dered on 3.1 once was an out -cast stran-ger on earth, A sin - ner by 4. A tent or a _ cot - tage, why should I care? They’re build-ing a wealth of the world in his hands! Of ru - bies and diamonds, of earth as the poor-est of them; But now he is plead-ing our choice, and an a - lien by birth; But I’ve been a- dopt - ed, my pal - ace for me o-ver there; Tho’ ex - iled from home, yet, === Sa Pp oA COVEY > Ls 2 ME pe ee — (aaa ager Oa etal a at aan SSP _@o— eo ZA EE Bd 2 BA wea sil - ver and gold, His cof - fers are full, he has rich-es un - told. par-don on high, That we may be’ his when he comes by and by. name’s written down, An heir to a man-sion, a robe, and a crown. stil I may sing: All glo-ry to God, ’m a child of the King. ope Se ; pits a, yw 7 4 | CHORUS (sas Doge aesncoid ,. of - 4. the King, A child of the King: With a 2 o- -@-. asfD Wg ee eer by child of the King. A-men. Je - sus my Sav-iour [Tm a -o- ~ iio Sue eau . & s- : ley: ! toe race wai = o—| “ Sian wt 7) iG Pa (C-_) — ' - a ; = 4 MOGI See tH REONA Bema ee ad att | VEVOTION 343 Come, We That Love the Lord Isaac Watts, 1674-1748 6, 6, 8, 8,6,6. With Refrain Robert Lowry, 1826-1899 aS a a es ae —o--+-0——_ 4 ——J— = r ° , i" a oe ‘ " 1. Come,we that love the Lord, And let our joys be known; Join Zz. Let those re - fuse to sing Whonev - er’ knew our God; But 3. The hill of Zi- on yields A thou-sand sa - cred sweets, Be - 4 . Then let our songsa-bound, And ev - ’ry tear be] dry; We're eps bie re a > am wicks in a song withsweet ac-cord, Join in a song with sweet ac -cord, chil-dren of theheav’n-ly King, But chil-dren of theheav’n- ly King, fore we reach theheav’n-ly fields, Be-fore we reach the heav’n-ly fields, marching thro’ Im-man-uel’s ground, We’re marching thro’ Im -man - uel’s ground, @ @ + ; eo -o- __ 2 oo ee —_-—-_-———_- a a oe on al = = —— \s And thus sur - round the throne, And thus sur-round the throne. May speak their joys a-broad, Mayspeaktheir joys a - broad. Or walk the gold-en streets, Or walk the gold -en__ streets. To fair - er worlds on high, To fair - er worlds on high. (1) And thus sur-round the throne, And thus sur -round the throne. We’remarch - ing to Zi - on, Beau - ti-ful, beau-ti-ful Zi - on; We're We’remarch ~ing on to Zi - on, es set @ @ @. a te f-* 0 _ —s == @. @. = Copyright property of Mary Runyon Lowry. Used by permission 272 DEVOTION 12-1 a ae Sani erts o=3 se 5:2 SE Ears! march-ing up-wardto Zi - on, The beau-ti-ful cit-y of God. A - men. Zi - on, Zi- a -O- -O--O- Siete ee 344 Saviour, More Than Life EVERY DAY AND HOUR. 7,9, 7,9. With Refrain Fanny J. Crosby, 1823-1915 W. H. Doane, 1831-1915 fe ee aa 5s = 1. Sav-iour,more than life to me, I am clinging, ee -ing close to thee; 2. Thro’ this chang-ing world be-low, Leadme gen-tly, gen-tly as I go; 3. Let melove thee moreandmore, Till this‘fleet-ing, fleet-ing ste is o’er; Oe PO into o—s—_0 0a = Stitt = eS el eee AT ESSSy EY ees (Sige HE a Laan de os BS” Boas A Ser a bb thy pre - cious blood ap-plied, Keepme ev-er, ev-er near thy side. Trust-ing}thee, I can-notstray, I can nev-er, nev-er lose my way. Till my soul is lost in love, In a bright-er,brighter world a-bove. _ Sr neeaes o—),—_o—__o—_e—_o—— Seopa ee o— oa ee a ae et ie ee Sem eee Fen oaiead ae Sieg on Z a5 \s REFRAIN 3 == ese Se geretee Gra eee Ro opaeecnaer Se a oe | Ev- ’ry day, ev - ’ry hour, Let me feel thy cleansing pow’r; -o-° -e_ ‘ee ee 4 “yeaa -&- Bind me clos - er, on -er, Lord, to thee. A-men. —o— eo —e—e— a et aoe ee a ve ea a ST =| Copyright, 1903, by W. H. Doanr. Used by permission 273 DEVOTION 345 Tell Me the Old, Old Story CLD, OLD STORY. 7s,6s,D. With Refrain Catherine Hankey, 1865 W. H. Doane, 1831-1915 1. Tell me the old, old sto - ry Of un~-seen things a - bove, 2. Tell me the sto -ry slow - ly, That I may take it in — 3. Tell me the sto - ry soft - ly, With ear-nest tones and grave; 4. Tell me thesame old sto - ry, When you have cause to fear Of jJe-sus and his’ glo - ry, Of Je - sus and his love. That won-der - ful re - demp -tion, God’srem-e - dy for _ sin! Re-mem-ber! I’m the sin - ner WhomJe - sus came to save. That this world’s emp - ty glo - ry Is cost - ing me _ too dear. SOY GEE enetyra Fania We Ee Ae sk Ree a aS the sto - ry sim - ply, As to a lit - tle child, the sto - ry of - ten, For I for - get so. soon! the sto - ry al - ways, If you wouldreal-ly be, and when its glo - ry dawn-ing on my soul, HOr 2 ck am weak and wea- ry, And help -less and de - fil’d. The “ear - ly dew” of morn-ing Has pass’d a - way at _ noon! In *.an'- y.. time © of trou- ble, A com ~= 2 1. I need thee ev - 2 ue Most gra - ve Lord; a ten - der voice ica 2. I need thee ev-’ry hour, Stay thou near by; Temp-ta-tions lose their 3. I need thee ev -’ry hour, In joy or. pain; Ce quick-ly and a- 4. I need thee ev -’ry hour, a Ho - ites One; O- make me thinein- ppaettett in = Cpr po 228 Stee =e <0-)—4 oe Sane CHORUS —|,—|_—~y ee BSS eS eas | thine Can peace af - ford. I need thee,O, I need thee; Ev -’ry hour I pow’r Whenthou art nigh. bide, Or life is vain. esd, Thou bless - ~ Son. 1g Ae Ry a. o— Se Oo ee i cum epepto eet hie oe ree ee Sete Saas need thee! O bless me now, my Sav-iour, ee to thee. A - men. ates hs o—_ 9 —_9—__ 0-0 —__#—,— oad I SSeS een Copyright, 1914, by Mary Bele Lowry, Renewal. Used by alto 275 DEVOTION 347 I Must Tell Jesus E. A. Hoffman 10,9,10,9. With Refrain Rev. E. A. Hoffman 1.I musttell Je-sus all of my tri- als; I can-not bear these 2.I musttell Je-sus all of mytroub-les; He is a _ kind, com- 3. Tempted and tried I need a greatSav-iour, One who can help my 4.0 how the world to e- vil al-lures me! O how my heart is eS ~~~ BO o —o—. ae "Ses Ral tai ree = So oTeN. RA ne i ee oo 5 ee ea a a pias y | bur-dens a - lone; In my dis-tress he kind -ly will help me; pas-sion-ate Friend; If I but ask him, he will de- liv - er, bur-dens to __—ibear; I musttell Je-sus, I must tell Je - sus; tempt-ed to sin! I musttell Je-sus, and he will help me aN @- @ | dg a : = rer eT Foe =e : oe ae ee =| a 2 te z— —— eR CHORUS FA I PA wa a ye bw ev - er loves and cares for his own. I must tell Je - sus! my troub- les quick-ly an _ end. all my cares and _ sor-rows will share. the world the vic -t’ry to win. Sia wares a an ae 4 I must tell Je-sus! I can-not bear my bur-dens a - lone; I must tell FO i eet 5 oe Copyright, 1893, by THe HorrmMAN Music Co. 276 DEVOTION Je-sus canhelp me, Je-sus a - lone. Je-sus!I must tell Je-sus! So a ie i are EE ee Sem sesame a ee lpealaeh liga Isamele st 348 Lord, I Hear of Showers of Blessing EVEN ME. P.M. §8,7,8,7,6,7 E. Codner, 1860 . W. B. Bradbury, 1862 a ee cymES TS Sie SSeee Ses scereg eh = 1. Lord, I hear of show’rsof bless-ing Thou art scat-t’ring full and free— 2. Pass me not, O- gra-cious Fa- ther, Sin - ful though my heart may be; 3. Pass me not, O ten-der Sav-iour; Let me love andcling to thee; 4. Love of God, so pure andchangeless, Blood of Christ, so rich and free, SiS Sere Sr eee $f aS = as ro alias tne ened 7) pel Seren see Ore as we oy er a — Show’rsthe thirst - y land re-fresh-ing, Let some por-tion fall on me, Thou might’stleaveme, but the rath- er Let thy mer- cy light on me, I am long -ing for thy fa- vor; Whilstthou’rtcalling, oh call me, Grace i God, so strong and bound-less, Mag - ni - fy them all in me, oe =e SHS Ss ts ae geste “felis ia atedal ia some por- tion fall on me. Let thy mer - cy light on me. Whilst thou’rt call-ing, oh, call me. Mag-ni-fy them all in me. A -men. +2) ty ZB Sees = = iatal DEVOTION 349 Pass Me Not, O Gentle Saviour PASS ME NOT. 8s,5s. With Refrain Fanny J. Crosby, 1823-1915 W. H. Doane, 1831-1915 SSO ——S— 4S Hiewra ae RSM ENE : os ae eS ee ee ee —~—_o—_£-_fe o> — —o-—_—__-—_ 3 1. Pass me not, O gen- tle Sav - iour, Hear my hum-ble_ cry; 2. Let me at thythrone of mer - cy Find a sweet re - lief; 3. Trust- ing on- ly in thy mer - it, Would I seek thy face; 4. Thou theSpring of all my com - fort, More than life to me, a pe =e ea ee =: a oe ame qo relate ——s— |} 2a ne =r Bee fs = See = Se While on oth-ersthou art call - ing, Do not pass me Kneel - ing there in deep con - tri - tion, Help my un - be - eG Heal my wound-ed, bro-ken spir - it, Save me by thy grace. Whom have I on earth be -side thee? Whom inheav’n but thee? -@- t ’ OO SELEY ni es PN af pee Sid Lita FS fact SS —— fete aya AE SS Epis ——— “aa ie ee —2——# ames —— SoM ow URS LORS Se a - iour, Sav - iour, Hear my hum - ble cry; G- — 9 — o——_;—e——_o-——_. aE Maa So NT LEA Ss ATEN REA KE EW Aas Be a aes ea Ore s+ gs oo While on oth-ersthou art call - ing, Do not pass me by. A-men. Copyright property of FANNY T. DoANE. Used by per. 278 DEVOTION 350 Jesus, Keep Me Near the Cross NEAR THE CROSS. P.M. With Refrain Fanny J. Crosby, 1823-1915 W. H. Doane, 1831-1915 1. Je - sus, keep me near the cross, There a _ pre-cious foun - tain, 2. Near the cross, a trem-bling soul, Love and mer - cy found me; 3. Near the cross! O Lamb of God, Bring its scenes be - fore me; 4. Near the cross Ill watch and wait, Hop - ing, trust-ing ev - er, pe eR ee ee 25 So eee eee Free to all, a heal-ing stream, Flows from Cal - v’ry’s moun- tain. There the Bright and Morn-ing Star Shed his beams a-round me. Help me walk from day to day With its shad-ows o’er me. Till I reach the gold - en Strand, Just be- yond the riv - er. Re es aS eh ey ar ale o- : 22S ———— = Pe mer en boeer ae pret REFRAIN 2-2, 7 RS) REST © eam = Te te ee in the cross Be my glo - ry ev - ef, a yi Pe ihe MB ye a. & 2. - Ff f fo. es. ae | | —— oo —_ oo — SEAS Gk SUA Rice ROL anne A ee ee AS A” MR” CN Siac oe ee ———__. ——@9—— _@ (@is ig 2 ot, oO —_ 9 _|-o —_+—____@—_ |, 45 + SS See Baea | Peak OI eR” Ra tana srs Th Copyright property of FanNtE T. Doane. Used by per. 279 DEVOTION 351 Jesus is All the World to Me W. L. Thompson 8, 6, 8, 6, 8, 8, 8,3 Will L. Thompson Gre aS ioe cteer nee Ee Be eee SSRN EIT el sav ATAC =| 1. Je-sus is all the world to me, My life, my joy, my ll; 2. Je-sus is all the world to me, My Friend in tri-als_ sore; 3. Je-sus is all the world to me, And true to him [I'll be; 4. Je-sus is all the world to me, I want no bet-ter friend; bh Hat eiateasssin acre aud Rial? sewer SSS | aoe rn 7 ——@ wo ae te He ned is mystrengthfromday to day, With-out him I would fail. I £0 to him for bless-ings,and He givesthem o’er and o’er. Oh, how could I thisFriend de -ny, Whenhe’s so true to me? ~ I trust him now, I'll trust him when Life’sfleet-ing days shall end. -@- pe eS fies — —— GB : -o- r -@- -@-« When I am sad, to him I go, No oth-er one cancheer me s0; He sendsthe sun-shine and the rain, He sendsthe har-vest’sgold-en grain; Fol-low-inghim I know I’m right, He watch-es o’er me day and night; Beau-ti- ful life with such a Friend; Beau-ti- ful life that has no end; ee a eo + [aie oe | is can a Re | ETS ; 255s a =I : ” | dea Te PARRA DE ET SN Ki —* see So eer ea er ees a -o- -@- “fw eo 3o * . -o- : When I am sad he makesme glad, He’s my Friend. Sun -shineand rain, har-vest of grain, He’s my _ Friend. Fol -_low-ing him, by day and night, He’s my Friend. E - ter-~ nal life, e- ter -nal joy, He’s my Friend. A - men. Copyright, 1904, Hope Publishing Co., owner. 280 DEVOTION 352 When the Sun Shines Bright I, E. Reynolds 10,7,10,7. With Refrain I. E, Reynolds ws Ys when the sun shines bright and your heart is light, Je-sus is the Friend you need; 2.If youw’relost in sin, all is dark with - in, Je-sus is the Friend you need; 3. Whenin that sad hour,when in death’s grim pow’r, Je-sus is the Friend you need; 4. Whenthecaresof life all a-round are rife, Je-sus is the Friend you need; —— tt $4 — eet: a -— a Aap a =F se ele es ted eee ai ies Ss —— == fiche edd hase maanninaran air LES sa ee ae i ae ge re ss fee sie =o Sse oa eae ae an When the cloudshanglow in this world of woe, Je-sus is theFriend you need. God a-lone can savethro’the Son he gave, Je-sus is theFriend you need. If youwould prepare ’gainst the tempter’ssnare, Je-sus is theFriend you need. Glo- ry to his name, al-ways he’s the same, Je-sus is theFriend you need. 2 9». S—2—-6—s ef — "og = Se ee Esl aegis rs if el >‘ at so | Senge = Ld See ait § ee ee a re __. © -_ 9o-_0—_o-__o__s_—_| 7... ________ = a ee Je-sus is the Friend you need, Such aFriendis he in - Je ety ah ow “yt . is the Friend you need, Such prs ie Seleutne: 2-2. 2. #4 sfc — ~—__l eg ap SURES Rc MOE AS a ae —}" — 2+ oo 2 FS 6 ikea SSE eo % i a a ae PEARY [ee CERRADO REM eee —f— | re = = = aa, us . deed; He who not- eth ey - ry tear, He will Friend is he in - deed; ee oO rf 3 Hie N NS vel eae 2S Se Pah eal —_——__ —— —S hk} seeni al oe SS ——— Seay —- o——_-@ ——9——_a—_|—-e eg ban-ish ev -’ry fear, Je - sus is the Friend you need. A-men. -2- gs -@- +- | -@- -2- ._ t+ & ~-. ‘ te ——— = oe sume ogfk 22 en eee ee a We i Op SSS Copyright, 1918, by Rozerr H. COLEMAN 281 ASSURANCE 353 My Soul in Sad Exile H. L. Gipets hi 8,11, 8 With Refrain George D. Moore ae =——— = 7S Pe Gone ic eo a an =—=2= ee ag, ae Pog i: se i in te ex - ile was out on life’s sea, So bur-dened with ao Derk yield-ed my-self to his ten -der em-brace, And,faith tak -ing ; 3. The song of my soul,since the Lord made me whole, Has been the old 4. Oh, come to the Sav-iour, he pa-tient-ly waits, To save by his * op bee eee bet eee ee <= saci tence on eel tear erect ee sin and dis - trest, Till I heard a sweet voice say-ing,‘‘ Make me your choice,” | hold of the word, My fet- ters fell off, and I an-chored my soul: sto- ry so blest, Of Je- sus,who’ll save who-so - ev - er will have pow-er di - bat Come, an-chor your soul in the rg ven of rest, =a o—-@ =f oly guy hs tain gee =D {| fa fear dma yrs 4 oe ee tee oes pawen we Loe Gig eS La == _Chonws NN Sane eee Sara Bea as iva 20 Gane Gs eos pe [SSS | AndI en-tered the ha - ven of aor stig an-chored my soul in the The ha-ven of rest is my Lord. homein the ha- ven of rest. And say, ‘‘My Be - lov - ed is’ mine.” pene oeneateees Dre aN eee abies eee 6 ee ce ha-ven of rest, Tl nat the wide Ale no more. Tie’ tem-pest may 8 8 —@—_ 9 — @-—- 6 _@—_@ oa ooo pL ieee eke tee oe wane: Ze 2 leet Ste ves ss =a Seer an = resleges tT -@- -@-. -@- BZ sweep o’er the wild storm-y ert a Je-sus I’msafe ev - er- more. A-men. pte e ae “CES A ee ite, 2s easy Sis. ES ae eal Fees ) WERE E EELS pgs aa) Copyright, 1889, by JoHN J. Hoop. Renewal, H. L. Gitmour,owner. Used ts pet. _ 282 ; ASSURANCE 354 O Safe to the Rock HIDING IN THEE. 11s. With Refrain Rev. William oa yaaa 1881 Ira D. Sankey, 1881 SSS SS safe to the Rock that is et ~ f than 1¢ y in the calm oof the noon - tide, in sor - row’s ione hour, 3. How oft a8 the con - flict, when press’d by the foe, —_—_ 3 —@ tt acres wala ce “Wen: See ee ee o——¢ D4 == aes See = ae cw Sadenoh gi medldl eariebe BN ses of RA: aa > SEE — a tA eee a ape ALOR == ee === peewee fe nl aeons -g—— rena lm —{-— , \e maa e My soul in its con - flicts and sor - rows would fly; In times when temp - ta - tion casts o’er me its pow’r; I have tar to my Ref - uge and faa out my woe; 25 =.= ae f= =e So sin - ful, so wea- ry, thine, thine would I be; Thou In the tem-pests of life, on its wide, heav-ing_ sea, Thou Haw: oft - oe when tri- als like sea - bil -lows roll, Havel | a BEEZ ioe ear eee See i oe eee oo zie pe bee =a blest ‘Rock of A - ges,’I’m hid - ing in oe Hid - ing in thee, blest “Rock of A- ges,’”I’m hid - ing in thee. hid - den in thee, O thou Rock of my soul. ohh Be hah AE ne Nd dated = mee a8 bee eae ae — aaagsl hid - ing in thee, Thou blest “‘ Rock pe. pig ges,”’ fy hid -ing in ea A-men., Hore PuBLISHING Co., owner. Used eE SA ye 283 ASSURANCE 355 Encamped Along the Hills of Light John H. Yates C.M. With Refrain Ira D. Sankey, 1840-1908 -oF -o&- 1. En-camped a-long the hills of light, Ye Chris-tian sol - diers, rise, 2. His ban-ner o - ver us_ is love, Oursword the word of God; 3. On ev - ’ry hand the foe we find Drawnup in dread ar - ray; Edw ah: bac A RN CAD mR A a ik A a bt eee SSS 4 SS a. oo. oo TT ape ies car aaa naa And press the bat - tle ere the night Shallveil the glow-ing skies; We tread the road thesaints a-bove Withshoutsof tri- umph trod; Let tents of ease be left be-hind, And on-ward to the fray; eo -o- -o Sai ea eis (a 5 SSP Se A-gainst the foe in vales_ be-low, Let all ourstrength be ia, By faith they, like a whirl-wind’s breath, Swepton o’er ev - ’ry field; Sal-va-tion’s hel-met on eachhead, Withtruth all girt: a - bout, Sail dd 4 OB ; the vic - to - ry! [Faith is the vic - to - ry! Faith is the vic - to - ry! Faith is the vic -= to - ry! oh cad NES Pee Ne fe: lage P: ines ee : oan a a @ @. Kane URNCm Ravine SE GES, aes —— ip ee = ee 0 i” - a Copyright, 1919, Renewal. BiGLow aNnpD MAIN Co., owner 284 ASSURANCE - Oh, glo-ri - ous vic - to - ry, That o - ver-comesthe world. A-men. 356 Precious Promise God Hath Given pee Niles 8,7,8,7. With Refrain P. P. Bliss, cote p <6 prom-ise God at giv - en, To if wea - Be er teers - Whentempta-tions al-mostwin thee, And thy trust- ai watchers fly, - Whenthy se-cret hopeshave perish’d In thegrave of yearsgone by, - Whentheshadesof life are fall-ing, And the hour has come to die, $s Saere eer » =a +e -——_ B- —--—- Lt i ee =e ~~” On ma way from earth to heav-en, ‘I willguide thee with mine eye.” Let thisprom-ise ring with-in thee, pel will guide thee with mine eye.” Let thisprom-ise still be cher-ished, “I willguide thee with mine eye.’ nn 2 trust - y Pi - a call - ing, ar as one say ia BR eye.” 2 ¢ 1. In the Christian’s home in glo - ry, There re-mains a land of rest; 2.He is fit-ting up my man-sion, Which e-ter - nal - ly shall stand, 3. Pain and sick-ness ne’er shall en - ter, Grief norwoe my _ lot shall share; 4. Death it-self shall then be vanquished, And _ hissting shall be with-drawn; There my Sav-iour’s gone be-fore me, To ful-fill my soul’s re-quest. For mystay shall not be tran - sient, In that ho - ly, hap - py land. But, in that ce - les - tial cen - ter, I acrown of life shall wear. Shout for glad-ness, oh, ye ran-somed! Hail with joy the ris - ing morn. There is rest for the wea-ry, There is rest for the wea-try, On the oth-er side of Jor-dan, In the sweet fields of E- den, 9- -0-. 9- -o- “~ =. Se ee Fi Pais Ow Oe eh ae ie Lae : Za ee ETA, - FAT, PRR! Jal DS | SEP MXN FA WE: @ the wea-ry, There is rest for ee is bloom-ing, There is rest for you. A-men. There is rest for Where the tree of life ASSURANCE 359 Blessed Assurance, Jesus is Mine Fanny J. Crosby, 1823-1915 9,10,9,9. With Refrain Mrs. J. F. Knapp ee Pimms sso ‘oT REE a i OP Had I a a es a oS Su SS =a 1. Bless-ed as-sur-ance, Je-sus is bee Oh, what a fore-taste of 2. Per - fect sub-mis-sion, per-fect de - light, Vi “ sions of rap-ture now 3. Per -fect sub-mis-sion, all is at rest, I in my Sav-iour am ee — SSS \s glo - ry di - vine! Heir v sal - va - tion, pur-chase of God, burst on my _ sight; An- gels de-scend- -ing, bring from a - bove hap ~ py and blest; Watch-ing and wait -ing, look-ing a ~- bove, CHORUS SSS aS = aise eee Born of his Spir - it, wash’din his blood. This is my sto-ry, this is my Ech- oes of mer- cy, whis-pers of love. Fill’d with his as ness, lost in his love. a ong; ie oh my sto ~ ry, ee d this is my song, Prais-ing my Sav-iour all the day long. A- men. JoserH F. Knapp, copyright owner. (Free) 288 ASSURANCE 360 All the Way My Saviour Leads Fanny J. Crosby, 1823-1915 Robert Lowry, 1826-1899 = 1. All the way my Sav-iourleads me; What have I to ask be-side? 2. All the way my Sav-iour leads me, Cheerseach wind-ing path I tread, 3. All the way my Sav-iourleads me; Oh, the ful -ness of his love! 53 ee e, arene 1k a a OP ) ee ee b —|-o—e pie ao setts BE ew ew is \s Can I doubt his ten-der mer - cy, Who thro’ life {has been my Guide? Gives me grace for ev-’ry tri - al, Feedsme with the liv - ing bread. Per - fect rest to me is prom-is’d In my Fa- ther’s house a - bove. NN | N —___-_ @——- @ @—_e—-__.---- yf ele 8 Be 2 — tie —?—+s—— 8 — eT Heav’n - ly peace, di- vin- est com-fort, Here by faith in him to dwell! Tho’ my wea-ry stepsmay fal - ter, And my soul a-thirst may be, When my sgpir - it, cloth’dim-mor-tal, Wingsits flight torealmsof day, o—__s—_,— 2 ain hag Dara Slept ation ate sean | hs —b- beset soem Sasa SSeS wal kent a | oa sid Su SS For I know,what-e’er be-fall me, Je-sus do-eth all things well; Gush-ing from the Rock be-fore me, Lo! a spring of joy I see; This my song thro’ end-less a - ges: Je-sus led me all the way; For I know,what-e’er be-fall me, Je-sus do-eth all things well. Gush-ing from the Rock be-fore me, Lo! a springof joy I _ see. This my song thro’ end-less a- ges: Je-sus led me all the way. A-men. Caan Saenae — eo pes ef SS ae Copyright, 1917, by Mary Runyon Lowry, Renewal. Used by permission. 289 ASSURANCE 361 Conquering Now and Still to Conquer 9, 7,9, 7,8, 7,8, 7. With Refrain Sallie Martin Jno. R. Sweney, 1837—— pe ay Geer 1. Conquer-ing now and still to con-quer, Rid-eth a King in his might, 2. Conquer-ing now and still to con-quer, Whois this won-der - ful King? 3. Conquer-ing now and still to con-quer, Je-sus,thouRul-er of all, Lead - ing the host of ll thefaith-ful In - to themidst of the fight; Whenceare the ar-mies whichhelead-eth, While of his glo - ry they sing? Thrones and theirscepters all shall per - ish, Crownsand their splendor shall fall, ah ae) P See them withcour-age ad-vanc-ing, Clad in theirbril-liant ar - ray, He is our Lord and Re-deem-er, Sav-iourandMon-arch di - vine; Yet shall the ar--mies thou lead- est Faith-ful andtrue to the last, @. @. @ —"° @+ 9: oe. === Shout-ing thename of theirLead-er, Hearthemex - ult - ing - ly say: They are the stars that for- ev - er Brightin his king-dom will shine. Find in thy man-sions e - ter - nal Rest,whentheirwar-fare is past. P) f° ce Pee ne mem Sea YTS ad Be Soa ERS Ow CHORUS ms 1 a ee as Saar barb ar b bo ies bb Not to the strong is the bat-tle, Not to the swift is the race, N of oe eo — ere Copyright, 1890, by JNo. R. SweNEy. Used by permission of L. E. SwENEY KIRKPATRICK 290 ASSURANCE ~~” Yet to thetrue and the faith- oe Vic-t’ry is prom-ised thro’ grace. A-men. plate) Ano mae oie saat $:g._¢ ina ee = ses aaice a | CN ae aaa Se ees eee ree le a 362 My Hope is Built on seuuaage ee THE SOLID ROCK. L.M. Edward Mote, 1797-1874 William B. Bradbury, 1816-1868 ts mS rape oni ase a Qua oie eee er eS os 1. My hope is built on noth-ing less Than Je - sus’ blood and eae 2. Whendarknessveils his love-ly face, I rest on his un-chang-ing grace; 3. His oath, his cov - e-nant,his blood, Sup-port me in the whelm-ing flood; 4. When he shallcome with trumpetsound,Oh, may I then in him be found; fqasaes =e == eS = a ag dare nottrust the sweet-estframe, But whol-ly lean on Je-sus’ name. . in ev- ’ry high and storm-y gale, My an-chorholds with-in the vale. When all a-round my soul Back way, He thenis all my hopeand stay. Dress’din his right-eous-ness - lone, padaniee tostand be - fore the throne. A = faaeee Ss === or es Sane: Semester Sat a) =} iremca rea 3a REFRAIN i. Sipe le ae ener ee NES 552 = Sse Sete = =e On Christ, the sol - id Rock, I stand; All oth-er ground is SS Ss ee ee Ee Sela Pa ip a os ran ee sink - ing sand, All oth - ie eae is sink - ing Nei A - men. STS Tee Se St, Sea (aed damn yt oe case Wa a Dada gy een et ees —E Sat] 2] gt sie || ne ihe erred id a oo 291 ASSURANCE 363 When Peace, Like a River IT IS WELL WITH MY SOUL. 11,8,11,9. With Refrain H. G. Spafford P, P. Bliss, 1838-1876 1. When peace,like a riv - er, at - tend-eth my way, Whensor - rows like 2. Though Sa-tan should buf -fet, tho’ tri - alsshouldcome,Let this blest as - 3. My sin— oh, the bliss of this glo - ri - ous tho’t—My sin— not in 4. And, Lord, hastethe day when the faithshall be sight, Theclouds be roll’d sea - bil-lows roll; What-ev - er my lot, thouhasttaughtme to say, sur - ance con-trol, ThatChrist has re-gard-ed my help- less es - tate, part, but thewhole, Is nail’d to the crossand I bear it no more, back as a scroll, Thetrump shall re-soundand the Lord shall de-scend, is well, it is well with my soul. And hath shed his ownblood for my soul. Praise the Lord,praise the Lord, O my soul! “E -ven so”’—it iswell with my soul. It is well soul, It is well, it is well with my soul. A-men. with my _ soul, a. oe eg | 1 — LY AL OE —tt— HH ot at a er eee ‘ Copyright, 1918, by THE Joun Cuurcu Co. Used by permission 292 ASSURANCE 364 He Leadeth Me! O Blessed Thought HE LEADETH ME. L.M.D. J. H. Gilmore, 1859 Wm. B. Bradbury, 1816-1868 eo = eS ———_- Ca Fee bal fs pee et a a 1S $320 —_ -@ e- _-: ) 1. He lead-eth me! O bless-ed tho’t! O wordswithheav’nly com-fort fraught! 2. Some-times ’mid scenes of deep -est gloom,Some-times when E - den’s bow-ers bloom, 3. Lord! I .wouldclaspthy hand in mine, Nor ev - er mur-mur nor re- pine; 4. And when my task on earth is done, When by thygrace the vic-t’ry’s won, SS ee (Ser == = = eer Ppt pester: -o--G--o- © -@- r | What-e’er I do, wher-e’er I be, _ Still ’tis God’s hand that lead-eth me. By wa - ters still, o’er trou- bled sea,— Still tis his hand that lead-eth me. Con - tent what-ev-er lot I see, Since’tis my God that lead-eth me. E’endeath’scoldwaveI will not flee, Since Godthro’ Jor -dan lead-eth me. 7N Py eeN SOY oo Sg Vi eee Veo gage la ot sy See Pe eer FE hand a eat _ SP a) sie Pree ea He lead-eth me! he ee eth me! By his own hand he lead-eth me; (ass Satie iaieel His faith-ful fol-low’r I wouldbe,For by his hand he lead-ethme. A-men. 293 ASSURANCE 365 Stand Up, Stand Up for Jesus George Duffield, 1858 7,6, D. With Refrain Adam Geibel eee er oo te 3S te os 8 1. Stand up, stand up for Je - sus, Ye sol-diers of the cross; 2. Stand up, stand up for Je - sus, The trum-pet call o - bey, 3. Stand up, stand up for Je - sus, Stand in his strength a - lone; 4, Stand up, stand up for Je - sus, The strife will not be long; oo Pai s vo a @ tora ee a Lift high his roy - al ban - ner, It must not suf - fer loss: Forth to the might-y con - filict, In this his glo - rious day; The arm of flesh will fail you, Ye dare not trust your own; This day the noise of bat - tle, The next, the vic - tor’s song: A —Si— oF — j a SP me ste — WZ From vic -try un-to vic - try His ar- my Shall he lead, “Ye that are men now serve him” A - gainst un - num-bered foes; Put on the gos-pel arm - or, Each piece put on with prayer; To him that o-ver- com - eth, A crown of life shall be; © Till ev-’ry foe is van - quished And dese is Lord in - deed. Let cour-age rise with dan - ger, Andstrength to strength op - pose. Where du-ty calls or dan - ger, Be nev-er want-ing there. He with the King of glo -. ry Shall reign e - ter- nal - ly. yo iS sail TAA Stand up (stand up) for Je - sus, Ye sol-diers of the cross; Lift { ea ch ft 7a ae | SRE BE ia NT! Bi (2 Sere Copyright, 1906, by Geibel & Lehman. Assigned 1906, to Adam Geibel Music Co. Used by permission. Hall-Mack Co., owner. : ASSURANCE _ high hisroy-al ban - ner, It must not, it must not suf-fer loss. A- men. oe be og &. s sa aa B-- ye sane peat ci Mere wee a see a = fas== 2a i =e And to the soul that trusts him, He giv - at pure de- we Out-stretch’din sweet com - pas- sion, Our bur - den still to bear; The heart once pierc’d on Cal - v’ry Doth for his peo- ple feel; fe eagles re a ee =: = —— There is nev-er a path so hid-den, But God willshow the way, Thereis nev-er a life so dark-en’d, So hope -less, so un- ype He will ev-er ful - fill his a - te a word can nev ~- er oso epee Gre ae Se Z 2—plge HS =e fe we will seek his guid-ance, os pa - tient-ly will pray. may be filPd with glad-ness, In Je - sus’ peace may rest. is our help in trou- ble, Ourstrengthwhenfoes as-sail. A -men. spar atetope rept toeaeneeey 296 CONSECRATION 368 I Am Thine, O Lord DRAW ME NEARER. 10,7,10,7. With Refrain Fanny J. Crosby, 1823-1915 W. H. Doane, 1831-1915 ee ee gli am thine, O Lord, I haveheard thy voice, And it told thy 2. Con-se-crate me now to thy ser - vice, Lord, By thepow’r of 3. O the pure de-light of a sin - gle hour That be-fore thy 4. Therearedepthsof love that I can - not know Till I cross the ———— @2-~ rs gs =~ —__®——_#—_,_o—"— e——9-—_— D5 --—§—-4—4- 4-1 4—- me a th Se nh sae ead ae ial mR, _+__—_,_,—_p—_ ee ee cere eee oO -@ love to me; But I long to rise in thearms of faith, And be grace di - vine; Let my soul look up with a sted-fast hope, And my throneI spend, When I kneel in pray’r,andwiththee, my God, I com- nar - row sea; Thereare heightsof joy that I may not reach Till I Penge TS ———,-@-— we = Es = — o—_@—_,_9—_o— Pp a , | Bemis Se ae REFRAIN fepeilent AN AR Ea ret Se = Or Or are a a oo clos - er drawn to thee. Draw me near - ef, near- er, blessed will be lost in thine. mune as friend with friend! rest in peace with thee. near - er, near - ef, ppt eee ——— ‘ieee Cages oe oP a a a a nS we : ine fe Seal Bhi ci ea Laake db = SS SSS . 4 Lord, To the crosswhere thou hast died; Draw me near-er, near -er, oo ee ee ar near- er, bless-ed Lord, To thy pre - cious, bleed - ing side. A-men. eg A ae sey ies ee oman) a a ee 5-o—s—»—o—»—_| >= ewe ee eral eee! ae : —--_——_ —_—+-— Se a ae a = ec atemeome Copyright, 1903, by W. H. Doane. Renewal. FANNIE T. Doane, owner. Used by permission 297 CONSECRATION 369 On a Hill Far Away THE OLD RUGGED CROSS. 12,8,12,8. With Refrain Rev. G. Bennard Rev. Geo. Bennard 65S pear = 1. iy a “ah far a-way stood an old Weal aP cross, The em- blem of 2. Oh,that old rug-ged cross so _ de-spis’d by the world, Has a won-drousat - 3. In the old rug-ged cross,stain’d with blood so di-vine, A won - drous 4. To the old rug-gedcross I will ev = er me eg. pe pe ie and re - 3 : — a : 2 — suf-f’ringand shame; And I love that old cross where the dear- i and best trac-tion for me; For the dearLambof God left his glo-ry a-bove, beau-ty I see; For ’twas on thatoldcross Je-sus suf-f’redand died, proach gladly bear; Thenhe’llcall mesomeday to myhomefar a - way, a eT ee Be ies tee Be De ee eee ; —— —-—@—|-@ o-—o— eae ee CHORUS ie eee eee Oa Ae Gis For a world of tee sin -ners was saint So IT’ll cher-ish the bd rug- aed a bear it to dark Cal-va = ry. par-donandsanc=- ti- fy me. Where! his glo- ry for-ev- er [ll share. cross, the cross, Till my pracy at last I ct down; I willcling to the __ old ese CTOSS, _ Copyright, 1913, by GEo. BENNARD. Homer A. RoDEHEAVER, owner ' 298 CONSECRATION 370 Saviour, Lead Me, Lest I Stray Biank M. Davis, 1882 7s. With Refrain Frank M. Davis, 1882 1 AT a CEES ATE! Fla Re og tas VET area ee ee ate t ) SS eee =o Porters ——— g@— — o-—_ - jp vamee Sea ae 1. Sav - iour, lead me, lest I _ Stray, Gen - tly 2. Thou, the ref-uge of my _ soul When life’s 3. Sav - iour, lead me, then at last, . When the a a. @. eo: @ | a Tine ioe il ac ee eet ee Say Sr) z az we —~@-— 2 — chee eee Dp: iy lis ia I. Sav - - iour, lead me, lest I _ stray, Gen - - ag = as eee eee $7 Sey at a s lead me all the ot I am safe when by thy storm-y bil-lows roll, I am safe whenthou art storm of life is past, ay the 3 of end-less ————— a pun a8 care eee 1 tly lead me all the way; - 1s en es eee > LES Saal ea Sena eres Sse | bbbeEeE ve CT Ww side, I would in thy love a- mal nigh, All my hopes on thee re - ly. day, Where all tears arewip’d a ~ way. 2. @. M ed >= =f 33 82 Ser escars = =| etc ee eee ls ww safe when by thy side, I would in thy love a - bide. REFRAIN | oe Rey ain eer Ge me a Sees we B fiog Sere phates ae. ° FT | Lead me, lead me, Sav - iour, lead me, lest I __ stray; Gen - tly: one lest I stray; 2. ee Sata eee a eeees rss ye oy re is EL rit. ¢ aim. = SETS. = Sees a —z or ee ee = oy Ne zl ~~ @ ——— a, aah vo 67 -o- down the stream of time, Lead me,Sav-iour,all the way. A- men. stream of time, | all the way. @. @ @ @ @ @ @ @_ | | SS eet on eet eee ee gov ea cad aes Eee eae ae ree ee Copyright JoHn J. Hoop Col 299 CONSECRATION 371 Yield Not to Temptation PALMER. 6,5,6,5,6,5,6,5. With Refrain H. R. Palmer, 1868 H.R. Palmer, 1868 oe eee —S- a 235 aes eos a ee Se see eee By se se ee 1. Yield not to temp-ta - tion, For yield-ing is sin; Each vic-t’ry will 2. Shun e- vil com-pan-ions, Bad lan-guage dis- dain, God’s name hold in 3. Topeet him that spate eth God giy-eth a crown, Thro’ faith we shall GPa fo =] ee co ee eee SS === soc Sees = ete help you Some oth-er to win; Fight m man - ful- ly on - ward, rev -’rence, Nor take it in vain; Be thought-ful and earn - est, con - quer, Tho’ oft - en cast down; He who is_ our Savy - iour, S28 SS EE mae === saz] ~—— Dark pas-sionssub-due, Look ev-er to Je-sus, He'll car-ry you through. Kind-heart-ed and true, Look ev-er to Je-sus, He’ll car-ry you through. Our espa ie willre-new, Look ev-er to ages -sus, He’llcar-ry you through. Ask the Sav-iour to help you, Com - fort poe and keep you; eee aes ===. Seca SS He will car- ry you through. A -men. Copyright, 1897, by H. R. PALMER. Renewal 800 CONSECRATION abe Thy Word Is a Lamp to My Feet Adapted by E. O. Sellers 8,7,8,7. With Refrain E. O. Sellers gf CATES RNG Ue SE aah 1. Thy word is a lamp to my feet, A light to my path al - 2. For- ev - er, oh, Lord, is thy Word Es - tab-lish’d and fix’d on 3. At morn~-ing, at noon, and at night, I ev - er will give thee 4. Thro’ him whom thy ag hath fore - told, The Sav-iour and ate - ing —-H- -—-@-__#—__- it es = = ee se [a ees —4 FIR PROT PY Remy Re Pe BY Fe ao Sea way £ ite and to save me Ane sin, And show me the high; Thy faith -ful-ness un - to all men, A - bid-eth for - praise; For Thou art my por-tion, O Lord, And shalt be thro’ ae Sal - va- tion and peace have been bro’t To those who have ————_,,_—_*—__o—_;— @.. @-— — att ee 4 4s —_ 2 8 — == are —o— KS) TES ABS PIE ae ES PO OR ad BE TE Kiar rx. CHORUS—PsS. 119: 11 ne —— heav’n- ly way. Thy Wordhave I hid in my heart, ev - er nigh. in my heart, -~o- —Krooe——— a eee ee ee ei RUSTE OC SS aes oe ee ee ns Ca —<— 4 — 4 2 —T is SSS See { ad That I might not sin a-gainst a That I might not sin, a~ gainst Thee, ie SSS SS oe sae arise nie a al i, Eh RRS SS Ese ve Spat See That vis not sin, nhy ast have I hid in my Heat A ~ men. Copyright, 1908, by ERNEsT O. Grins 801 CONSECRATION 373 When We Walk With the Lord J. H.Sammis TRUST AND OBEY. 6,6,9,6, He With Refrain D. B. Towner SSS See 1. When we walk with the Lord In the Light of his Word What a 2. Not a shad-ow can rise, Not a cloud in the skies, But his 3. Not a bur-den we bear, Not a sor-.row we share, But our 4 S . But we nev - er’ can prove The de-lights of his love Un - til . Then in fel - low-ship sweet We will sit at his feet, Or we'll - —S- aR : Se 5 Siete glo - ry he sheds on our way! Whilewe do his good-will He a - smile quick-ly drives it a- way; Not a doubt nor aé fear, Not a toil he doth rich - ly re- pay; Not a grief nor a loss, Not a . all on the al-tar we lay; For the fa- vor he shows, And the ey by a side in’ the way; Whathe says we will do, Wherehe fen cha e- fhsins ey Bae an eee ate a a Bes eo with us. still And with all who will trust ad Oo - bey. sigh nor a’ tear, Can a- bide while we trust and o frown nor a’ icross,, But'.is ) blest; .if wei trustecand a joy he be stows, Are for them who will trust and 0 - bey. sends we will go, Nev-er fear, on - ly trust and o ee eases. ——== ==] wae eles! See ee ee ee To be Trust; and; % ov- bey, for there’s no oth - er way of. ff _¢ # # Steers oe oes Ss Copyright, 1921, by D. B. Towner, Renewal. TABERNACLE Pus. Co., owner 302 ee CONSECRATION ee Sl -G-e hap - py in Je - sus, But a trust Refs Oo - bey. A-men. eee ee nite os e— SCR CEO ERT my aE ee| oenae ge ee A= Sea ee = es BEIGE enrol BIE : er vrs ol PRPS I Barron ee 374 I’m Pressing on the Upward Way Johnson Oatman, Jr. HIGHER GROUND. 8s. With Refrain Chas. H. Gabriel eS —\y | ——— ae fbr eo @ -@- -@- - eg 1. I’m press-ing on the qece way, Newheights Tan wainenne ev -’ry day; 2. Myhearthas no de-sire to stay Wheredoubtsa-rise and fears dis- may; 3.I want to live a-bove the world, Tho’ Sa-tan’sdarts at me arehurl’d; 4.I want to scale the ut-mostheight, And catch a gleam of glo-ry bright; o— pt — | oa area See ieee si CoN ERT EEA TOP ZA ot ce ee es =e e Boy; @ B.S Bless-ed aaa Je-sus, Thou Beat bought us,thine we Ga Bless-ed Je-sus,Bless-ed Je-sus, Hear the chil-dren when they pray. Bless-ed Je-sus,Bless-ed Je-sus, Ear - ly let us turn to thee. Bless-ed Je-sus,Bless-ed Je-sus, Thou hast‘lov’d us, love us _ still, A- men. a Oi Oe Ir tes £3 ETaa ene er sie Sees a Ag ST Seas SPIE E Ep esa ——— Oe CONSECRATION 378 I Gave My Life for Thee Frances R. Havergal, 1836-1879 KENOSIS. P.M. P. P. Bliss, 1838-1876 fee 8 Sf Se oe oe SS —sigot ets Ee caietiees Sek ee 1.I gave my life for thee, My pre - cious blood shed, 2. My Fa-ther’shouse of light, My glo - ry - cir -cled throne, Said suf - fer’d much for thee, Morethan thy tongue can tell, 4. And I havebroughtto thee, Downfrom my home a - bove, eae -a- -2- -@- -o- -@° -@- @o- 6- -s- i CAE C5— ee ae eSignal ae x _—— 2 Et (ial eres bee ie a ai eg a = Saat Se Se ie a eae (aS Sa SSS ods, That thou might’stran-somed be, And quick- en’d Pane the dead; I left for earth - ly night, For wan-d’rings sad and lone; Of bit-t’rest ag - 0 - ny, To res-cue thee from hell; Sal - va- tion full and free, My par - oe and z oy. _ -O- -O- -0- -O- -@-° -@- eth ae ee ee E = | | e —e — oe ee. -Z—8—e-1 ote off Bb ors 8 a eo a eee as =o Sl Copyright, 1899, by RopeRT Lowry. Renewal. Used by per. 309 CONSECRATION 381 There’s a Call Comes Ringing SEND THE LIGHT. 11,6,11,6. With Refrain C. H. Gabriel Chas. H. Gabriel 54— ae : (ae ate ee ee ee S: -S -o- Bees -O-. -@- -@- 1. There’s a_ call comes ring -ing o’er the rest -less wave,‘‘ Send the light! 2. We haveheardthe Mac-e - do-niancall to-day, ‘‘Sendthe light! 3. Let us pray thatgrace may ev - ’ry-where a-bound; Sendthe light! 4. Let us not grow wea-ry in the Kn ai Ne Send the light! Send the light! pl a oe "ean Le Rul ghiciiglbeah steiae a ei es eet ee ; ee aes i a feos ae ao SSS SSS == -9- -@- Send the light!” There aresouls to res-cue,there aresouls to save, Send the light!’ And a gold-en of- Pring at thecross we lay, Send the light! And aChrist-like spir- it ev -’ry-where be found, Send the light! Let us gath-er jew-els for acrown a- bove, Send the light! | we NR ee | NY gg ge eee ——— ee Ee Pie a le ee poetic @ EAD cere Lr ae ee | Ban i ee Ry) — eeeseiP?——____—___- a 2 eles EE SED Re eT EL SE mee, rE a oe > = Send the light! Send the light! Send the light! the blessed Send the light! Send the light! o ane = ne eye pee -b5- |} —+__— woe ne (Sikes bys 8 —— | Sg i gos - pel light; Let it shine from shoreto shore! bless-ed gos = pel light; Let it shine cael Baers to shore! = : e ean -e- iy i = =" -@- -@- pee === === SS —| OO -- — 8 SS eee eee 54-4 _o— ear or ee ee ee eee premperieansse 0! od 3S SS Se Send the light! the bless -ed gos - pel light; Send the _ light! the bless - ed gos - pel light; lia ietnae ee 2 Pann. een Copyright, 1890, by Cuas. H. GABRIEL 310 ay CONSECRATION ee . g iach for - ev - er- more. A -men. shine for - ev - er-more. : NNR : SS SS ey 382 Thou, My Everlasting Portion CLOSE TO THEE. 8,7,8,7. With Refrain Fanny J. Crosby, 1823-1915 Silas J. Vail 1, Thou,my ev - er-last-ing por- tion, Morethanfriend or life to me; 2. Not forease or world-ly plea- sure, Nor for fame my pray’r shall be; 3. Lead me thro’ the vale of shad-ows, Bear me o’er life’s fit - ful sea; Se ee ee ee A All a-long my pil-grimjour-ney, Sav-iour,let me walk with thee. Glad-ly will I toil and suf -fer, On - ly let me walk with thee. Then the gate of life e - ter - nal May I en - ter, Lord, with thee. @. @ @. @. @.. .»- a a =e ee ea OP Ses eet SS Soe REFRAIN % a aR ——| Sora a ad : Oe LN Pre oo. ee Berea oe = a= Close to thee, close to thee, Close to thee, close to thee; All a- Close to thee, close to thee, Close to thee, close to thee; Glad-ly Close to thee, close to thee, Close to thee, close to thee; Thenthe : @- @ 2 @. @ 2 IN OSE Bt Leen Ee Seto — — b—o— §- : a : : : at ie oe See Py Pai Aa va watch-word! si - lence it nev - er! Song of our spir - its, re - | ce ern a Se eres Sie ee es . . . s joic - ing and free; Peal out the watch-word! loy - al for-ev - ef, re-joic-ing and free; Peal out the watch-word! loy-al for-ev - ef; Copyright, 1916, Renewal. Hope PUBLISHING Co., owner 312 CONSECRATION ee iegieziie = our lives, by thy grace we will A - men. King of our lives, by thy grace we will Fee = fSFa= =HE1E} 384 Have Thine Own Way, Lord! Adelaide A. Pollard, 1906 5s, 4s. Geo. C. Stebbins, 1907 Slowly ce) LAs i ree al PE SS RE ad Re CR ESSN Crea ean “tet Ob eS a ae ve ag yas Te eet oe ee ea Pera oom “34 Be “@ oe a | 1. Have eae own way, Lord! Have thine own way! Thou art the 2. Have thine own way, Lord! Have thine own way! Search me and 3. Have thine own way, Lord! Have thine own way! Wound-ed and 4. Have thine own way, Lord! Have thine own way! Hoid o’er my —_@__» _@ _ ere eee -9-— 6,89 — o— a — epee ee -—s— cf emma ee 20 a Sue a A a ion A FTL ce ae aoe oe od eee ace ere Pot - ter; I am the the Mould me andmake me Aft - er thy try me, Mas-ter, to - day! Whit - er than snow,Lord, Wash me just wea - ry, Help me, I pray! Pow - er—all pow - er— Sure-ly is be - ing Ab - so-lute pai Fill with thy Spir - it Till all shall = ee oe = =e $= — oe ai So Sign Saicte ee Es ere = While I am wait-ing, Yield-ed and stil, As in thy pres-ence Hum-bly I bow. Touch me and heal me, Sav-iour di - vinel Christ on - ly, al - ways, Liv - ing in me! A - men. ed [eal ae a TENE PP ST eo ee eee ee oat ; —~ —_e---|— eo —_»——e- | Copyright, 1907. Horr PUBLISHING Co., owner 213 CONSECRATION 385 I Love to Tell the Story HANKEY. 7,6,7,6,D. With Refrain pee oa ore drt ata 1874 William G. Fischer, 1869 —s =a oan SSS love to tell ne sto: (= ! ae ~o- arias aoesier Teme ifs sett BS ; sot ae a Copyright, 1919, by James McGRANAHAN. Renewal, IN Cop., Sxc,, TABERNACLE Pus. Co,, owner. 317 HEAVEN 389 It May Be at Morn H. L. Turner 12,12,12,8. With ar James McGranahan 12 ga 5S SSS ars ~~ o oe @e ee | may be at morn, when the day if if - wak-ing, When sun-light thro’ Ret may be at mid - day, it may be at twi-light, It may be, per - 3. While its hosts cry Ho-san - na, fromheaven de-scend-ing, With glo- ri- fied 4, Oh, joy! oh, de-light! should we go with-out wae Ravan No _ sick-ness, no eet oe eee = Sse & ! are: Smee A oe ee dark - ness and shad-ow is break-ing, That Je - sus ‘will come in_ the chance,that the black-ness of mid-night Will burst in - to light in the saints and the an- gels at - tend-ing, With grace on his brow, like a sad - ness, no dread and no cry - ing, Tene eat up thro’ the clouds with our eee = = eer eas oe —~o-—o oa —— SS (2S a full - ness of glo - ry, To re-ceive from the world “his own.” blaze of his’ glo - ry, When Je - sus re - ceives “his own.” ha - lo of glo - ry, Will Je - sus re - ceive “his own.” Lord in -to glo - ry, When Je - sus re - ceives “his own.’ reas acre coal a ca eo rete Gare Lae Z=§ Z turneth! Hal-le - ata ee oe oa hee A - men,Hal -le - aa 6 Lea A-men. foe aoe ate == 9 —8--o— aaa fie ee eae es lie 1906, by JAMES MCGRANAHAN. Musdss easil Pus. me owner 318 HEAVEN 390 Face to Face With Christ FACE TO FACE. 8,7,8,7. With Refrain Mrs. Frank A. Breck Grant Colfax Tullar Moderato a5 re ELS SWANN PNETHC PAaview se emma SEES CAE! TET ~—— ae = x a oe = hig Seon ge ena 1. Face to face with Christ:my Sav -iour, Face to face—whatwill it be? 2. On - ly faint-ly now, I see him, With the dark-ling veil be-tween, 3. What re-joic-ing in his pres - ence, Whenare ban-ish’d grief and pain; 4. Face to face! oh, bliss-ful mo - ment! Face to face—to see and know; 7 | -0- -©- -@- > aa Wie "1 Rig a arp ave Cr ie ee Ba er ere esos eee ae = Gabry ene ea zt \s Ss 14 std Anecdotal Lt doe Ti ae eal a le Na AN VO PRE GRP Nc AFL aed a Sw poneaea red 6. -—__6.— eee ==> a eee Bast e Sag eo Ste gO eee When with rap-ture I be-hold him, Je - susChrist who died for me. But a bless-ed day is com - ing, Whenhis glo - ry shall be seen. When the crook-ed ways arestraighten’d, And the dark thingsshall be plain. Face to facewithmy Re-deem-er, Je - susChrist who loves me so. CHORUS aS Oa ee eer per inane cae Goan sa Pca eset Ser a Qe bg ee ee eee oo ee eet ea ee a Face to face shall I be-hold him, Far be-yond the star-ry sky; a << e hia? Ya A ial (7 EP NA eee o- @ 4 J -@- . —--@—-@-+ 6 ,—_____ J _} —_____} Sey SINE ae ine a Bette te ee =e — l TE a el a A RO CoN Jey ees SS eee ae ee vere ee ooh ee ee re ; Ant Ae te -o ee @ z mae 5 Face to face in all his glo- ry, I shallsee him by and by! A- men. CN Copyright, 1899, by TULLAR-MEREDITH Co. Used by per. 319 - HEAVEN 391 Our Lord is Now Rejected El Nathan 7,6,7,6,7,611. With Refrain James McGranahan SSS SS SSS 7S __|_$——-» ° cs 1. Our Lord is now re- ject - ed, And by the world dis-owned, 2. The heav’ns shall glow with splen - dor, But bright-er far than they 3. Our pain shall then be o - ver, We'll sin and sigh no more, 4. Let all that look for, has - ten The com-ing joy - ful day, eae Sl ober PES RR Bee i fe glee SVL a espe — Settee Ind SS oo ics =p ae eon en re Sraenesen ie em Prema =< PD pee eta ox | igo) 6. a eae os Ne 5 a en a a) Wel de aa “eae ES one ee SS = SS eee neat” By the man-y still neg-lect- ed, And by the few enthron’d; The saints shall shine in glo - ry, As Christ shall them ar - ray; Be - hind us all of sor - row, And naught but joy be - fore; By ear-nest con=- se- cra - tion, To walk the nar-row way, o- . 2 -o-° Gres a o- s— 3 ~¢- But soonhe’ll come in glo - ry, The hour is draw-ing nigh, For the The beau-ty of the Sav-iour Shalldaz-zle ev -’ry eye, In _ the A joy in our Re-deem-er, As we to him are nigh, In _ the By gath-’ring in the lost ones, For whomour Lord did die, For the -02- -2- -o- : RS OE id PR encos ciy oe eee i A A” A A AL oN A eo “Trl rs eee = a Ps 4 CHORUS NS SS SST Se SSS ES ee A= ae SS 2 ee eee eee aie na Sa crown-ing day is com-ing crown-ing day that’s com-ing crown-ing day that’s com-ing crown-ing day that’s com-ing Copyright, 1909, Renewal. TABERNACLE Pus. Co., owner 320 —s=— 6 ss Is com-ing by oe by, When our Lord shallcome in ‘ pow - er,’ -2-- -@-: @. -2- -@- -@- -@- === ape ee os S tstaa ea a te eee aspera: i ceaaeeiye R And * Ee - ry” pia on Pe eel oh the ees rious sight a glad - den 3,2 iM es aie aes eee == eee == ieee att 2 tell Each eats een re eye, In the lia: day ‘ae penne byand by. A- men. Redes yey ie O: ae uk alia MP be $35 o— a oa == ae Sool 2===220 = a] 392 One a Solemn Thought CARY. P.M. Eben Tourjée Phoebe Cary, 1854 Arr. by L. Franklin Snow 2 a gee 1, One sweet - ly i - emn hoten! Comes Ms me o’er and 0’ ee 2. Near-er my Fa-ther’s house Whereman - y man-sions be; 3. For e - ven now my feet May stand up-on its brink; Sire Set 2 SE ed ee I’m near-er home to - day, Than e’er I’ve been be - fa Near-er the great white throne,Near-er the jas -per _ sea. I may be near- er home, Near-er nowthan I _ think. A -men. ft § $$» — oy = =Sea= sree eee PAE e Le HEAVEN 393 O Think of the Home Over There D. W. C. Huntington 8,9,9,8. With Refrain Tullius C. O’Kane mht ~ e $$ . —___ 9--@— @ 1.0 think of tthehome o-verthere, By the side of theriv - er of 2. O think of thefriendso-verthere, Who be-fore us thejour- ney have 3. My Sav-iour is now o-verthere, Therémy kin- dred and friendsare at 4. ll soon be at home o-verthere, For the end of my jour - ney I | “¢ Ps ABD CN ee a a —a- ss Fe ia Ba a et NN Es Sn a Se SS gg -f ay --—— BO 0 OO OO eee Oe light, Where thesaints, all im-mor - tal and fair, Are trod, Of the songs thatthey breathe on the air, In their rest; Then a- way from my sor - row and care, Let me see; Man - y dear to myheart, o - ver there, Are o = ver there, Ss a REFRAIN = = —— eee 2——— | e —@ *_g- LT eT Pe Se robed in their garments of white. O -ver there, o - ver there, home in the pal-ace of God. O -ver there, o - ver there, fly to theland of the blest. O -ver there, o - ver there, watch-ing and wait-ing for me. O -ver there, o - ver there, -e o-ver there. O - ver there, o - ver theres : . -o-* : -@- -@- ; a era! | ae es La ——_——__ ,— eee es {SESE Ee eet = wpe EE 2 Peres re eee = “A Se tana mews scune Segment G eee eee ee |= - a O think of thehome o - ver there, O - ver there, O think of thefriends o - ver there, O - ver there, My Sav-iour is now o - ver there, O - ver there, lll soon be at home o - ver there, O - ver there, -&. -@- e o - ver there, ‘ S a O - ver there, o-verthere, o - verthere, O think of thehome o - ver there. o-verthere, o - verthere, O think of thefriendso - ver there. o-verthere, o - verthere, My Sav-iour is now’ o- ver there. o-verthere, o - verthere, I['ll in be athome o-verthere. A-men. os a ts PN eo Pa a Pde e: ae = By — ee == =pieoleicl 394 Shall We Gather at the River Robert Lowry, 1864 8,7,8, 7. With Refrain Robert Lowry, 1864 (002 eon rman aa weO byt 38 ome a 1. Shall we gath-er at the riv - er, Where bright an-gelfeet have trod; 2. On the mar-gin of the riv - er, Wash-ing up its sil-ver spray, 3. Ere we reachtheshin-ing riv - er, Lay we ev-’ry bur-den down; 4. Soon we'll reachthe shin-ing riy - er, Soon our pil-grim-age will cease; {oe em == ee acre (So ee ee = Sea With its crys-tal tide for-ev - eral Flow-ing by thethroneof God? We will walk andwor-ship ev - er, All the hap- py, gold-en_ day. Grace our spir-its will de- liv - er, And pro-vide a robe and crown. Soon our _ hap - py hearts will on - er Withthe mel-o - dy of peace. CHORUS Bigg ee Og ae: == — = —- eatgageees aie Yes, we'll gath- ” at ie a -er, The beau-ti - ful, the beau- i Dae riv - er,— + +— Ng: ae. Te {2 @_ @: @ @:- @ @ > @ @ Le Se Sa al =— yore cb foe eae es 2 Ya == Fe aa pao e 6-6 RE ISN = A Sao Ld (Sg, of, we eee See ee ee e Se oe ete Gath-er with the Se at the riv - er Thatflows by the throne ~ God. A-men. -@-°- --@-*-@ a y is -+-— e = -+-- = @o-° fa aiiea ais) pe poe ee pete =e eed a E= Copyright property of Mary Runyon Lowry. Used Pay, permission 323 HEAVEN 395 Some Day the Silver Cord Will Break Fanny J. Crosby, 1823-1915 8s. With Refrain Geo. C. Stebbins, 1845—— ea ee ba hes Es be She 1.\Some day the sil - ver cord willbreak, And I no more as now shallsing; 2. Some day my earth - lyhouse will fall, I can-not tell howsoon’twill be, 3. Some day,when fades the gold-en sun Be-neaththe ro - sy-tint-ed west, 4, Some day; till then I’ll watch and wait, My lamp alltrimm’d and burn-ing bright, But, O, the joy when I shall wake With-in the pal-ace of the King! But this I know—my All in All Has now a place inHeav’n for me. My bless-ed Lord shall say,‘““Welldone!” And I shall en-ter in - to rest. That when my Sav -iour opes the gate, My soul to himmay take its flight. him face to face, | to face, And tell the sto-ry—Sav’d by grace; ; shall see S22 0 And I shall see him face to face, And tell the sto-ry—Sav’d by grace. A-men. io Shall see to face, a rar eo. __itee _ a = [Peat + a= a PAE Ce Copyright, 1921, Renewal. Hore PusiisHinc Co., owner 824 HEAVEN 396 There’s a Land That is Fairer Than Day S. F. Bennett 9s. With Refrain J. P. Webster ee ee ee 1. There’sa land that is fair - er fhan day, And by faith we can 2. We. shall sing on that beau - ti - ful shore The me-lo - di-ous 3. To our boun - ti - ful Fa- ther a-bove, We will of - fer the see it a - far; eit the Fa - ther waits o - ver hie wae To pre- songs of the blest, And our spir - its shall sor- row no more, Not a trib - ute of praise, For the glo - ri- ous gift of his love, And the pare us a dwell-ing-placethere. In the sweet by and sigh for the bless- ing of rest. bless-ings that hal - low our days. iS We shall meet on that beau - ti - ful shore; He ay oe @-. -@. < « « ££. @. « -#

@ =n GH Be i er 825 HEAVEN 397 When My Life-Work is Ended Fanny J. Crosby, 1901 14,11,14,11. With Refrain John R. Sweney, 1901 SS (ONE SA SP = : ; 1. When my life- work is end-ed, and I cross the swell-ing tide, 2. O the soul - thrill-ing rap-ture when I view his bless-ed face, 3. O the dear ones in glo - ry, how they beck-on me _ to come, 4. Thro’ the gates to the cit - y, in a robe of spot-less white, CSE i aT o—_—_»—__»—_o__e__s__* -o__»—_o—_s_# oes rr EIN hod ee —— as enh ——— eee re aa eee Se When the bright and glo-rious morn-ing I _ shall see, I shall And the lus-ter of his kind - ly beam-ing eye; How my And our part-ing at the riv - er I re - call; To the He will lead me where no tears will ev - er fall; In the 4 know my Re-deem-er when I reach the oth-er side, And his full heart will praisehim for the mer-cy, love and grace That pre - sweet vales of E- den they will sing my wel-comehome; But I glad song of a-ges I shall min-gle with de-light; But I Pe ae ee : Sore ae ake Ope ee Oe Sema eo —+—»— + — > Ga ae oe ° —— . smile will be thefirst towelcome me. I shall know him, I shall know him, paredfor me a mansion in the sky. long to meetmy Saviour first of all. long to meet my Saviour first of all. I shall know him, —_—__@—_@—_@—@ @__@ _ +, ___ @__g@ —— a a ny a a Sa fae ot eee a , N | ——_—. oN Se wa | RRA EM ea Ze z ! Week oss AES UES TOSSTIGAOION Wi 7 RSME SOD a ee SEMPRE oS ee i Pid im And re-deem’d by his side I shallstand, I shall know -o- be oe I shall know Pu PEG ahi canta ile Oo -2- -2- Copyright, 1891, by JNo. R. SwENEY. Used by permission of L. E. SwENEY KIRKPATRICK 826 HEAVEN o_o y a0 B- I shallknow him By the print of the nailsin hishand. A-men. redper gs SIN o-— o— oo —@ eae ee Zee ete ee pice fe aa ee oe See 398 O, Land of Rest, for Thee I Sigh C.M. With Refrain Mrs. Elizabeth Mills Dr. Wm. Miller. Arr. by W. J. K. 1.0, land of rest, for thee I sigh! Whenwill the mo-ment come, 2. No tran-quil joys on earth I know, No peace - ful, shel-t)ring dome; 3. To Je -sus Christ I fled for i. He bade mecease to roam, Seno = aie ae = SSS SSS When I shall lay my ar - mor sd And dwell i peace at home? This world’sa wil-der-ness of woe, Thisworld is not my home. = lean for suc-cor on _ his be Till he con-ducts me home. -@- —— os ees e-— creas pana === == —— ere CHORUS ot ape acces ———— ae aR Ss CEB See SE = = aie == <= ere ff We'll work til Je - sus comes, sn el till Je - sus comes, We'll work We'll work (ee aa = ESS We'll WOU ae _ Je - sus comes, wa we'll gath - ered ctu A-men. WOT. -@- fess = = =aae see es HEAVEN 399 I Will Sing You a Song Ellen M. H. Gates 12,8,12,9 Philip Phillips o——@-— Sie ee ee ee 0 Vl will sing you song of that beau - ti - ful land, 2. That un-change - a - ble home is for you and _é@ for me, 3. Oh, how sweet iDiasavill be in that beau - ti - ful land, a SS # The far a- way home of the _ soul, os PO ngs storms ev - “ Where Je - sus of Naz - a - reth stands; The King of all So free from all sor - row and pain; With songs on our beat on the gplit - ter- -ing strand,Whilethe years of e- ter - ni-ty roll, king-doms for- ev = er is he, "And he hold - eth ourcrownsin his hands, lips, andwithharps in our hands, To meet one an-oth-er a - eh While the years of e - ter - ni - ty roll; Where no storms ev - er And he hold-eth our crowns in his hands;The King of all To meet one an - oth -er a - gain; With songs on our Zs ei) waht Pe : = Gia as Sagal -F -Ot beat on the glit - ter-ing strand, While the years of ae ter - ni- oats king-domsfor-ev -er is he, ‘And he hold-eth our crowns in hs hands. lips, and with harps in. our hands,To meet one an-oth -er a-gain. A-men. CHILDREN’S SECTION OTHER HYMNS AVAILABLE FOR CHILDREN’S SERVICES All hail the power of Jesus’ name, 133 Away in a manger, 92 Christ for the world we sing, 262 Christ, the Lord, is risen today, 120 Come, ye thankful people, come, 307 Day is dying in the west, 12 Dear Lord and Father of mankind, 63 Fling out the banner, 258 For the beauty of the earth, 309 From Greenland’s icy mountains, 269 Give of your best to the Master, 375 God bless our native land, 306 Hark! the herald angels sing, 83 Hark, what mean those holy voices? 96 Holy night, peaceful night, 87 It came upon the midnight clear, 85 I’ve found a Friend, 318 Jerusalem the golden, 285 Jesus, Saviour, pilot me, 238 Joy to the world, 98 Just as I am, without one plea, 169 Lead on, O King Eternal, 210 My country, ’tis of thee, 302 My faith looks up to thee, 168 Nearer, my God, to thee, 189 Now the day is over, 15 O beautiful for spacious skies, 300 O happy day that fixed my choice, 251 Oh, say, can you see, 303 O little town of Bethlehem, 82 O worship the King, all glorious above, 34 Saviour, like a shepherd lead us, 377 The King of love my Shepherd is, 224 The Lord is my Shepherd, 66 The morning light is breaking, 271 There is a green hill far away, 106 There is no name so sweet on earth, 316 The Son of God goes forth to war, 198 The whole wide world for Jesus, 270 True-hearted, whole-hearted, 383 We’ve a story to tell, 261 What a Friend we have in Jesus, 319 Who is on the Lord’s side, 208 Yield not to temptation, 371 CHILDREN’S HYMNS 400 All Things Bright and Beautiful | SPOHR. 7, 6, 7, 6. D. Mrs. C. F. Alexander, 1848 Adapted from Louis Spohr, 1784-1859 1. All things bright and beau-ti - ful, All things great and small, 2. Cold wind in the win -_ ter, Pleas - ant sum-mer _ sun, | Coe ae ee All things wise and won - der - ful, Our Fa - ther made them all. Ripe fruits in the gar - den, He madethem ev - ’ry_ one. Each lit - tle flowerthat o - pens, Each lit -tle bird that sings, He gave us eyes to see them, And lips that we might tell @- we. @. -9- SE. a. SS ae RoE AE eA END AE OM ES TSS 7 Pose 6 at ee eee rae: [ena wee | Se el 1 See: Wa 4#—* {+ —_|__&—__—_ # |, yo tind eel ee i ee ae e es 7 . | —| He made their glow-ing col - ors, He made their ti - ny wings. How good is God our Fa-ther Whodo-eth all things well. A - men. Fes et Ua ey EL Wl a Lam todd tte tn 9 tend oun ed eee - - 331 CHILDREN’S HYMNS 401 Dare To Be Brave, Dare To Be True DARE TO BE BRAVE. 8, 10,9,10. With Refrain W. J. Rooper Duncan Hume 1, Dare to be brave, dare to be true, Strive for the right, for the 2. Dare to be brave, dare to be true, God is your Fa - ther, he 3. Dare to be brave, dare to be true, God _ grant you cour - age to Saal) cea peal ma 7 a ee Se Lord is with you; Fight with sin brave-ly, fight and be strong, watch-es o’er you; He knows your tri - als; when your heart quails, car - ry you through; Try to help oth - ers, ev - er be_ kind, Christ is your Cap-tain, fear on - ly what’s wrong. Call him to res-cue, his gracenev-er fails. Fight then, good sol - diers, 2 Let the op-pressed a strong friendin you find, as oe . MRS Ba a Otto fer) ame a gt — a ———— mann ea! 2 a sa -2E 62a Ao aul 6 oR We H+ —_ Het tH 332 CHILDREN’S HYMNS 402 Galilee, Bright Galilee GALILEE (SHERWIN). 7, 7, 7, 7. D. William F. Sherwin, 1880 William F. Sherwin, 1880 la { v, anaes SAPS Is ee ia WinME ERS Tale ipo Nt oo Ne a ee ena ge Z Le &o_ 25 —__o—_ > 1. Gal -i- lee, bright Gal-i- lee, Hallowed thoughts we turn to thee! Zz. Once a-long that rug-gedshore, He, who all our __ sor-rows bore, 3. Wild the night on Gal -i - lee; Loud-ly roared the an-gry sea, 4. Still in lov - ing ten-der-ness Doth the Mas - ter wait to bless; (e: | ——o— baad Veron -PkaMeet. Cai ara a cae = = Sa Rel wae A Se ieee egy os Arno laa er Wwe, Ww ye _N | $$. =v omer ers ¢ ez | ipa i! Wov-en through thy his - to - ry, Gleams the charm-ing mys -ter - y Jour-neyed oft with wea-ry feet, Thro’ the storm of burn - ing heat; When up - on the toss-ing wave Je - sus walked, his own to save: Still his touch up-on the soul Bring-eth balm and mak- eth whole; Pa Of the life of One whocame, Bear-ing grief, re- proach and shame, Heal-ing all who came in faith, Call-ing back the life from death: Calmed the tu - mult by his will, On - ly say - ing, ‘Peace, be still! Still he com - forts mourn-ing hearts, Life, and joy, and peace im- parts; Sav -iour of the world to be; ‘Godwithus’ by Gal-i-lee! King of kings from heaven was he, Tho’ so poor by Gal-i-lee! Rul - er of the stormwashe, On the rag-ing Gal-i-lee! Still the Friend of all is he, As of old by Gal-i-lee! A - men. . CZ a C7 la \* CER Waite L [ L | - [A - | i, 2 pf gg A Pe Rw - rH Ee i aoe! : avg 2 EI en ee ae Pas a = = ES a A eg pes pao eer P OO SO ee A i beret ogee] 333 CHILDREN’S HYMNS 403 Sing Them Over Again To Me WORDS OF LIFE. 8, 6, 8, 6,6,6. With Refrain. Philip P. Bliss, 1874 Philip P. Bliss, 1838-1876 is 1. Sing them o-ver a- gain to me, Won - der - ful words of life, 2. Christ, the bless-ed One, gives to all Won - der - ful words of life, 3. Sweet-ly ech-o the gos - pel call, Won - der - ful words of life, | ~ bs a a Pe er Ee a IAN = om 4 Let me more of their beau - ty see, Won-der-ful words of life. Sin - ner, list to the lov - ing call, Won-der-ful words of life. Of - fer par-don and peace to all, Won-der-ful words of’ life. Words of life and beau - ty, Teach me faith and du = ty; All so free -ly giv - en Woo - ing us to heav - en, Je : = sus, on - ly Sav - iour, Sanc - ti-fy for- ev = er, | _e__ es _ e___ e — Beau-ti-ful words, won-der-ful words, Won-der-ful words of _ life. A-men. 22 #2. @2f @ @. git ogee fey at ata Fam WPGC Tne wat ee Se ee ae ae ae ae ~— eam ae (ooo | Copyright, 1917, by The John Church Co. Used by permission. 334 \ P CHILDREN'S HYMNS 404 Saviour, Teach Me, Day By Day EMMELAR. 7, 7, 7, 7, D. Jane E. Leeson, 1842 Arranged from Arthur S. Sullivan, 1842-1900 an tig a Ox isa RA AS Sie eT ae Sys 1. Sav-iour, teach me, day by day, Love’ssweetles-son to 0 - bey; 2. Teach me all thy steps to trace, Strongto fol- low in thy grace, - ui | | ie Te ah abel Ns ae -o- -o- b = Ca ee Gal GEC SSN NAA ES | si GEN 10S LE Riedie 0s Sane a Ree Fe Sweet-er les-son can - not be,— Lov - ing him who first loved me. Learn-ing how to love from thee, Lov - ing him who first loved me. megs Tuk Ses With a child-like heart of love, At thy bid- ding may I move; Thus may I re-joice to show That I feel the love I owe; FS eee fata. so Se ean a ee aoe BF pg fle eo 2 -o -- -G- Lov - ing him who first loved me. Of his love who first loved me. A- men. Prompt to serve and fol - low thee, Sing - ing, till thy face I see, 335 CHILDREN’S HYMNS 405 Tell Me the Stories of Jesus STORIES OF JESUS. 8, 4, 8, 4, 5, 4, 5, 4 W. H. Parker, 1904 ' F. A, Challinor, 1904 ear ee. ‘ Aya o SIA@ oa gee — o_o oom = ae es ; ; i — sus I love to _ hear; dren Stood round his knee; 1. Tell me the sto-ries of Je 2. First let me hear how the chil Ss eR a oy = Sj In or, to) : they iicit te. ye Pdi tefol The chil - dren’s band, 4. Tell me, in ac-cents of won - der, How rolled the _ sea, -o-. — (@-\:-{; —@ __4 Pa h a er | p+. __@____@__{ . | ee” ee Be means J es eee Pas aa ree a a a wari Things I would ask him to tell me If he were here; And I shall fan-cy his bless - ing Rest - ing on me: Wav -ing a branch of the palm - tree High in my hand; Toss-ing the boat in a tem - pest On Gal - i = lee! ale es Se Seeds eee es Se ere = = Scenes by the way - Side, Tales of the sea, Words full of kind - ness, Deeds full of grace, One of his her -_ alds, Yes, I would sing And how the Mas -_ ter, Read - y and kind, ‘ -@_ -O-. -O-. a aa ge — cea S, ag re pee ee EM PIES Te Te A a St PRET | vat Bs me Ma Be a y est Genaat tome Bat ane eel one pote a Sacer ea! oot! se tS re tg ae PZste et = Sto - ries Of OM |Ga-776us, Tell them to me. All in the love - light Of Je - sus’ face. Loud - est ho- san - nas! Je - sus is King! Chid - ed the bil - lows, And hushed the wind. A - men. w Copyright. By permission of The National Sunday School Union. 336 CHILDREN’S HYMNS 406 This Is My Father’s World TERRA BEATA. S.M.D. Traditional English Melody Maltbie D. Babcock, 1901 poate by S. F. L.,°1915 = ae wo. rane re oe 1. This is my Fa -ther’s Eas Ae to my lis-t’ningears, All 2. This is my Fa-ther’s world, The birdstheir car - ols raise, The 3. This is my Fa -ther’s world, let me ne’er for - get That O ra SS Se SS ee na - ture sings, and round me rings The mu- sic of the_ spheres. morn-ing light, the lil - y white, De - clare their Ma - ker’s praise. though the wrong seems oft so strong, God is the Rul-er_ yet. ;: -&___@ AN ici . | SSS ee SS eee is my Fa-ther’sworld, I rest me in the thought Of This is my Fa-ther’s world, He shines in all that’s fair; In the This is my Fa-ther’sworld, The bat-tle is not done, Je - ee ee ae ie ies oa? See SS = Sap ae rocks and trees, x skies and as we ae the won -ders wrought. rust-ling grass I hear him pass, He speaks tome eve-ry-where. sus who died shall be sat -is - fied, And earth and heav-en be one. A-men. eiciantcaae Sapa tt a g—— 7 Sea a = | Words from Pon vd for ne Day | aire 1901, by Charles Scribner’s Sons. Arrangement Copyrighted, 1915, by the Trustees of The Presbyterian Board of Publication and Sabbath School Work. Used by permission. 337 CHILDREN’S HYMNS 407 With Happy Voices Singing BERTHOLD. 7, 6, 7,6, D. William G. Tarrant, 1888 Berthold Tours, 1872 Q) ' ea se ae Ele sae | i= Cara BS | See (ae ee ee —— NSP. o——_@—_i_ e727. : (PRE BO EE 1. With hap- py voic-es sing - ing, Thy chil-dren, Lord, ap - pear; 2. For though no eye be-holds thee, No hand thy touch may feel, 3. And shall we not a- dore thee, With more than joy - ous’ song, -B- | : Their joy - ous prais-es_ bring - ing In an - thems full and clear. Thy u - ni-verse un- folds thee, Thy star - ry heavens re - veal. And live in truth be - fore thee, All beau -ti- ful and strong? a Jat @. -@- For skies of gold - en splen-dor, For az - ure roll - ing’ sea, The earth and all its glo - ry, Our homes and all we love, Lord, bless our souls’ en - deav - or Thy ser - vants true to be, o- -@- Bs ih Ae We en ES ot pe P ie la (esp Fae eed ot ra nS a 3 omen ea “an, SESE BA | a eau om es a a mnt — Yvweve 0) v, Bw. as LS eed i i] <1 TE, ES. DED er uw Te re IE ES RP Ed fam 1S [I Bo ee hz = \i7 Be i” TW Aw 2a Teg Zo tg if & | 7 _} y % ° has | -G- cept-a-ble in thy sight, O Lord, myStrengthandmy Re-deem-er. A - men. -- a e KA 2 C2 Cd eer’ — Peg) : H} Wt the a eee SE ! Hen oes Se eer tt] RPE | te ipa Ete melee BET Fe oti oc need | Uo OS Peo 413 Father, Hear Thy Children’s Call GOWER. 7, 7, 7, 6. Thomas B. Pollock, 1875 John H. Gower, 1855-1921 Speseeaes 7 gion thy feet we fall, Hum-bly at Fa - ther, hear thy chil - dren’s call; V1 Ee Re ee Lay a fer as OB - AS) 1 faa pg - = eee) Lt, i Pen - i- tents, con-fess-ing all: We be-seech thee, hear us. A-men. Copyright, by John H. Gower 343 RESPONSES 414 Gracious Father, O Lord, Hear Us Arr. from Beethoven ee ER Gra-cious Fa - ther, O Lord, hear us, Whenwe call up-on Thee; Pde aD Sigs PS base St > Cram Hi anve toa as ae ~- | —_— ee cae aS howe rd 3 s ew, Lord, hear’ us, Mer - ci - ful Fa - ther, QO Lord, hear us; r eae Hear our prayer, hear our prayer. A - men. —~ si “o- o- a =. a2 2 g Cre eo eee, aoe { memes cas ==] i$ = t aa = P—} ———} —__ tf} —_5—___| G H 415 Almighty Father, Hear Our Prayer Mendelssohn, 1809-1847 pp a So SSS Sa ewer eraeee rane O eae —e- — Cie m Ze E- a a fees] Al-might-y Fa-ther, hear our prayer, and bless all souls that wait atone Thee. A-men. een 8 : C7 (2 x, s al a la \ st 6) ad aH : st, so cea Wee Be oe COT ei —— = * 5 -—e— eet eS PEs ais. 1 Biss ses me ane aoa Se Je Coma (amd eee fat woe =a = 1 RT ORB IT TE | 1 344 RESPONSES 416 Hear Our Prayer, O Heavenly Father Chopin, 1809-1849 Pp 417 Father Almighty, We Bow Before Thee Handel, 1685-1759 a ee [SSE SU eg Go eee aes C or oe- -o°- -# Fa =< ther Al - might - y, we bow be - fore Thee, Organ ae Oe ay =? —____=-@- ; o aA a finiceae Bless us, O bless us, and _ hear our prayer. A- men. 418 Almighty Father, Hear Our Prayer C. Lysberg . 2 = Rees Sores see oe ane om (2 aS De err ee See ae i - o- “o- Al-might-y Fath-er, hear our prayer, and grant our requests, for Jesus’ sake. A-men. -9-°% NAL Da -6-* -@- -B- l@\? 5) > = apf en = -! | AW eb ES es ml at eR = Tt? Bird hae 4 fel Ra Ot SS OE SESE SEE os POR RESPONSES 419 Lord, Have Mercy Upon Us Not too slowly, but devotionally. pp cres. TET AST POP Te RE TT) La Seen ee TS wa aver eser for eer qe ae (anal ay, oq RAGS ae es =P Mid THA re Gb - - “ [ang eG Rem Lord, have mer-cy, have mer-cy up-on_ us, and in-cline Thine < nl bn tt wen) ed bisa | 2 De Vo 4 L om” a we AEA] Ses “ne er wee, C2 EP TU 8 Ai a a Era ae ae a ESAS ih Ge ee Se EE aaa CR PE a Ga Mee LACS el GL Ia _ S A a Oh REGRETS CE Ce fo decres. ear to hear our prayer. Lord, have mer-cy, havemer-cy up- 2 3- 8- -@- & -& (f h iS @ |_ a on us, and in-cline Thineear to hear our prayer. A -=- men. 420 Look Down On Us, O Lord No. 1 A. S. Gibson, 1843-1919 Look down on us, O Lord, we be-seech Thee, And in- tes 7 D -@- -o-° > : 4 1 SMM SEY wae, Feat RTT Me \SSnta e earna SS RESPONSES Slower cline Thine ear un - to our prayer. A - - men. No. 2 George Whelpton, 1847-— 2 A grate eer ieee ae ———— Hear our prayer, O - Lord, Hear our. prayer, O Lord, SS ee aS SSS aE In - cline Thine ear to us, And at us a peace. A - men. = ekg a eM gy Sue Sore et del SS a ae Copyright, 1897, by George Whelpton. Used by permission. 421 Lord, Have Mercy Upon Us Responses after Commandments Arr. from Beethoven bo) 52 he all al eee ne bk ait span RES RIN DS alee ele Se a hae o-. Zoe— 1-9. Lord, have mercy up-on us, and incline our hearts to keep this law. 10. Lord, have mercy up-on us, tetas ise ies \ hearts, we be-seech .. . Thee. pas -—o- -@- |L<2J| (2. -6- + 2 6p OFFERTORY SENTENCES 422 All Things Come of Thee, O Lord No. 1 Arr. from Beethoven a err ae All things come of Thee,O Lord; andofThineown have we giv-en Thee. A-men. oe lath, Ae ~~ re) ¢ * —— pawes STE FER te meee | So SS No. 2 G. A. MacFarren SS = ie —_t+—, ot SA. -| = Sacer as San rE a i Se Z- DISMISSAL 423 Lord, Let Us Now Depart In Peace DISMISSAL. 8, 8, 8, 6 George Whelpton, 1847— ——— ——<—<—— — “AN TRC TSN inal Sa? OE Ta SS eee Sig ge ee ea =r @ pp eo -o -& oe ae oe oO -e , ae Lord, let us now de - part in peace, Who in Thy name are gath-ered here; Aatry 9 —_ 8 —9—@-—-0 — — @--9— 2 —— __@_ #2 SS wei air ea coal ae ae peer es Pape b ee avid ” Le eae a eAnDMNORN ANNETTE T Seo eters eae ial i Eee He 7 BTR Bie, A : . -o -o -o CRS AE iw ace 2 Dis-close the brightness of Thy face, and be for-ev-er near. A-men. a nee —o—#—— : : = eed | 348 BENEDICTION 424 O Rest In the Lord Felix Mendelssohn; 1846 heart’s de-sires, ican SE 425 Lord, Keep Us Safe This Night VESPER VERSE. 6, 6, 8, 6. Ad. fr. Beethoven, by J. E. West pp —————— a = —<$===__—— SS Sa fs : eee. « . 8 ute, i oO " @ 1. Lord, keep us safe this night, Se- cure from all our fears; ~O- Oo) 7-8 rit re | = —- 2 @ Zips S H oyaora Pas — oo ee eee em i wine Bel eta a? 2 al EHLS wtl HE ve aa Geel aL Tae a BENEDICTION 426 The Lord Bless You and Keep You ~ Smooihly and deliberately sik Peter C. Lutkin 7, Pee ON he AERIS LT GERRY MCS eM ATR WEN SE Mca | ‘ae oes oS Sag te ee — oe 8 o @ "eg @- -o- 7 $ =n “pare — # The Lord bless you and keep you, TheLord lift his coun - te-nance up - I~ -o- -@- oF re ee ee se EAD EN —s— aos, i Tae Fin Aayiw@hy 4 0 FL Oe a ee rou a nn “285 : ————— a $$ $$ ——____—. i Pa y fa aes <3 ss 2 : OM nies you, and give you peace, Se and give VOUsEDEACE ST Wt Awe eel, Faas cee and give you The Lord make his % =< ag a See Bees ar eee PP lak GTi WP Pes MES= BOLT is a aS Tt EN SO Se ¥ oun teres 7S Pa et een rr and give you peace; The Lord make his face to shine up - Higgs Hye SS ee fe ee and be gra - - - cious un - to you, ——— poco cres. Bites Sine TS Saree es ge Ma gl oo >» rie eee oe ae ce Oe -@- @ ] | ed : | a fe ee a ” on you, and be gra - - cious, and be gra -cious, -o- -2- o oo -o- -@- | -o- (e}:—_ — —_— eee ented 2——>~——_ | jp — — oo J ener tater ge pe ee rNNE - RerT eon) ~ ee ee AIM, 61h. Pip SS = a — TE 9) Ow o es E- es a The Lord be gra-cious, gra-cious un - to you. A - — men. eo e aul” Soils With, 2% | oh aia fF Cae ee eee . ——— —————@ ——_} | Ba Bs ae Used by permission of Clayton F, Summy Co., Chicago. 350 GLORIAS 427 GLORIA TIBI No.1 Anon. No.2 C. Wy Pearce, '1856— eb IE Ea aE faa pty ae eae eer eeeaeae s weal : -— | hee be to Thee, O Lord. Glo-ry be to Thee, O Lord. -@- —- © 8 38 7, --_ 4 -}+-——@ — 15 —+ —_| 5 2 — ey ste SSE ae 428 GLoRIA PATRI H. W. Greatorex, 1811-1858 2S ae peau iecoes a Sogn e a past ee sciecat Pea = igh 96. e668: Peg gece te See aera Se URE ee Glo - ry be to the Fa-ther, and to the Son, and to the Ho - ly eae sie jt es es ca Sos eure a = Paes oe ae es Ea Lt og @ oo a a oe 9 —@ Ghost; As it was in the be- gin-ning, is now, and ev -er ey Pay seer J 2. a a a Se” Sl 2 Ty OREM 2 MASRESERNE. OF SORRY RP RR REET)” Ee aes aa Ss Sis a oo TSB eel oP Mee te eT 1.4 ae a — a ae shall _ be, world with - out end. A - men, A -~ men. pe ee ee ee een ee Sree ee! Pier Dad Lecce at Po GLORIAS 429 GLORIA PATRI Ape Glory be to the Father, and...... to the Son, and to the Ho-ly Ghost. As it was in the beginning, is now, and ev-er shall be, worid with-out end. A-men. 430 GLORIA PATRI Charles Meineke ben oe nis San a Bek tg — a ot = oe o-—_o-_o- oo OO ae Oe oe- Glo - ry be to the Fa - ther, and to the Son,and to the Ho? =) dys). Ghost; As it was in the be - gin-ning, is now, andev-er shall be, world with-out end, A-men, A ~ men, _AMENS 431 Amens 1. SINGLE AMEN 2. SINGLE AMEN ee eae ae =e atone Bai wt | 4. DOUBLE AMEN. (Dresden) 5. THREEFOLD AMEN Mary L. Young eet Gi sere a= = o o——G oS — eS @~ ft © Rate err = A = Se ee Pate A-men, A - - = = men. A-~=men, A - men, A - - = men. nest RS at See ea cee John Stainer, 1840-1901 A - - - men, Because Chy loving-kindness ta better than life, muy lips shall pratae Chee. Let ws offer the sacrifice of praise to God continu- ally, that is, the fruit of our lips, giving thanks to His name. Che Lord bless thee, and keep thee: Che Lord make His fare shine upon thee and be grarios unto thee: Che Gord lift up His countenance upon pat and give thee peace. Now the God of peare, that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great Shepherd nf the sheep, through the blood of the everlast- ing covenant, make you perfert in every good work to bo His mill, working in you that which ig wellpleasing in His sight, through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and purr. Amen. RESPONSIVE READINGS INDEX OF RESPONSIVE READINGS (The numerals indicate Selections) All These Blessings, 28 Refuge and Strength, 24 Another Comforter, 77 Remember Thy Creator, 37 Answered Prayer, 33 Restore the Fallen, 72 A Right Spirit, 30 Revive Us Again, 51 Be Glad and Rejoice, 57 Service and Greatness, 83 Be Not Troubled, Believe in God, 78 Sing Unto the Lord, 25 Bless the Lord, 16 Strong in the Lord, 49 Blessed Is He, 27 Te Deum Laudamus, 3 Cain and Abel, 67 Temperance, 43 Cause for Gratitude, 13 The All-seeing God, 29 Children’s Service, 64 The Beatitudes, 60 Christian Liberty, 81 The Benedictus, 56 Comfort Ye My People, 50 The Birth of Jesus, 54 Coming Back Home, 68 The Church Covenant, 96 Consider the Lilies, 76 The Commandments, 41 The Creation, 8 Dead, Buried, Risen, 92 The Earth Declares the Glory of God, 9 Follow After Love, 71 The Earth Is the Lord’s, 6 Fret Not Thyself, 45 The Established King, 23 Give Thanks Unto God, 15 The Excellent Name, 7 God Our Dwelling-place, 18 The Godly Man, 44 God’s Manifold Works, 11 The Good Shepherd, 36 The Heavens Declare, 10 God So Loved, 62 ee Give Thanks 5 The Holy City, 94 ease as Glory, 2 ; The lond Mes ones The Lord Reigneth, 12 Happiness and Wisdom, 39 - ‘The Lord’s Prayer, 61 Healed by His Stripes, 70 The Lord’s Supper, 88 Hearts and Soils, 65 The Magnificat, 55 Heaven, 95 The Mind of Christ, 79 Inspired Counsels, 40 The Perfect Will of God, 80 In the Day of Trouble, 46 The Preaching of the Cross, 85 I was Glad, 1 phe Bova Law, Faith and Works, 82 Jesus and the Children, 63 ene Aaa ea. By John’s Testimony, 59 The Sins of Youth 34 Justified by Faith, 69 The Spirit of Wisdom, 52 Love Your Enemies, 73 The True Vine, 74 RSET hin mena The Unity of the Faith, 84 Rating of Ba fie 87 The Vineyard of the Lord, 75 Mesh & acd a , The Voice of the Lord, 14 erat ee The Vow Performed, 4 Neither Death Nor Life, 93 The Word Was God, 58 O Give Thanks, 32 Thou Hast Healed Me, 17 O Taste and See, 47 Two Baptisms, 86 Our Living Hope, 91 Universal Praise, 31 Our Refuge and Strength, 19 Until the Harvest, 66 Our Talents, 90 Where Shall Wisdom Be Found, 38 Palm Sunday, 89 Whole-hearted Praise, 22 Praise Ye the Lord, 26 Why Art Thou Cast Down, 48 INDEX TO SCRIPTURE IN RESPONSIVE READINGS Genesis PAGE Pree eGole 2 l-o ease O 1B it We Dod Bh Sa Cae a Ai 11 Ra ea cate bre cote oe beau rats¥re ye 29 Ape alee evisie bearete ee tere ee 3) « 42 Exodus PO RPIM Lit Micmes ei © ouele 4S aoa o eben 28 ava mer aatache \ sna Sislevane hs 29 Deuteronomy O82 133,10,06).8, 9, 122 )..":21 Job 28-12-15, 20, 28, 26-28. .°26 Psalms LAM Gc ADR ETE CTE Rel ele oa ie ss 30 a Hb tie Soe Glele Wed 0 ee ane 18 Sab Se Ree Re SS 0g ig oh oes bus 0% Shs 8 SESS Rs Re id